2015 Kia Quoris 95

Kia, THE COMPANY
Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

As a global car manufacturer focused on building high-quality, value for
money prices, Kia Motors is dedicated to providing you with a customer
service experience that exceeds your expectations.
At all of our Kia dealerships you will be treated with warmth, hospitality
and professionalism by people who care based on our “Family-like Care”
promise.
All information contained in this Owner’s Manual is accurate at the
time of publication. However, Kia reserves the right to make changes
at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement can be
carried out.
This manual applies to all Kia models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you
may encounter material in this manual that is not applicable to your
specific Kia vehicle.
Enjoy your vehicle and Kia’s “Family-like Care” experience!

Foreword
Thank you for choosing a Kia vehicle.
This manual will familiarize you with operational, maintenance and safety information about your new vehicle. It is
supplemented by a Warranty and Maintenance book that provides important information on all warranties regarding
your vehicle. Kia urges you to read these publications carefully and follow the recommendations to help assure
enjoyable and safe operation of your new vehicle.
Kia offers a great variety of options, components and features for its various models. Therefore, some of the equip-
ment described in this manual, along with the various illustrations, may not be applicable to your particular vehicle.
The information and specifications provided in this manual were accurate at the time of printing. Kia reserves the
right to discontinue or change specifications or design at any time without notice and without incurring any obliga-
tion. If you have questions, always check with your authorized Kia dealer.
Kia assures you of our continuing interest in your motoring pleasure and satisfaction in your Kia vehicle.
© 2014 Kia MOTORS Corp.

All rights reserved. Reproduction by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying, recording, or by
any information storage and retrieval system or translation in whole or part is not permitted without written author-
ization from Kia MOTORS Corporation.
Printed in Korea
i
Introduction 1
Your vehicle at a glance 2
Safety features of your vehicle 3
Features of your vehicle 4
table of contents Driving your vehicle 5
What to do in an emergency 6
Maintenance 7
Specifications & Consumer information 8
Index I
ii
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Do not use methanol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS

We want to help you get the greatest You will find various WARNINGs, Gasoline engine
possible driving pleasure from your CAUTIONs, and NOTICEs in this Unleaded
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can manual. These WARNINGs were pre-
assist you in many ways. We strong- pared to enhance your personal safe- For Europe
ly recommend that you read the ty.You should carefully read and follow For the optimal vehicle performance,
entire manual. In order to minimize ALL procedures and recommenda- we recommend you to use unleaded
the chance of death or injury, you tions provided in these WARNINGs, gasoline with an octane rating of
must read the WARNING and CAU- CAUTIONs and NOTICEs. RON (Research Octane Number) 95
TION sections in the manual. / AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher.
Illustrations complement the words You may use unleaded gasoline with
WARNING an octane rating of RON 91~94 / AKI
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your A WARNING indicates a situa- 87~90 but it may result in slight per-
manual, you learn about features, tion in which harm, serious bod- formance reduction of the vehicle.
important safety information, and ily injury or death could result if
driving tips under various road condi- the warning is ignored. Except Europe
tions. Your new Kia vehicle is designed to
The general layout of the manual is use only unleaded fuel having an
provided in the Table of Contents. CAUTION Octane Rating of RON (Research
Use the index when looking for a Octane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-
specific area or subject; it has an A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle Knock Index) 87 or higher.
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual. could result if the caution is
ignored. Your new vehicle is designed to
Sections: This manual has eight sec- obtain maximum performance with
tions plus an index. Each section UNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-
begins with a brief list of contents so ✽ NOTICE mize exhaust emissions and spark
you can tell at a glance if that section A NOTICE indicates interesting or plug fouling.
has the information you want. helpful information is being provided.
1 2
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol and

CAUTION methanol CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and Never use gasohol which con-
use of leaded fuel is detrimental ethanol (also known as grain alco- tains methanol. Discontinue use
to the catalytic converter and hol), and gasoline or gasohol con- of any gasohol product which
will damage the engine control taining methanol (also known as impairs drivability.
system’s oxygen sensor and wood alcohol) are being marketed
affect emission control. along with or instead of leaded gaso-
Never add any fuel system clean- line.
ing agents to the fuel tank other Do not use gasohol containing more
than what has been specified. than 10% ethanol, and do not use
(Consult an authorized Kia deal- gasoline or gasohol containing any
er for details.) methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and dam-
age to the fuel system.
WARNING Discontinue using gasohol of any
• Do not "top off" after the noz- kind if drivability problems occur.
zle automatically shuts off Vehicle damage or drivability prob-
when refueling. lems may not be covered by the
• Always check that the fuel cap manufacturer’s warranty if they result
is installed securely to pre- from the use of:
vent fuel spillage in the event 1. Gasohol containing more than
of an accident. 10% ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
1 3
Introduction
Use of MTBE Do not use methanol Operation in foreign countries

Kia recommends avoiding fuels con- Fuels containing methanol (wood If you are going to drive your vehicle
taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl alcohol) should not be used in your in another country, be sure to:
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce • Observe all regulations regarding
Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. vehicle performance and damage registration and insurance.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% components of the fuel system.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) available.
may reduce vehicle performance and Fuel Additives
produce vapor lock or hard starting.
Kia recommends that you use good
quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel
CAUTION standards (EN228) or equivalents.
Your New Vehicle Limited For customers who do not use good
Warranty may not cover damage quality gasolines including fuel addi-
to the fuel system and any per- tives regularly, and have problems
formance problems that are starting or the engine does not run
caused by the use of fuels con- smoothly, one bottle of additives
taining methanol or fuels con- added to the fuel tank at every
taining MTBE (Methyl Tertiary 15,000km (for Europe) / 5,000km
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (except Europe) or every engine oil
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) change is recommended. Additves
are available from your authorized Kia
dealer along with information on how
to use them.
Do not mix other additves.
1 4
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

No special break-in period is needed.
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 1,000 km (600 miles) you
may add to the performance, econo-
my and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-
gencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
1 5
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
2
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
1. Hood......................................................4-32
2. Head lamp ...........................................4-108
3. Fog lamp .............................................4-114
4. Tire and wheel ..............................7-43, 8-4
5. Outside rearview mirror.........................4-46
6. Sunroof..................................................4-37
7. Front windshield wiper blades....4-116, 7-37
8. Windows ................................................4-28
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OKH013001K
2 2
■ Rear view
9. Door.......................................................4-15
10. Fuel filler lid .........................................4-34
11. Rear combination lamp .......................7-76
12. Trunk lid ...............................................4-20
13. High mounted stop lamp .....................7-76
14. Rear window defroster ......................4-125
15. Rear parking assist system.................4-97
16. Antenna .............................................4-161
17. Rearview camera ..............................4-102

OKH013002
2 3
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle ...................................4-16

2. Front power seat adjust switch..................3-5
3. Outside rearview mirror folding ...............4-48
4. Outside rearview mirror control ...............4-47
5. Power window lock switch .......................4-31
6. Central door lock switch ..........................4-17
7. Power window switch...............................4-28
8. BSD On/OFF button ................................5-85
9. HUD On/OFF button................................4-95
10. Parking assist system On/Off button.....4-97
11. ESC Off button ......................................5-44
12. Trunk lid open button .............................4-20
13. Trunk lid close button.............................4-22
14. Trunk lid open / close button .................4-22
15. Instrument panel illumination control lever
...............................................................4-51
16. Electric parking brake switch.................5-34
17. Fuel filler lid open switch .......................4-34
18. Hood release lever.................................4-32
19. Steering wheel.......................................4-42
20. Tilt and telescopic steering control lever ...4-42
21. Brake pedal............................................5-29
22. Accelerator pedal ....................................5-8

OKH013003K
2 4
1. Instrument cluster..............................4-50
2. Horn...................................................4-44
3. Driver's front air bag ..........................3-50
4. Engine start/stop button ......................5-5
5. Audio / Video / Navigation ...............4-160
6. Climate control system ....................4-126
7. Clock................................................4-155
8. Hazard warning flasher .......................6-2
9. Passenger's front air bag...................3-52
10. Knee air bag ....................................3-52
11. Glove box.......................................4-145
12. SBC(Shift by cable) control lever.....5-10
13. SBW(Shift by wire) control lever......5-17
14. Drive mode button ...........................5-54
15. Auto hold button ..............................5-40
16. Electric parking brake switch...........5-34
17. DIS central key ..............................4-160
18. Front blind spot monitoring system
On/Off button .................................4-106
19. Rear curtain folding button ............4-157
20. Around view monitoring system
On/Off button .................................4-107
21. Vehicle height control button ...........5-57
22. Snow mode button ..........................5-54
❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration. 23. Center console storage box ..........4-144
OKH013004
2 5
1. Audio remote control buttons ..............4-162

■ Ty p e A 2. Bluetooth hands free buttons ..............4-161
3. LDWS On/Off button .............................5-80
4. Steering wheel warmer On/Off Button ..4-42
5. Light control / Turn signals lever..........4-109
6. Wiper and washer control lever...........4-117
■ Ty p e B
7. LCD display control ...............................4-52
8. Advanced smart cruise control switch
(vehicle to vehicle distance setting) ......5-70
9. Cruise control switch / Advanced smart
cruise control switch ...................5-61/5-65

OKH013005L
2 6
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine oil dipstick............................7-24

2. Engine oil filler cap ..........................7-24
3. Engine coolant reservoir..................7-26
4. Radiator cap ....................................7-26
5. Brake fluid reservoir.........................7-29
6. Power steering fluid reservoir ..........7-30
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir....7-31
8. Air cleaner .......................................7-32
9. Fuse box ..........................................7-54
10. Jumper terminal...............................6-5
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
❈ The battery is in the trunk.
OKH012007
2 7
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

• Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
• Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
• Headrest-front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
• Headrest-rear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 3
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
• Pre-safe seat belt (PSB). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
Air bag - supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . 3-45
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
• Srs components and functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
• Side air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
• Additional safety precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
• Adding equipment to or modifying your
air bag-equipped vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
SEATS
Driver’s seat
(1) Forward and rearward
(2) Seat cushion length
(3) Seatback angle
(4) Headrest height
(5) Driver position memory system
(6) Lumbar support
Front passenger’s seat

(8) Seatback angle
(9) Headrest height
Rear seat
(11) Easy access button
(12) Front passenger’s seat forward
and rearward*
(13) Front passenger’s seat back
angle*
(14) Lumbar support
(15) Rear control lock button
OKH033001L
(16) Front passenger’s seat walk in
button*
3 2
(17) Relaxation mode button*

(Front passenger's seat and WARNING - Driver WARNING
rear seat are operated simulta- responsibility for passengers Do not use a aftermarket sitting
neously) cushion that reduces friction
(18) Armrest between the seat and passen-
ger. The passenger's hips may
*: if equipped slide under the lap portion of
the seat belt during an accident
or a sudden stop. Serious or
WARNING - Loose fatal internal injuries could
objects result because the seat belt
Loose objects in the driver’s can't operate normally.
foot area could interfere with
the operation of the foot pedals, 1KMN3661
possibly causing an accident.
Do not place anything under the Riding in a vehicle with the
front seats. seatback reclined could lead to
serious or fatal injury in an acci-
dent. If a seat is reclined during
an accident, the occupant’s
hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt applying
great force to the unprotected
abdomen. Serious or fatal inter-
nal injuries could result. The
driver must advise the passen-
ger to keep the seatback in an
upright position whenever the
vehicle is in motion.
3 3
WARNING - Driver’s seat (Continued) WARNING

• Never attempt to adjust the • In order to avoid unnecessary • Do not adjust the seat while
seat while the vehicle is mov- and perhaps severe air bag wearing seat belts. Moving the
ing. This could result in loss injuries, always sit as far back seat cushion forward may
of control, and an accident as possible from the steering cause strong pressure on the
causing death, serious injury, wheel while maintaining com- abdomen.
or property damage. fortable control of the vehicle.
We recommend that your chest • Use extreme caution so that
• Do not allow anything to inter- be at least 250 mm (10 inches) hands or other objects are not
fere with the normal position away from the steering wheel. caught in the seat mechanisms
of the seatback. Storing items while the seat is moving.
against a seatback or in any • Do not put a cigarette lighter
other way interfering with on the floor or seat. When you
proper locking of a seatback operate the seat, gas may
could result in serious or fatal gush out of the lighter and
injury in a sudden stop or col- cause fire.
lision.
• If there are occupants in the
• Always drive and ride with your rear seats, be careful while
seatback upright and the lap adjusting the front seat posi-
portion of the seat belt snug tion.
and low across the hips. This
is the best position to protect
you in case of an accident.
(Continued)
3 4
Front seat adjustment Forward and backward

CAUTION
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switch located on • The power seat is driven by an
the doors. Before driving, adjust the electric motor. Stop operating
seat to the proper position so as to once the adjustment is com-
easily control the steering wheel, pleted. Excessive operation
pedals and switches on the instru- may damage the electrical
ment panel. equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large
WARNING amount of electrical power. To
The power seat is operable with prevent unnecessary charging
the engine start/stop button in system drain, don’t adjust the
OKH032002
OFF. power seat longer than neces-
Therefore, children should sary while the engine is not Push the control switch forward or
never be left unattended in the running. rearward to move the seat to the
vehicle. • Do not operate two or more desired position. Release the switch
power seat control knobs at once the seat reaches the desired
the same time. Doing so may position.
result in power seat motor or When adjusting the seat position, the
electrical component malfunc- headrest will be adjusted simultane-
tion. ously to the proper position. (if
equipped)
3 5
Cushion length adjustment Seatback angle Seat cushion height (if equipped)
(for driver’s seat)
OKH032005 OKH033006CN
OKH032004
Push the upper part of the control Push the front portion of the control
Push the control switch forward or switch forward or backward to move switch up to raise or down to lower
backward to move the seat cushion the seatback to the desired angle. the front part of the seat cushion.
to the desired length. Release the Release the switch once the seat Push the rear portion of the control
switch once the seat cushion reach- reaches the desired position. switch up to raise or down to lower
es the desired length. the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
3 6
Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Driver position memory system

WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of con-
trol, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
OKH032007 OKH042039
The lumbar support can be adjusted A driver position memory system is
by pressing the lumbar support provided to store and recall the driver
switch. Press the front portion of the seat, outside rearview mirror, HUD*
switch (1) to increase support or the (Head-Up Display), bright ness of the
rear portion of the switch (2) to instrument cluster illumination and
decrease support. steering wheel positions with a sim-
To move the support position up or ple button operation. By saving the
down, press the switch (3) or (4). desired positions into the system
memory, different drivers can reposi-
Release the switch once the seat tion the driver seat, outside rearview
reaches the desired position. mirror and steering wheel based
upon their driving preference.
* : if equipped
3 7
Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory Easy access function
using the buttons on the door 1. Shift the shift lever into P while the The steering wheel will move away
Storing driver’s seat positions engine start/stop button is ON. from the driver and the seat will
1. Shift the shift lever into P while the 2. To recall the position in memory, move rearward, when the engine
engine start/stop button is ON. press the desired memory button start/stop button is turned to the OFF
(1 or 2). The system will beep position and front driver’s door is
2. Adjust the driver seat, outside opened.
rearview mirror, HUD* (Head-up once, then the driver seat, outside
Display), bright ness of the instru- rearview mirror and steering The steering wheel will move toward
ment cluster illumination and wheel will automatically adjust to the driver and the seat will move for-
steering wheel to positions com- the stored positions. ward, when the engine start/stop but-
fortable for the driver. Adjusting one of the control knobs for ton is turned to the ACC position or
the driver seat, outside rearview mir- when you insert the smart key into
3. Press SET button on the control the smart key holder with the shift
panel. The system will beep once. ror and steering wheel while the sys-
tem is recalling the stored positions lever in the P position.
4. Press one of the memory buttons will cause the movement for that
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after component to stop and move in the
pressing the SET button. The sys- ✽ NOTICE
direction that the control knob is
tem will beep twice when the moved. Other components will con- You can activate or deactivate the
memory has been successfully tinue to the recalled position. easy access function in the instru-
stored. ment cluster.
If you want detailed informations,
WARNING refer to the chapter 4.
* : if equipped
Use caution when recalling
adjustment memory while sitting
in the vehicle. Push the seat posi-
tion control knob to the desired
position immediately if the seat
moves too far in any direction.
3 8
Headrest-front
WARNING WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at the
same height as the center of
gravity of an occupant's head.
Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is simi-
lar with the height of the top of
their eyes. Also, adjust the
headrest as close to your head OKH032092
OBH038075L as possible. For this reason,
the use of a cushion that holds • Do not place or attach the
The driver's and front passenger's the body away from the seat- accessories or other things
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and com- back is not recommended. near the headrest. When the
fort. • Do not operate the vehicle vehicle stops suddenly or in
with the headrests removed certain collisions, they could
The headrest not only provides com-
as severe injury to the occu- come loose and injure vehicle
fort for the driver and front passen-
pants may occur in the event occupants.
ger, but also helps to protect the
head and neck in the event of a colli- of an accident. Headrests may
sion. provide protection against
neck injuries when properly
adjusted.
• Do not adjust the headrest
position of the driver's seat
while the vehicle is in motion.
3 9
Forward and backward adjustment Adjusting the height up and down
OYFH034205
OKH032010 OKH032008
The headrest may be adjusted for- CAUTION For manual type
ward or backward by pulling the If you recline the seatback To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
lower part of the headrest forward or towards the front with the head- desired position (1). To lower the
backward to the desired detent in the rest and seat cushion raised, headrest, push and hold the release
direction of the arrow. Adjust the the headrest may come in con- button (2) on the headrest support
headrest so that it properly supports tact with the sunvisor or other and lower the headrest to the desired
the head and neck. parts of the vehicle. position (3).
3 10
Removal
OKH032011 OKH033096
For power type OKH033095
For manual type
Push the control switch up to raise or 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the 2. Raise it as far as it can go.
down to lower the headrest. Release recliner control switch (1). 3. Press the release button (3) while
the switch once the headrest reach- pulling upward (4).
es the desired position.
3 11
Installation
OKH033098L OKH033101
For power type OKH033100
For manual type
2. Raise it as far as it can go by 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the 2. Put the headrest poles (3) into the
pulling the switch up (3). recliner control switch (1). holes while pressing the release
3. Pull the headrest up (4). button (4).
3. Recline the seatback (6) with the
recliner control switch (5).
4. Adjust the headrest to the appro-
priate height.
3 12
Electronic active headrest

WARNING
If you don't install the headrest
securely, the active headrest
may not operate normally. When
reinstalling the headrest, install
it securely as procedures.
WARNING
OKH033102
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to
For power type properly protect the occupants. OBH038069
2. Raise it as far as it can go by The electronic active headrest is
pulling the switch up (3). designed to trigger the headrest for-
3. Put the headrest poles (4) into the ward and upward when impact sensor
holes and then pull the switch
WARNING
detects a rear impact. This helps to
down (5) until the headrest moves Do not operate the vehicle with prevent the driver's and front passen-
to the lowest position. the headrests removed as ger’s heads from moving backward
severe injury to the occupants and thus helps minimize neck injuries.
4. To install the headrest securely,
may occur in the event of an
move the headrest up and down 2
accident. Headrests may pro-
or 3 times by pulling the switch up CAUTION
vide protection against neck
and down. The active headrest is a safety
injuries when properly adjusted.
5. Recline the seatback (7) with the device to reduce injuries from a
recliner control switch (6). rear impact. Do not hit or pull
6. Adjust the headrest to the appro- the headrest intentionally.
priate height.
3 13
Rear seat adjustment (Continued) Forward, backward and seatback

The rear seat can be adjusted by angle (for power seat)
• Do not operate two or more
using the control switches located on power seat control switches at
the door. the same time. Doing so may
result in power seat motor or
WARNING electrical component malfunc-
The power seat is operable with tion.
the engine start/stop button in
OFF.
Therefore, children should never WARNING
be left unattended in the vehicle. Use extreme caution so that
hands or other objects are not
caught in the seat mechanisms OKH032035
CAUTION while the seat is moving.
• The power seat is driven by an Do not adjust the seat while Push the control switch forward or
electric motor. Stop operating wearing seat belts. Moving the backward to move the seat to the
once the adjustment is com- desired position. Release the switch
seat cushion forward may once the seat reaches the desired
pleted. Excessive operation cause strong pressure on the position.
may damage the electrical abdomen.
equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large amount
of electrical power. To prevent WARNING
unnecessary charging system Do not operate the rear power
drain, don’t adjust the power seat while the child seat is
seat longer than necessary installed.
while the engine is not running.
(Continued)
3 14
Easy access switch (for power seat) Additional switches for adjusting the front passenger seat
■ Front passenger’s seat ■ Rear seat (fixed type)
OKH032036 OKH032022 OKH032023

Your vehicle features easy access • Front passenger’s seat • Rear seat - for fixed type
system to provide convenient access The switch is located on the left side The switch is located in the armrest
for rear passengers. When opening of the front passenger’s seatback. of the rear seat.
the rear door, the rear seats will
move rearward automatically to
make passenger get off easily. This To adjust the position of front pas- To adjust the position of front pas-
easy access system will operate only senger’s seat ; senger’s seat ;
when the control switch is in "ON" Press the control switch forward (1) Press the control switch forward (1)
position. or rearward (2)to move the seat to or rearward (2)to move the seat to
the desired position. the desired position.
Press the control switch forward (3) Press the control switch forward (3)
or rearward (4) to move the seatback or rearward (4) to move the seatback
to the desired angle. to the desired angle.
Do not use these switches while the Do not use these switches while the
front passenger seat is occupied. front passenger seat is occupied.
3 15
Rear relaxation seat system

(for rear right passenger’s seat)
(for power type)
■ Rear seat (power)
OVI039062 OKH032077
Front passenger side walk-in seat Rear relaxation seat system
Press and hold the switch (1). Press and hold the switch (3).
OKH032037 The seat will move forward and the The front passenger seat will move
The rear relaxation seat system pro- seatback will fold automatically. After forward and the seatback will fold
vides the passenger’s comfort. the operation is completed, a beep automatically. Then the rear right
The front passenger seat will move will sound once. side passenger seat seatback will
forward and the seatback will fold for- lean towards the back of the vehicle.
Press and hold the switch (2). After the operation is completed, a
ward to provide space. The rear right
side passenger seat seatback will The seat and seatback will move to beep will sound once.
lean towards the back of the vehicle. its standard position. After the opera- Press and hold the switch (4).
tion is completed, a beep will sound
But if the front passenger’s side door once. The front passenger seat and the
is opened, the rear relaxation seat rear right side passenger seat will
system will not operate. If the seat reaches the desired posi- move to its standard position. After
tion, release the switch. the operation is completed, a beep
will sound.
If the seat reaches the desired posi-
tion, release the switch.
3 16
Lumbar support (if equipped) Armrest Carrying long / narrow cargo

(for fixed seat, if equipped)
OKH032032 OKH033027
The lumbar support can be adjusted To use the armrest, pull it forward OKH032076
by pushing the lumbar support switch. from the seatback. Additional cargo space is provided to
Push the lever to left side(1) increase accommodate long/narrow cargo
support or push the lever to the right (skis, poles, etc.) not able to fit prop-
side (2) to decrease support. erly in the trunk when closed.
To move the support position up or 1. Pull the armrest down.
down, push the lever upside (3) or 2. Pull the cover down while pushing
down side (4). the release lever down.
3 17
Rear control lock Headrest-rear

WARNING
• For maximum effectiveness in
case of an accident, the head-
rest should be adjusted so the
middle of the headrest is at
the same height of the center
of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of
gravity of most people's head
is similar with the height of
the top of their eyes. Also
adjust the headrest as close
OKH032040L OHBBSA2009 to your head as possible. The
You can activate or deactivate the The rear seat(s) is equipped with use of a cushion that holds
rear seat control, rear audio control headrests in all the seating positions the body away from the seat-
and climate control by using the for the occupant's safety and com- back is not recommended.
REAR LOCK button on the rear arm- fort. • Do not operate the vehicle
rest or “System Settings” in the AVN The headrest not only provides com- with the headrests removed
(Audio, Video, and Navigation). fort for passengers, but also helps as severe injury to an occu-
Detailed information for the “System protect the head and neck in the pant may occur in the event of
Settings” is described in a separately event of a collision. an accident. Headrests may
supplied manual. provide protection against
If the rear control button has deacti- severe neck injuries when
vated through AVN, you can reacti- properly adjusted.
vate the rear control button only
through AVN.
3 18
Adjusting the height up and down

CAUTION WARNING
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the headrest to the lowest
position. The rear seat headrest
can reduce the visibility of the
rear area.
OKH032092
OKH032024
• Do not place or attach the To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
accessories or other things desired position (1). To lower the
near the headrest. When the headrest, push and hold the release
vehicle stops suddenly or in button (2) on the headrest support
certain collisions, they could and lower the headrest to the desired
come loose and injure vehicle position (3).
occupants.
3 19
Removal (for power type) Reinstall (for power type) Wing-out (if equipped)
To reinstall the headrest move the
seat forward as much as possible.
Put the headrest poles (3) into the
holes while pressing the release but-
ton (1). Then adjust it to the appro-
priate height (2).
WARNING
Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to
properly protects the occupants.
OKH032026 OKH032039
To remove the headrest move the For rear passenger's convenience,
seat forward as much as possible. the ends of the headrest can be bent
Raise it as far as it can go then press inward.
the release button (1) while pulling
the headrest up (2).
WARNING
Do not operate the vehicle with
the headrests removed as
severe injury to the occupants
may occur in the event of an
accident. Headrests may pro-
vide protection against neck
injuries when properly adjusted.
3 20
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system (Continued) WARNING
• Never wear the shoulder belt Seat belts are designed to bear
WARNING under your arm or behind upon the bony structure of the
• For maximum restraint sys- your back. An improperly body, and should be worn low
tem protection, the seat belts positioned shoulder belt can across the front of the pelvis or
must always be used whenev- cause serious injuries in a the pelvis, chest and shoulders,
er the car is moving. crash. The shoulder belt as applicable; wearing the lap
• Seat belts are most effective should be positioned midway section of the belt across the
when seatbacks are in the over your shoulder across abdominal area must be avoided.
upright position. your collarbone.
Seat belts should be adjusted
• Children age 12 and under • Never wear a seat belt over as firmly as possible, consis-
must always be properly fragile objects. If there is a tent with comfort, to provide the
restrained in the rear seat. sudden stop or impact, the protection for which they have
Never allow children to ride in seat belt can damage it. been designed.
the front passenger seat. If a • Avoid wearing twisted seat A slack belt will greatly reduce
child over 12 must be seated belts. A twisted belt can't do the protection afforded to the
in the front seat, he/she must its job as well. In a collision, it wearer.
be properly belted and the could even cut into you. Be
seat should be moved as far sure the belt webbing is (Continued)
back as possible. straight and not twisted.
(Continued) • Be careful not to damage the
belt webbing or hardware. If
the belt webbing or hardware
is damaged, replace it.
3 21
(Continued) WARNING (Continued)

Care should be taken to avoid • No modifications or additions • When fastening the seat belt,
contamination of the webbing should be made by the user make sure that the seat belt
with polishes, oils and chemi- which will either prevent the does not pass over objects that
cals, and particularly battery seat belt adjusting devices are hard or can break easily.
acid. Cleaning may safely be from operating to remove • Make sure there is nothing in
carried out using mild soap and slack, or prevent the seat belt the buckle. The seat belt may
water. The belt should be assembly from being adjusted not be fastened securely.
replaced if webbing becomes to remove slack.
frayed, contaminated or dam-
aged. It is essential to replace • When you fasten the seat belt,
the entire assembly after it has be careful not to latch the seat
been worn in a severe impact belt in buckles of other seat. It's
even if damage to the assembly very dangerous and you may
is not obvious. Belts should not not be protected by the seat
be worn with straps twisted. belt properly.
Each belt assembly must only • Do not unfasten the seat belt
be used by one occupant; it is and do not fasten and unfas-
dangerous to put a belt around ten the seat belt repeatedly
a child being carried on the while driving. This could
occupant's lap. result in loss of control, and
an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property
damage.
(Continued)
3 22
Seat belt warning At this time, if the seat belt is fas- Lap/shoulder belt
tened, the chime will stop at once. (if
equipped)
■ Type B
As a reminder to the driver, the dri-
ver’s seat belt warning lights will illu-
minate for approximately 6 seconds
each time you turn the ignition switch
ON regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver’s seat belt is not fastened
when the ignition switch is turned ON
1GQA2083 or if it is disconnected after the igni- B180A01NF-1
■ Type A tion switch is turned ON, the seat To fasten your seat belt:
belt warning light will illuminate until
As a reminder to the driver, the seat the belt is fastened. To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
belt warning light will blink for the retractor and insert the metal tab
approximately 6 seconds each time If you continue not to fasten the seat (1) into the buckle (2). There will be
you turn the ignition switch ON belt and you drive over 9 km/h, the an audible "click" when the tab locks
regardless of belt fastening. illuminated warning light will start to into the buckle.
blink until you drive under 6 km/h. The seat belt automatically adjusts to
If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened
after the ignition switch is ON, the If you continue not to fasten the seat the proper length only after the lap
seat belt warning light blinks again belt and you drive over 20 km/h (12 belt portion is adjusted manually so
for approximately 6 seconds. mph) the seat belt warning chime will that it fits snugly around your hips. If
sound for approximately 100 sec- you lean forward in a slow, easy
If the driver's seat belt is not fastened onds and the corresponding warning
when the ignition switch is turned ON motion, the belt will extend and let
light will blink. you move around. If there is a sud-
or if it is unfastened after the ignition
switch is ON, the seat belt warning den stop or impact, however, the belt
chime will sound for approximately 6 will lock into position. It will also lock
seconds. if you try to lean forward too quickly.
3 23
✽ NOTICE Front seat To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

If you are not able to pull out the (1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
seat belt from the retractor, firmly pressing the height adjuster button (2).
pull the belt out and release it. Then Release the button to lock the anchor
you will be able to pull the belt out into position. Try sliding the height
smoothly. adjuster to make sure that it has
locked into position.
WARNING
• Verify the shoulder belt
OBH038022 anchor is locked into position
Height adjustment (front seat) at the appropriate height.
Never position the shoulder
You can adjust the height of the shoul- belt across your neck or face.
der belt anchor to one of 4 positions Improperly positioned seat
for maximum comfort and safety. belts can cause serious
The height of the adjusting seat belt injuries in an accident.
should not be too near your neck. The • Failure to replace seat belts
shoulder portion should be adjusted after an accident could leave
so that it lies across your chest and you with damaged seat belts
midway over your shoulder nearest that will not provide protec-
the door and not your neck. tion in the event of another
To adjust the height of the seat belt collision leading to personal
anchor, lower or raise the height injury or death. Replace your
adjuster into an appropriate position. seat belts after being in an
accident as soon as possible.
3 24
B200A02NF OVI031090 B210A01NF-1

When using the rear center seat belt, To release the seat belt:
WARNING the buckle with the “CENTER” mark The seat belt is released by pressing
You should place the lap belt must be used. (if equipped) the release button (1) in the locking
portion as low as possible and buckle. When it is released, the belt
snugly across your hips, not on should automatically draw back into
your waist. If the lap belt is locat- the retractor.
ed too high on your waist, it may If this does not happen, check the
increase the chance of injury in belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
the event of a collision. Both try again.
arms should not be under or
over the belt. Rather, one should
be over and the other under, as
shown in the illustration.
Never wear the seat belt under
the arm nearest the door.
3 25
Lap belt (if equipped)
Lengthen
Shorten
OHM039105N
OVI039064
OVI039066 When using the rear center seat belt,

the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
To fasten your seat belt: Too high must be used.
To fasten a 2-point static type belt,
insert the metal tab (1) into the lock-
ing buckle (2). There will be an audi-
ble "click" when the tab locks into the Correct Shorten
buckle. Check to make sure the belt
is properly locked and that the belt is B220B01NF/H
not twisted.
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the
length must be adjusted manually so
it fits snugly around your body. Fasten
the belt and pull on the loose end to
tighten. The belt should be placed as
low as possible on your hips, not on
your waist. If the belt is too high, it
could increase the possibility of your
being injured in an accident.
3 26
Pre-tensioner seat belt • Retractor Pretensioner

The purpose of the retractor pre-
tensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in cer-
tain frontal collisions.
If the system senses excessive ten-

sion on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner sys-
tem activates, the load limiter inside
B210A02NF-1 the retractor pre-tensioner will
To release the seat belt: OED030300
release some of the pressure on the
When you want to release the seat affected seat belt.
belt, press the button (1) in the lock- Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
ing buckle. and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts. The pre-tensioner seat WARNING
belts can be activated, where the For your safety, be sure that the
WARNING frontal collision is severe enough, belt webbing is not loose or
The center lap belt latching together with the air bags. twisted and always sit properly
mechanism is different from When the vehicle stops suddenly, or on your seat.
those for the rear seat shoulder if the occupant tries to lean forward
belts. When fastening the rear too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
seat shoulder belts or the cen- lock into position. In certain frontal
ter lap belt, make sure they are collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti-
inserted into the correct buck- vate and pull the seat belt into tighter
les to obtain maximum protec- contact against the occupant's body.
tion from the seat belt system
and assure proper operation.
3 27
✽ NOTICE
WARNING • Both the driver's and front pas-
To obtain maximum benefit senger's pre-tensioner seat belts
from a pre-tensioner seat belt: may be activated in certain frontal
1. The seat belt must be worn collisions.
correctly and adjusted to the • When the pre-tensioner seat belts
proper position. Please read are activated, a loud noise may be
and follow all of the important heard and fine dust, which may
information and precautions appear to be smoke, may be visible
about your vehicle’s occupant in the passenger compartment.
safety features – including These are normal operating condi-
ODMESA2024 seat belts and air bags – that tions and are not hazardous.
The seat belt pre-tensioner system are provided in this manual. • Although it is harmless, the fine
consists mainly of the following com- 2. Be sure you and your passen- dust may cause skin irritation and
ponents. Their locations are shown in gers always wear seat belts should not be breathed for pro-
the illustration: properly. longed periods. Wash all exposed
skin areas thoroughly after an
1. SRS air bag warning light accident in which the pre-tensioner
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly seat belts were activated.
3. SRS control module • Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light on
the instrument panel will illumi-
nate for approximately 6 seconds
after the ignition switch has been
turned to the ON position, and
then it should turn off.
3 28
CAUTION WARNING (Continued)

If the SRS air bag warning light • Pre-tensioners seat belt sys- • Improper handling of the pre-
does not illuminate when the tem are designed to operate tensioner seat belt assem-
ignition switch is turned to ON, only one time. After activation, blies, and failure to heed the
or if it remains illuminated after pre-tensioner seat belts must warnings not to strike, modify,
illuminating for approximately 6 be replaced. All seat belts, of inspect, replace, service or
seconds, or if it illuminates any type, should always be repair the pre-tensioner seat
while the vehicle is being driv- replaced after they have been belt assemblies may lead to
en, we recommend that the sys- worn during a collision. improper operation or inad-
tem be inspected by an author- vertent activation and serious
• The pre-tensioner seat belt injury.
ized Kia dealer. assembly mechanisms
become hot during activation. • Always wear the seat belts
Do not touch the pre-tension- when driving or riding in a
er seat belt assemblies for motor vehicle.
several minutes after they • If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
have been activated. seat belt must be discarded,
• Do not attempt to inspect or we recommend that you con-
replace the pre-tensioner seat tact an authorized Kia dealer.
belts yourself. We recommend
that the system be inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer. CAUTION
• Do not strike the pre-tension- Body work on the front area of
er seat belt assemblies. the vehicle may damage the pre-
• Do not attempt to service or tensioner seat belt system.
repair the pre-tensioner seat Therefore, we recommend that
belt system in any manner. the system be serviced by an
(Continued) authorized Kia dealer.
3 29
Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ■ Type A ■ Type B In order to maximize the safety of the
(if equipped) passenger, the pre-safe seat belt
system operates as below
• The seat belt is tightened when:
- The vehicle senses a collision
- Emergency braking situation
occurs
- Losing control of the vehicle
• The seat belt vibrates when:
- The vehicle senses a object too
OKH052117L near the vehicle
The pre-safe seat belt warning light
will illuminate if there is a problem
OVI039069
with your pre-safe seat belt.
CAUTION
The purpose of the pre-safe seat belt Do not be surprised when the
Have the system checked if:
is to prevent passengers from getting seat belt vibrates. It's not a mal-
hurt by tightening the seat belt right • The light does not turn on briefly function but a warning for your
before a collision or dangerous when you turn the engine safety.
maneuver. start/stop button to the ON posi-
tion.
Other functions is winding a loose
CAUTION • The light stays on after illumination seat belt after unfastening the seat
for approximately 3 seconds. belt.
The pre-safe seat belt activates
only when the passenger is • The light comes on while the vehi-
wearing his/her seat belt. cle is in motion.
3 30
Seat belt precautions Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE

You should be aware of the specific Small children are best protected
WARNING requirements in your country. Child from injury in an accident when
and/or infant seats must be properly properly restrained in the rear seat
All occupants of the vehicle placed and installed in the rear seat.
must wear their seat belts at all by a child restraint system that
For more information about the use meets the requirements of the Safety
times. Seat belts and child of these restraints, refer to “Child
restraints reduce the risk of Standards of your country. Before
restraint system” in this section. buying any child restraint system,
serious or fatal injuries for all
occupants in the event of a col- make sure that it has a label certify-
lision or sudden stop. Without a WARNING ing that it meets Safety Standards of
seat belt, occupants could be your country. The restraint must be
Every person in your vehicle appropriate for your child's height
shifted too close to a deploying needs to be properly restrained
air bag, strike the interior struc- and weight. Check the label on the
at all times, including infants child restraint for this information.
ture or be thrown from the vehi- and children. Never hold a child
cle. Properly worn seat belts Refer to “Child restraint system” in
in your arms or lap when riding this section.
greatly reduce these hazards. in a vehicle. The violent forces
Always follow the precautions created during a crash will tear
about seat belts, air bags and the child from your arms and
occupant seating contained in throw the child against the inte-
this manual. rior. Always use a child restraint
appropriate for your child's
height and weight.
3 31
Larger children If the shoulder belt portion slightly Restraint of pregnant women
Children who are too large for child touches the child’s neck or face, try Pregnant women should wear
restraint systems should always placing the child closer to the center lap/shoulder belt assemblies when-
occupy the rear seat and use the of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still ever possible according to specific
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap touches their face or neck they need recommendations by their doctors.
portion should be fastened and to be returned to a child restraint sys- The lap portion of the belt should be
snugged on the hips and as low as tem. worn AS SNUGLY AND LOW AS
possible. Check periodically if belt POSSIBLE on the hips, not a cross
fits. A child's squirming could put the the abdomen.
belt out of position. Children are WARNING - Shoulder
given the most safety in the event of belts on small children
an accident when they are restrained • Never allow a shoulder belt to WARNING - Pregnant
by a proper restraint system in the be in contact with a child’s women
rear seat. If a larger child (over age neck or face while the vehicle Pregnant women must never
12) must be seated in the front seat, is in motion. place the lap portion of the
the child should be securely • If seat belts are not properly safety belt over the area of the
restrained by the available lap/shoul- worn and adjusted on chil- abdomen where the fetus is
der belt and the seat should be dren, there is a risk of death or located or above the abdomen
placed in the rearmost position. serious injury. where the belt could crush the
Children age 12 and under should be fetus during an impact.
restrained securely in the rear seat.
NEVER place a child age 12 and
under in the front seat. NEVER place
a rear facing child seat in the front
seat of a vehicle.
3 32
Injured person Care of seat belts

A seat belt should be used when an WARNING Seat belt systems should never be
injured person is being transported. Riding with a reclined seatback disassembled or modified. In addi-
When this is necessary, you should increases your chance of seri- tion, care should be taken to assure
consult a physician for recommenda- ous or fatal injuries in the event that seat belts and belt hardware are
tions. of a collision or sudden stop. not damaged by seat hinges, doors
The protection of your restraint or other abuse.
system (seat belts and air bags)
One person per belt is greatly reduced by reclining Periodic inspection
Two people (including children) your seat. Seat belts must be All seat belts should be inspected
should never attempt to use a single snug against your hips and periodically for wear or damage of
seat belt. This could increase the chest to work properly.The more any kind. Any damaged parts should
severity of injuries in case of an acci- the seatback is reclined, the be replaced as soon as possible.
dent. greater the chance that an occu-
pant's hips will slide under the Keep belts clean and dry
lap belt causing serious internal Seat belts should be kept clean and
Do not lie down injuries or the occupant's neck dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
To reduce the chance of injuries in could strike the shoulder belt. cleaned by using a mild soap solu-
the event of an accident and to Drivers and passengers should tion and warm water. Bleach, dye,
achieve maximum effectiveness of always sit well back in their strong detergents or abrasives
the restraint system, all passengers seats, properly belted, and with should not be used because they
should be sitting up and the front and the seatbacks upright. may damage and weaken the fabric.
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the car is moving. A When to replace seat belts
seat belt cannot provide proper pro- Entire in-use seat belt assembly or
tection if the person is lying down in assemblies should be replaced if the
the rear seat or if the front and rear vehicle has been involved in an acci-
seats are in a reclined position. dent. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. We recommend that
you consult an authorized Kia dealer.
3 33
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Children riding in the car should sit in Children could be injured or killed in
(Continued)
the rear seat and must always be a crash if their restraints are not
properly restrained to minimize the properly secured. For small children • A seat belt or child restraint
risk of injury in an accident, sudden and babies, a child seat or infant seat system can become very hot
stop or sudden maneuver. According must be used. Before buying a par- if it is left in a closed vehicle
to accident statistics, children are ticular child restraint system, make on a sunny day, even if the
safer when properly restrained in the sure it fits your car seat and seat outside temperature does not
rear seats than in the front seat. belts, and fits your child. Follow all feel hot. Be sure to check the
Larger children not in a child restraint the instructions provided by the man- seat cover and buckles before
should use one of the seat belts pro- ufacturer when installing the child placing a child there.
vided. restraint system. • When the child restraint sys-
You should be aware of the specific tem is not in use, store it in
requirements in your country. Child the luggage area or fasten it
and/or infant safety seats must be WARNING with a seat belt so that it will
properly placed and installed in the • A child restraint system must not be thrown forward in the
rear seat. You must use a commer- be placed in the rear seat. case of a sudden stop or an
cially available child restraint system Never install a child or infant accident.
that meets the requirements of the seat on the front passenger's • Children may be seriously
Safety Standards of your country. seat. Should an accident injured or killed by an inflating
Child restraint systems are designed occur and cause the passen- air bag. All children, even those
to be secured in vehicle seats by lap ger-side air bag to deploy, it too large for child restraints,
belts or the lap belt portion of a could severely injure or kill an must ride in the rear seat.
lap/shoulder belt, or by a tether infant or child seated in an
anchor and/or ISOFIX anchors. infant or child seat. Thus only
use a child restraint in the
rear seat of your vehicle.
(Continued)
3 34
WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

To reduce the chance of serious • Never put a seat belt over • Never allow a child to stand-
or fatal injuries: yourself and a child. During a up or kneel on the seat or floor
crash, the belt could press of a moving vehicle. During a
• Children of all ages are safer deep into the child causing collision or sudden stop, the
when restrained in the rear serious internal injuries. child can be violently thrown
seat. A child riding in the front against the vehicle’s interior,
passenger seat can be force- • Never leave children unat-
tended in a vehicle – not even resulting in serious injury.
fully struck by an inflating air
bag resulting in serious or for a short time. The car can • Never use an infant carrier or a
fatal injuries. heat up very quickly, resulting child safety seat that "hooks"
in serious injuries to children over a seatback, it may not
• Always follow the child inside. Even very young chil- provide adequate security in
restraint system manufactur- dren may inadvertently cause an accident.
er’s instructions for installation the vehicle to move, entangle
and use of the child restraint. • Seat belts can become very
themselves in the windows, or hot, especially when the vehi-
• Always make sure the child lock themselves or others cle is parked in direct sunlight.
seat is secured properly in the inside the vehicle. Always check seat belt buck-
vehicle and your child is • Never allow two children, or les before fastening them over
securely restrained in the any two persons, to use the a child.
child seat. same seat belt. • After an accident, we recom-
• Never hold a child in your • Children often squirm and mend that the system be
arms or lap when riding in a reposition themselves improp- checked by an authorized Kia
vehicle. The violent forces cre- erly. Never let a child ride with dealer.
ated during a crash will tear the shoulder belt under their
the child from your arms and • If there is not enough space to
arm or behind their back. place the child restraint sys-
throw the child against the Always properly position and
vehicle’s interior. tem because of the driver's
secure children in the rear seat. seat, install the child restraint
(Continued) (Continued) system in the rear right seat.
3 35
Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend

WARNING Rearward-facing child restraint system
that the child restraint system be
Do not operate the rear power used in the rear seats.
seat (if equipped) while the
child seat is installed. WARNING
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger
seat, because of the danger that
an inflating passenger-side air
bag could impact the rear-fac-
ing child restraint and kill the
CRS09 child.
Forward-facing child restraint system
OKH032047
For small children and babies, the

use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. This child seat or infant
seat should be of appropriate size for
the child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
3 36
Installing a child restraint system 4. Buckle the seat belt and adjust the
WARNING - Child seat by lap belt (on the center rear lap belt for a snug hold on the child
installation seat) (if equipped) restraint by pulling on the loose
• A child can be seriously end of the belt. After installation of
injured or killed in a collision the child restraint system, try to
if the child restraint is not move it in all directions to be sure
properly anchored to the vehi- the child restraint system is
cle and the child is not prop- securely installed.
erly restrained in the child
restraint. Before installing the
child restraint system, read
the instructions supplied by
the child restraint system
manufacturer.
• If the seat belt does not oper- 1GHA2260/H
ate as described in this sec-
tion, we recommend that the To install a child restraint system on
system be checked by an the center rear seats, do the following:
authorized Kia dealer. 1. Place the child restraint system on
• Failure to observe this manu- the center rear seat.
al's instructions regarding 2. Extend the latch plate tongue of
child restraint systems and the lap belt.
the instructions provided with 3. Route the lap belt through the
the child restraint system restraint according to the seat
could increase the chance manufacturer’s instructions.
and/or severity of injury in an
accident.
3 37
Installing a child restraint system

by lap/shoulder belt
OEN036101 OEN036104
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch 3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the
E2MS103005
into the buckle. Listen for the dis- seat belt to take up any slack. After
tinct “click” sound. installation of the child restraint
To install a child restraint system on Position the release button so that it system, try to move it in all direc-
the outboard or center rear seats, do is easy to access in case of an emer- tions to be sure the child restraint
the following: gency. system is securely installed.
1. Place the child restraint system in If you need to tighten the belt, pull
the seat and route the lap/shoul- more webbing toward the retractor.
der belt around or through the When you unbuckle the seat belt and
restraint, following the restraint allow it to retract, the retractor will
manufacturer’s instructions. Be automatically revert back to its nor-
sure the seat belt webbing is not mal seated passenger emergency
twisted. locking usage condition.
3 38
Child seat restraint suitability for seat position using the seat belt - For Europe
Use child safety seats that have been officially approved and are appropriate for your children. When using the child
safety seats, refer to the following table.
Seating Position
Mass Group
Front Passenger Rear Outboard Rear Centre
0 : UP to10 kg
U* U X
(0-9 months)
0 + : UP to 13 kg
U* U X
(0 - 2 years)
I : 9 to 18 kg
U* U X
(9 months - 4 years)
II & III : 15 to 36 kg
U* U X
(4 - 12 years)
U* : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group only for height adjustable seat and when seat
position is rearmost highest.
U : Suitable for "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group.
UF : Suitable for forward-facing "universal" category restraints approved for use in this mass group
X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group.
3 39
Securing a child restraint seat

with “Tether Anchor” system WARNING
A child can be seriously injured
or killed in a collision if the
child restraint is not properly
anchored to the car and the
child is not properly restrained
in the child restraint. Always fol-
low the child seat manufactur-
er’s instructions for installation
and use.
OKH032050
1. Route the child restraint seat strap
OKH032049
over the seatback. WARNING - Tether strap
For vehicles with adjustable head- Never mount more than one
Child restraint hook holders are rest, route the tether strap under child restraint to a single tether
located on the package tray. the headrest and between the or to a single lower anchorage
headrest posts, otherwise route point. The increased load
the tether strap over the top of the caused by multiple seats may
seatback. In case of interference cause the tethers or anchorage
between the child restraint seat points to break, causing serious
and the headrest remove the par- injury or death.
ticular head restraint for better fit-
ment of the child restraint seat.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the child restraint seat.
3 40
Securing a child restraint system

WARNING - Child WARNING - Child with “ISOFIX” system and “Tether
restraint check restraint anchorage Anchorage” system
Check that the child restraint • Child restraint anchorages are
system is secure by pushing designed to withstand only
and pulling it in different direc- those loads imposed by cor-
tions. Incorrectly fitted child rectly fitted child restraints.
restraints may swing, twist, tip Under no circumstances are
or separate causing death or they to be used for adult seat
serious injury. belts or harnesses or for
attaching other items or
equipment to the vehicle.
• The tether strap may not work
properly if attached some-
where other than the correct OVI039060
tether anchor.
ISOFIX is a standardised method of
fitting child seats that eliminates the
need to use the standard adult seat
belt to secure the seat in the vehicle.
This enables a much more secure and
positive location with the added bene-
fit of easier and quicker installation.
An ISOFIX-seat can only be installed
if it has vehicle-specific approval in
accordance with the requirements of
ECE-R44.
3 41
The installing and the use of a child-

ISOFIX Anchor
seat has to be done according to the WARNING
Position Indicator installing-manual, which is added to • When using the vehicle's
the ISOFIX-seat. "ISOFIX" system to install a
child restraint system in the
rear seat, all unused vehicle
WARNING rear seat belt metal latch
Install the child restraint seat plates or tabs must be latched
fully rearward against the seat- securely in their seat belt
back with the seatback in a ver- buckles and the seat belt web-
ISOFIX Anchor tical position, not reclined. bing must be retracted behind
OKH032051 the child restraint to prevent
There is a child restraint symbol the child from reaching and
located on the lower portion of each taking hold of unretracted
side of the rear seatbacks. These seat belts. Unlatched metal
symbols indicate the position of the latch plates or tabs may allow
lower anchors for child restraints so the child to reach the unre-
equipped. tracted seat belts which may
result in strangulation and a
On each side of the rear seat, serious injury or death to the
between the cushion and backrest, child in the child restraint.
are located a pair of ISOFIX anchor-
age points together with a top tether • Do not place anything around
mounting on the shelf behind the the lower anchors. Also make
rear seats. During the installation, sure that the seat belt is not
the seat has to be engaged at the caught in the lower anchors.
anchorage-points in a way you can
hear it clicking (check by pulling!)
and has to be fixed with the Top
Tether-anchor on the belonging point
on the shelf behind rear seats.
3 42
To secure the child restraint seat

WARNING (Continued)
1. To engage the child restraint seat
to the ISOFIX anchor, insert the • Do not install a child restraint • Do not mount more than one
child restraint seat latch into the seat at the center of the rear child restraint to a child
ISOFIX anchor. Listen for the audi- seat using the vehicle's restraint lower anchorage
ble “click” sound. ISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIX point. The improper increased
anchors are only provided for load may cause the anchor-
the left and right outboard age points or tether anchor to
CAUTION rear seating positions. Do not break, causing serious injury
Do not allow the rear seat belt misuse the ISOFIX anchors by or death.
webbing to get scratched or attempting to attach a child • Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-
pinched by the ISOFIX-seat restraint seat in the middle of compatible child restraint
latch and ISOFIX anchor during the rear seat to the ISOFIX seat only to the appropriate
the installation. anchors. In a crash, the child locations shown in the illus-
restraint seat ISOFIX attach- tration.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to ments may not be strong • Always follow the installation
the child restraint hook holder and enough to secure the child and use instructions provided
tighten to secure the seat. (Refer restraint seat properly in the by the manufacturer of the
to the previous page.) center of the rear seat and child restraint.
may break, causing serious
injury or death.
(Continued)
3 43
Child seat restraint suitability for vehicle ISOFIX positions - For Europe
Vehicle ISOFIX Position
Mass Group Size Class Fixture Rear Outboard Rear Outboard
Front Passenger Rear Center
(Driver side) (Passenger side)
F ISO/L1 × × × ×
Carrycot
G ISO/L2 × × × ×
0 : up to 10kg E ISO/R1 × IL IL ×
E ISO/R1 × IL IL ×
0 : up to 13kg D ISO/R2 × IL IL ×
C ISO/R3 × IL IL ×
D ISO/R2 × IL IL ×
C ISO/R3 × IL IL ×
I : 9 to 18kg B ISO/F2 × IUF IUF ×
B1 ISO/F2X × IUF IUF ×
A ISO/F3 × IUF IUF ×
X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group

IUF : Suitable for ISOFIX forward child restraints systems of universal category approved for use in the mass group.
IL : Suitable for particular ISOFIX child restraints systems (CRS) given in the attached list. These ISOFIX CRS are those of the
"specific vehicle", "restricted" or "semi-universal" categories.
3 44
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

(1) Driver’s front air bag
(2) Passenger’s front air bag
(3) Side air bag
(4) Curtain air bag
(5) Driver’s knee air bag
WARNING
• Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers
must always wear the safety
belts provided in order to min-
imize the risk and severity of
injury in the event of a colli-
sion or rollover.
• SRS and pretensioners con-
tain explosive chemicals.
If scraping a vehicle without
removing SRS and pretension-
ers from a vehicle, it may cause
fire. Before scraping a vehicle,
we recommend that you con-
tact an authorized Kia dealer.
• Keep the SRS parts and
wirings away from water or any
liquid. If the SRS components
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. are inoperative due to expo-
OKH032079 sure to water or liquids, it may
cause fire or severe injury.
3 45
How does the air bag system • The front air bags will completely • There are even circumstances
operate inflate and deflate in an instant. under which contact with the
It is virtually impossible for you to steering wheel air bag can cause
• Air bags are activated (able to
see the air bags inflate during an fatal injuries, especially if the
inflate if necessary) only when the
accident. occupant is positioned exces-
engine start/stop button is turned
sively close to the steering wheel.
to the ON or START position. It is much more likely that you will
• Air bags inflate instantly in the simply see the deflated air bags
event of a serious frontal collision hanging out of their storage com- WARNING
or side collision in order to help partments after the collision. • To avoid severe personal
protect the occupants from serious • In order to help provide protection injury or death caused by
physical injury. in a severe collision, the air bags deploying air bags in a colli-
• There is no single speed at which must inflate rapidly. The speed of sion, the driver should sit as
the air bags will inflate. air bag inflation is a consequence far back from the steering
of the extremely short time in wheel air bag as possible (at
Generally, air bags are designed to
which a collision occurs and the least 250 mm (10 inches)
inflate based upon the severity of a
need to inflate the air bag between away). The front passengers
collision and its direction. These
the occupant and the vehicle struc- should always move their
two factors determine whether the
tures before the occupant impacts seats as far back as possible
sensors produce an electronic
those structures. This speed of and sit back in their seat.
deployment/ inflation signal.
inflation reduces the risk of serious • Air bags inflate instantly in the
• Air bag deployment depends on a or life-threatening injuries in a event of collision, and passen-
number of factors including vehicle severe collision and is thus a nec- gers may be injured by the air
speed, angles of impact and the essary part of air bag design. bag expansion force if they are
density and stiffness of the vehi-
However, air bag inflation can also not in a proper position.
cles or objects which your vehicle
cause injuries which can include • Air bag inflation may cause
hits in the collision. The determin-
facial abrasions, bruises and bro- injuries including facial or
ing factors are not limited to those
ken bones because the inflation bodily abrasions, injuries
mentioned above.
speed also causes the air bags to from broken glasses or burns.
expand with a great deal of force.
3 46
Noise and smoke Do not install a child restraint on

When the air bags inflate, they make WARNING the front passenger’s seat.
a loud noise and they leave smoke When the air bags deploy, the ■ Type A
and powder in the air inside of the air bag related parts in the
vehicle. This is normal and is a result steering wheel and/or instru-
of the ignition of the air bag inflator. ment panel and/or in both sides
After the air bag inflates, you may of the roof rails above the front
feel substantial discomfort in breath- and rear doors are very hot. To
ing due to the contact of your chest prevent injury, do not touch the
with both the seat belt and the air air bag storage area’s internal
bag, as well as from breathing the components immediately after
smoke and powder. Open your an air bag has inflated.
doors and/or windows as soon as OYDESA2042
possible after impact in order to ■ Type B
reduce discomfort and prevent
prolonged exposure to the smoke
and powder.
Though the smoke and powder are
non-toxic, they may cause irritation
to the skin (eyes, nose and throat,
etc). If this is the case, wash and
rinse with cold water immediately
and consult a doctor if the symptom
persists. OLM034310
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it would
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
3 47
In addition, do not place front-facing Air bag warning light

child restraints in the front passen- WARNING
ger’s seat either. If the front passen- • NEVER use a rearward facing
ger air bag inflates, it could cause child restraint on a seat pro-
serious or fatal injuries to the child. tected by an ACTIVE AIR BAG
in front of it, DEATH or SERI-
OUS INJURY to the CHILD can
occur.
• Never put a child restraint in
the front passenger’s seat. If
the front passenger air bag
inflates, it can cause serious
or fatal injuries. W7-147
• When children are seated in
the rear outboard seats of a The purpose of the air bag warning
vehicle equipped with side light in your instrument panel is to
and/or curtain air bags, be sure alert you of a potential problem with
to install the child restraint sys- your air bag - Supplemental
tem as far away from the door Restraint System (SRS).
side as possible, and securely When the ignition switch is turned
lock the child restraint system ON, the warning light should illumi-
in position. Inflation of side nate for approximately 6 seconds,
and/or curtain air bags could then go off.
cause serious injury or death Have the system checked if:
to an infant or child.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the engine start/stop
button to the ON position.
3 48
• The light stays on after illuminating SRS components and func- 10. Driver’s knee air bag module
for approximately 6 seconds. tions 11. Driver’s and front passenger’s
• The light comes on while the vehi- seat belt buckle sensors.*
cle is in motion. * : if equipped
• The light blinks when the engine
start/stop button is in ON position.
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the engine
start/stop button is ON to determine
if a crash impact is severe enough to
require air bag deployment or pre-
tensioner seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light " "
on the instrument panel will illumi-
OVI039100L nate for about 6 seconds after the
The SRS consists of the following engine start/stop button is turned to
components: the ON position, after which the SRS
1. Driver's front air bag module air bag warning light " " should go
out.
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
3 49
Driver’s front air bag (1) Driver’s front air bag (2)
WARNING
If any of the following condi-
tions occurs, this indicates a
malfunction of the SRS. We rec-
ommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
• The light does not turn on
briefly when you turn the igni-
tion ON.
OHM039102N OHM039103N
• The light stays on after illumi-
nating for approximately 6 The front air bag modules are locat- Upon deployment, tear seams mold-
seconds. ed in the center of the steering ed directly into the pad covers will
• The light comes on while the wheel, in the front passenger's panel separate under pressure from the
vehicle is in motion. above the glove box and/or in the dri- expansion of the air bags. Further
ver’s side knee bolster. When the opening of the covers then allows full
• The light blinks when the igni- SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe inflation of the air bags.
tion switch is in ON position. impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 50
Driver’s front air bag (3) Passenger’s front air bag

(Continued)
• When installing a container of
liquid air freshener inside the
vehicle, do not place it near
the instrument cluster nor on
the instrument panel surface.
It may become a dangerous
projectile and cause injury if
the passenger's air bag
inflates.
OHM039104N B240B05L
A fully inflated air bag, in combina-
tion with a properly worn seat belt, WARNING
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of • Do not install or place any
head and chest injury. accessories (drink holder,
cassette holder, sticker, etc.)
on the front passenger's
After complete inflation, the air bag panel above the glove box in a
immediately starts deflating, vehicle with a passenger's air
enabling the driver to maintain for- bag. Such objects may
ward visibility and the ability to steer become dangerous projec-
or operate other controls. tiles and cause injury if the
passenger's air bag inflates.
(Continued)
3 51
(Continued) Driver's and passenger's front

WARNING air bag
• If an air bag deploys, there • The SRS can function only
may be a loud noise followed when the ignition key is in the Driver’s front air bag
by a fine dust released in the ON position. If the SRS air bag

vehicle. These conditions are warning light does not illumi-
normal and are not hazardous nate, or continuously remains
- the air bags are packed in on after illuminating for about 6
this fine powder. The dust gen- seconds when the ignition key
erated during air bag deploy- is turned to the ON position, or
ment may cause skin or eye after the engine is started,
irritation as well as aggravate comes on while driving, the
asthma for some persons. SRS is not working properly.
OKH032053
Always wash all exposed skin If this occurs, we recommend Driver’s knee air bag
areas thoroughly with luke- that the system be inspected
warm water and a mild soap by an authorized Kia dealer.
after an accident in which the • Before you replace a fuse or
air bags were deployed. disconnect a battery terminal,
(Continued) turn the engine start/stop but-
ton to the OFF position. Never
remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the
engine start/stop button is in
the ON position. Failure to OKH032054
heed this warning will cause
the SRS “ ” warning light to Your vehicle is equipped with a
illuminate. Supplemental Restraint (Air Bag)
System and the lap/shoulder belts at
both the driver and passenger seat-
ing positions.
3 52
The indications of the system's pres- Passenger’s front air bag The seat belt buckle sensors (if
ence are the letters "SRS AIR BAG" equipped) determine if the driver and
embossed on the air bag pad cover front passenger's seat belts are fas-
in the steering wheel and/or on the tened. These sensors provide the
cover of the driver's side knee bolster ability to control the SRS deployment
located below the steering wheel and based on whether or not the seat
the passenger's side front panel pad belts are fastened, and how severe
above the glove box. the impact is.
OKH032055
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel , in the
knee bolster below the steering
wheel column and the passenger's
side front panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt sys-
tem alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's seat position, the driver's
and front passenger's seat belt usage
and impact severity.
3 53

Always use seat belts and child • ABC – Always Buckle Children • No objects should be placed
restraints – every trip, every in the back seat. It is the safest over or near the air bag mod-
time, everyone! Air bags inflate place for children of any age ules on the steering wheel,
with considerable force and in to ride. instrument panel or the front
the blink of an eye. Seat belts • Front and side air bags can passenger's panel above the
help keep occupants in proper injure occupants improperly glove box, because any such
position to obtain maximum positioned in the front seats. object could cause harm if the
benefit from the air bag. Even • Move your seat as far back as vehicle is in a crash severe
with air bags, improperly and practical from the front air enough to cause the air bags
unbelted occupants can be bags, while still maintaining to deploy.
severely injured when the air control of the vehicle. • Do not tamper with or discon-
bag inflates. Always follow the • You and your passengers nect SRS wiring or other com-
precautions about seat belts, air should never sit or lean unnec- ponents of the SRS system.
bags and occupant safety con- essarily close to the air bags. Doing so could result in injury,
tained in this manual. Improperly positioned drivers due to accidental deployment
To reduce the chance of serious and passengers can be severe- of the air bags or by rendering
or fatal injuries and receive the ly injured by inflating air bags. the SRS inoperative.
maximum safety benefit from • Never lean against the door or • If the SRS air bag warning light
your restraint system: center console – always sit in remains illuminated while the
• Never place a child in any an upright position. vehicle is being driven, we rec-
child or booster seat in the (Continued) ommend that the system be
front seat. inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
3 54
(Continued) (Continued) (Continued)

• Air bags can only be used • Children age 12 and under • Sitting improperly or out of
once – we recommend that must always be properly position can result in serious
the system be replaced by an restrained in the rear seat. or fatal injury in a crash. All
authorized Kia dealer. Never allow children to ride in occupants should sit upright
• The SRS is designed to deploy the front passenger seat. If a with the seat back in an upright
the front air bags only when an child over 12 must be seated position, centered on the seat
impact is sufficiently severe in the front seat, he or she cushion with their seat belt on,
and when the impact angle is must be properly belted and legs comfortably extended and
less than 30° from the forward the seat should be moved as their feet on the floor until the
longitudinal axis of the vehi- far back as possible. vehicle is parked and the igni-
cle. Additionally, the air bags • For maximum safety protection key is removed.
will only deploy once. Seat tion in all types of crashes, all • The SRS air bag system must
belts must be worn at all times. occupants including the driver deploy very rapidly to provide
• Front air bags are not intended should always wear their seat protection in a crash. If an
to deploy in side-impact, rear- belts whether or not an air bag occupant is out of position
impact or rollover crashes. In is also provided at their seat- because of not wearing a seat
addition, front air bags will not ing position to minimize the belt, the air bag may forcefully
deploy in frontal crashes below risk of severe injury or death contact the occupant causing
the deployment threshold. in the event of a crash. serious or fatal injuries.
• A child restraint system must Do not sit or lean unnecessar-
never be placed in the front ily close to the air bag while
seat. The infant or child could the vehicle is in motion.
be severely injured or killed (Continued)
by an air bag deployment in
case of an accident.
(Continued)
3 55
Side air bag Your vehicle is equipped with a side air

Front
bag in each front and outboard rear WARNING
seat. The purpose of the air bag is to • The side air bag is supplemen-
provide the vehicle's driver and/or the tal to the driver’s and the pas-
front and outboard rear passengers sengers seat belt systems and
with additional protection than that is not a substitute for them.
offered by the seat belt alone. Therefore your seat belts must
• The side air bags are designed to be worn at all times while the
deploy during certain side-impact vehicle is in motion. The air
collisions, depending on the crash bags deploy only in certain
OKH032056 severity, angle, speed and point of side impact conditions severe
Rear
impact. enough to cause significant
• The side air bags are not designed injury to the vehicle occupants.
to deploy in all side impact. • For best protection from the
side air bag system and to
avoid being injured by the
WARNING deploying side air bag, both
Do not allow the passengers to front and all rear (if equipped)
lean their heads or bodies onto seat occupants should sit in an
OKH032081 upright position with the seat
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of belt properly fastened. The dri-
the window, or place objects ver's hands should be placed
between the doors and passen- on the steering wheel at the
gers when they are seated on 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The
seats equipped with side and/or passenger’ arms and hands
curtain air bags. should be placed on their laps.
(Continued)
OKH032089
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-
fer from the illustration.
3 56
(Continued) Curtain air bag They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
• Do not use any accessory seat and the rear outboard seat occupants
covers. in certain side impact collisions.
• Use of seat covers could The curtain air bags are designed to
reduce or prevent the effective- deploy only during certain side
ness of the system. impact collisions, depending on the
• Do not install any accessories crash severity, angle, speed and
on the side or near the side air impact. The curtain air bags are not
bag. designed to deploy in all side impact
• Do not place any objects over situations, collisions from the front or
the air bag or between the air OKH032082 rear of the vehicle or in most rollover
bag and yourself. situations.
• Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
door and the seat. Such objects
may become dangerous projec-
tiles and cause injury if the sup-
plemental side air bag inflates.
• To prevent unexpected deploy-
ment of the side air bag that
may result in personal injury, OKH032090
avoid impact to the side impact ❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif-
sensor when the ignition fer from the illustration.
switch is on.
• If the seat or seat cover is dam- Curtain air bags are located along
aged, we recommend that the both sides of the roof rails above the
system be serviced by an front and rear doors.
authorized Kia dealer.
3 57

• In order for side and curtain • Never try to open or repair any
air bags to provide the best components of the side curtain
protection, front seat occu- air bag system. We recommend
pants and outboard rear occu- that the system be serviced by
pants should sit in an upright an authorized Kia dealer.
position with the seat belts Failure to follow the above men-
properly fastened. Importantly, tioned instructions can result in
children should sit in a proper injury or death to the vehicle
child restraint system in the occupants in an accident.
rear seat.
1KMN3664
• When children are seated in
the rear outboard seats, they • Do not allow the passengers
must be seated in the proper to lean their heads or bodies
child restraint system. Make onto doors, put their arms on
sure to position the child the doors, stretch their arms
restraint system as far away out of the window, or place
from the door side as possi- objects between the doors
ble, and secure the child and passengers when they
restraint system in a locked are seated on seats equipped
position. with side and/or curtain air
(Continued) bags.
(Continued)
3 58
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a Air bag collision sensors

collision? (Inflation and non-infla-
tion conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, sec-
ond or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
1 2 3 4
OKH033063/OKH032064/OKH033065/OKH032074/OKH032066
(1) SRS control module (3) Side impact sensor (front)

(2) Front impact sensor (4) Side impact sensor (rear)
3 59
Air bag inflation conditions

WARNING (Continued)
• Do not hit or allow any objects • Problems may arise if the sen-
to impact the locations where sor installation angles are
air bags or sensors are changed due to the deforma-
installed. tion of the front bumper, body,
front door or C pillar where
This may cause unexpected the collision sensors are
air bag deployment, which installed. We recommend that
could result in serious per- the system be serviced by an
sonal injury or death. authorized Kia dealer.
• If the installation location or • Your vehicle has been
angle of the sensors is altered designed to absorb impact
in any way, the air bags may and deploy the air bag(s) in OKH032083
deploy when they should not certain collisions. Installing Front air bags
or they may not deploy when aftermarket bumper guards or
they should, causing severe Front air bags are designed to inflate
replacing a bumper with non- in a frontal collision depending on
injury or death. genuine parts may adversely the intensity, speed or angles of
Therefore, do not try to per- affect your vehicles collision impact of the front collision.
form maintenance on or and air bag deployment per-
around the air bag sensors. formance.
We recommend that the sys-
tem be serviced by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
(Continued)
3 60
Side and curtain air bags Air bag non-inflation conditions

Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the strength, speed or
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
OKH033067
designed to inflate only in frontal col-
lisions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient impact. OKH032084
Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate only in side • In certain low-speed collisions the
impact collisions, but they may inflate air bags may not deploy. The air
in other collisions if the side impact bags are designed not to deploy in
sensors detect a sufficient impact. such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the pro-
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
tection of the seat belts in such col-
bumps or objects on unimproved
lisions.
OKH032091 roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may dif- carefully on unimproved roads or on
fer from the illustration. surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
3 61
OKH032085 OKH033068 OBH038060

• Frontal air bags are not designed • Front air bags may not inflate in • In an angled collision, the force of
to inflate in rear collisions, because side impact collisions, because impact may direct the occupants in
occupants are moved backward by occupants move to the direction of a direction where the air bags would
the force of the impact. In this case, the collision, and thus in side not be able to provide any addition-
inflated air bags would not be able impacts, frontal air bag deployment al benefit, and thus the sensors may
to provide any additional benefit. would not provide additional occu- not deploy any air bags.
pant protection.
However, side impact and curtain
air bags may inflate depending on
the intensity, vehicle speed and
angles of impact.
3 62
OKH032086 OKH033120 OKH033069

• Just before impact, drivers often • Air bags may not inflate in rollover • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi-
brake heavily. Such heavy braking accidents because the vehicle can cle collides with objects such as util-
lowers the front portion of the vehi- not detect rollover accident. ity poles or trees, where the point of
cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- However, side and/or curtain air impact is concentrated to one area
cle with a higher ground clearance. bags may inflate when the vehicle and the full force of the impact is not
Air bags may not inflate in this is rolled over following (or after) delivered to the sensors.
"under-ride" situation because side impact collision.
deceleration forces that are detect-
ed by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” colli-
sions.
3 63
SRS Care (Continued) (Continued)

The SRS is virtually maintenance-free • No objects should be placed • If components of the air bag
and so there are no parts you can over or near the air bag mod- system must be discarded, or
safely service by yourself. If the SRS ules on the steering wheel, if the vehicle must be
air bag warning light does not illumi- instrument panel, and the scrapped, certain safety pre-
nate, or continuously remains on, we front passenger's panel above cautions must be observed.
recommend that the system be the glove box, because any An authorized Kia dealer
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. such object could cause harm knows these precautions and
if the vehicle is in a crash can give you the necessary
WARNING severe enough to cause the information. Failure to follow
• Modification to SRS compo- air bags to inflate. these precautions and proce-
nents or wiring, including the • If the air bags inflate, we rec- dures could increase the risk
addition of any kind of badges ommend that the system be of personal injury.
to the pad covers or modifica- replaced by an authorized Kia • If your car was flooded and
tions to the body structure, dealer. has soaked carpeting or water
can adversely affect SRS per- • Do not tamper with or discon- on flooring, you shouldn't try
formance and lead to possible nect SRS wiring, or other to start the engine; we recom-
injury. components of the SRS sys- mend that you contact an
• For cleaning the air bag pad tem. Doing so could result in authorized Kia dealer.
covers, use only a soft, dry injury, due to accidental infla-
cloth or one which has been tion of the air bags or by ren-
moistened with plain water. dering the SRS inoperative.
Solvents or cleaners could (Continued)
adversely affect the air bag
covers and proper deploy-
ment of the system.
(Continued)
3 64
Additional safety precautions • Passengers should not place • Do not place items under the
• All occupants should sit upright, hard or sharp objects between front seats. Placing items under
fully back in their seats with their themselves and the air bags. the front seats could interfere with
seat belts on and their feet on the Carrying hard or sharp objects on the operation of the supplemental
floor. your lap or in your mouth can result restraint system sensing compo-
in injuries if an air bag inflates. nents and wiring harnesses.
• Passengers should not move
out of or change seats while the • Keep occupants away from the • Never hold an infant or child on
vehicle is moving. A passenger air bag covers. All occupants your lap. The infant or child could
who is not wearing a seat belt dur- should sit upright, fully back in their be seriously injured or killed in the
ing a crash or emergency stop can seats with their seat belts on and event of a crash. All infants and
be thrown against the inside of the their feet on the floor. If occupants children should be properly
vehicle, against other occupants, are too close to the air bag covers, restrained in appropriate child
or out of the vehicle. they could be injured if the air bags safety seats or seat belts in the
inflate. rear seat.
• Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more • Do not attach or place objects
than one person uses the same on or near the air bag covers.
seat belt, they could be seriously Any object attached to or placed
injured or killed in a collision. on the front or side air bag covers
could interfere with the proper
• Do not use any accessories on operation of the air bags.
seat belts. Devices claiming to
improve occupant comfort or repo- • Do not modify the front seats.
sition the seat belt can reduce the Modification of the front seats
protection provided by the seat belt could interfere with the operation of
and increase the chance of serious the supplemental restraint system
injury in a crash. sensing components or side air
bags.
3 65
Adding equipment to or modi- Air bag warning label Air bag warning labels are attached
fying your air bag-equipped to alert the driver and passengers of
vehicle potential risk of air bag system.
If you modify your vehicle by chang- Note that these government warn-
ing your vehicle's frame, bumper sys- ings focus on the risk to children, we
tem, front end or side sheet metal or also want you to be aware of the
ride height, this may affect the opera- risks which adults are exposed to.
tion of your vehicle's air bag system. Those have been described in previ-
ous pages.
OKH032071L
OKH032071
OKH032073
3 66
Features of your vehicle
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 • Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-34
• Buttons on the smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6 • Emergency fuel filler lid release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
• Smart key precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 Panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 • Sunroof open warning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11 • Sliding the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 • Closing the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 • Tilting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-39
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 • Sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-40
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13 • Resetting the sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41 4
Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 Steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• From outside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 • Electronic hydraulic power steering (EHPS) . . . . . . 4-42
• Power door latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 • Tilt steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• From inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16 • Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43
• Door lock/unlock features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 • Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 • Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-45
• Non-powered trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20 • Outside rearview mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Power trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• Emergency trunk safety release. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 • Instrument cluster control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-51
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28 • Lcd display control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29 • Transaxle shift indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 • LCD modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-57
• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32 • Trip computer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
• Turn by turn (TBT) mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 Front blind spot monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . 4-106
• ASCC/LDWS mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58 Surroud view monitoring system . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-107
• A/V mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Information mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59 • Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• User settings mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61 • Headlight escort function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-67 • Daytime running light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
Trip computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 • Traffic change (for europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 • Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
• Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-74 • High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Trip A/B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76 • Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
4 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 • Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78 • Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Indicator lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88 • Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Head up display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 • Headlight washer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
• Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94 Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Head up display on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
• Head up display information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-95 • Trunk room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-122
• Head up display setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-96 • Door courtesy lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
Parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97 • Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Operation of the parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . 4-97 • Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123
• Non-operational conditions of parking assist system . . 4-99 Welcome system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
• Self-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101 • Puddle lamp and door handle lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-102 • Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
Parking guide system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 • Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-124
• Reverse parking (back-in parking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-103 Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Parallel parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-104 • Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125
• Wiper deicer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-125 • Bag hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
Automatic climate control system. . . . . . . . . . . . 4-126 • Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• Automatic heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . 4-127 • Rear curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-157
• Manual heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . 4-128 • Side curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-158
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-136 Multimedia system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
• Climate control air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-138 • Aux, usb and ipod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Windshield defrosting and defogging. . . . . . . . . 4-140 • Usb charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-159
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144 • Audio / video / navigation system (AVN). . . . . . . . . 4-160
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144 • Driver information system (DIS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-160
• Rear seat storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-144 • Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free. . . . . . . 4-161
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145 • Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-161 4
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-145 • Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-162
• Seatback pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-146
• Map pocket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-147
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-148
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-149
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-150
• Seat warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-151
• Air ventilation seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-153
• Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-155
• Rear mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-156
SMART KEY
Record your key number Smart key function With the smart key, you can lock or
The key code number unlock a door and trunk and even
is stamped on the start the engine.
(if equipped)
key code tag • To remove the mechanical key, press
attached to the key and hold the release button (5) and
set. Should you lose remove the mechanical key (6).
your keys, we recommend that you • To reinstall the mechanical key, put
contact an authorized Kia dealer. the key into the hole and push it
Remove the key code tag and store it until a click sound is heard.
in a safe place. Also, record the key
code number and keep it in a safe
place (not in the vehicle). OKH042004
OKH042008L
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Trunk unlock and/or open
4. Alarm
4 4
Locking Unlocking
1. Carry the smart key. 1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors. 2. Press the button of the front out-
3. Press the button of the outside side door handle.
door handle. 3. All doors will unlock and the haz-
4. The hazard warning lights will ard warning lights will blink twice.
blink once (the engine hood and Also, the outside rearview mirror
trunk must be closed). will automatically unfold when the
Also, the outside rearview mirror will outside rearview mirror folding
automatically fold when the outside switch is in the AUTO position (if
OKH042003 rearview mirror folding switch is in equipped).
Carrying the smart key, you may lock the AUTO position (if equipped).
and unlock the vehicle doors and 5. Make sure that doors are locked ✽ NOTICE
trunk. by pulling the outside door handle. • The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7 m (28
✽ NOTICE in.) from the outside door handle.
• When the smart key is recognized
• The button will only operate when in the area of 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the smart key is within 0.7 m (28 the front outside door handle, other
in.) from the outside door handle. people can also open the doors.
• Even though you press the outside • After unlocking all doors, the doors
door handle button, the doors will will lock automatically unless a
not lock and the chime will sound for door is opened within 30 seconds.
3 seconds if any of following occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is
in ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the trunk is
opened.
4 5
Trunk unlocking Buttons on the smart key ✽ NOTICE

Power trunk The doors will not lock if any door is
1. Carry the smart key. opened.
(if equipped)
2. Press the trunk handle switch.
3. The trunk will unlock and open. Unlock (2)
1. Press the unlock button.
Non-powered trunk 2. The hazard warning lights will
1. Carry the smart key. blink twice to indicate that all
2. Press the trunk handle switch. doors are unlocked.
3. The trunk will unlock. Also, the outside rearview mirror
will automatically unfold when the
OKH042004
outside rearview mirror folding
✽ NOTICE switch is in the AUTO position (if
• Once the trunk is opened and then Lock (1) equipped).
closed, the trunk will lock auto- 1. Close all doors.
matically.
• The button will only operate when
2. Press the lock button. ✽ NOTICE
the smart key is within 0.7 m (28 3. The hazard warning light will blink After unlocking all doors, the doors
in.) from the trunk handle. once to indicate that all doors are will lock automatically unless a door
locked (the engine hood and trunk is opened within 30 seconds.
must be closed).
Also, the outside rearview mirror
will automatically fold when the
outside rearview mirror folding
switch is in the AUTO position (if
equipped).
4 6
Trunk unlock (3) Power trunk Restrictions in handling keys

Non-powered trunk. 1. Press the trunk unlock button for
1. Press the trunk unlock button for more than 1 second.
more than 1 second. 2. The hazard warning light will blink
2. The hazard warning light will blink and chime will sound twice to indi-
twice to indicate that the trunk is cate the trunk is unlocked and
unlocked. opened.
✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE
• After unlocking the trunk, the • Once the trunk is opened and then
trunk will lock automatically unless closed, the trunk will lock auto-
it is opened within 30 seconds. matically.
OKH042010
• Once the trunk is opened and then • The word "HOLD" is written on
closed, the trunk will lock auto- the button to inform you that you When leaving keys with parking lot
matically. must press and hold the button. and valet attendants, the following
• The word "HOLD" is written on procedures will ensure that your
the button to inform you that you Alarm (4) vehicle’s trunk and glove box com-
must press and hold the button. partment can not be opened in your
1. Press the alarm button for more absence.
than 1 second.
2. The horn will sound and hazard
warning light will sound for 27 sec- To activate the trunk lock system so
onds. that the trunk can only be opened
with the mechanical key, perform the
following:
You can activate or deactivate the 1. Press and hold the release button
Alarm function in the vehicle. Refer and remove the mechanical key
to "User setting" in this section. from the smart key.
4 7
2. Unlock the glove box by using the Smart key precautions (Continued)
mechanical key then open it. When the smart key does not work
✽ NOTICE properly, open and close the door
3. Set the trunk lid control button to
OFF position (unpressed).
• If, for some reason, you happen to with the mechanical key. If you
lose your smart key, you will not have a problem with the smart key,
4. Close and lock the glove box using be able to start the engine. Tow we recommend that you contact an
the mechanical key. the vehicle, if necessary, we recom- authorized Kia dealer.
When leaving your keys with a park- mend that you contact an author- • If the smart key is in close proxim-
ing lot attendant or valet, perform ized Kia dealer. ity to your cell phone or smart
steps 1 to 4 above, remove the • A maximum of 2 smart keys can phone, the signal from the smart
mechanical key from the smart key be registered to a single vehicle. If key could be blocked by normal
and leave the smart key with the you lose a smart key, we recom- operation of your cell phone or
attendant. In this manner the smart mend that you contact an author- smart phone. This is especially
key can only be used to start the ized Kia dealer. important when the phone is
engine and operate door locks. • The smart key will not work if any active such as making call, receiv-
of the following occurs: ing calls, text messaging, and/or
- The smart key is close to a radio sending/receiving emails. Avoid
Lock release transmitter such as a radio sta- placing the smart key and your
To release the trunk lock feature, tion or an airport which can cell phone or smart phone in the
open the glove box with the mechan- interfere with normal operation same pants or jacket pocket and
ical key and set the trunk lid control of the smart key. maintain adequate distance
button to ON position (pressed). In - The smart key is near a mobile between the two devices.
this position the trunk will open with two-way radio system or a cellu-
the trunk lid button or smart key. lar phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is
being operated close to your
vehicle.
(Continued)
4 8
Immobilizer system To deactivate the immobilizer

CAUTION system
Your vehicle may be equipped with
• Keep the smart key away from an electronic engine immobilizer sys- Change the engine start/stop button
water or any liquid. If the key- tem to reduce the risk of unautho- to the ON position.
less entry system is inopera- rized vehicle use.
tive due to exposure to water
or liquids, it will not be cov- Your immobilizer system is com- To activate the immobilizer system
ered by your manufacturer’s prised of a small transponder in the Change the engine start/stop button
vehicle warranty. key and electronic devices inside the to the OFF position. The immobilizer
vehicle. system activates automatically.
• Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that Whenever the engine start/stop but- Without a valid smart key for your
blocks electromagnetic waves ton is changed to the ON position, vehicle, the engine will not start.
to the key surface. the immobilizer system checks and
verifies if the key is valid or not.
If the key is valid, the engine will WARNING
start. In order to prevent theft of your
If the key is invalid, the engine will not vehicle, do not leave spare keys
start. anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a cus-
tomer unique password and
should be kept confidential. Do
not leave this number anywhere
in your vehicle.
4 9
CAUTION
When starting the engine, do not use If you need additional keys or lose
the key with other immobilizer keys your keys, we recommend that you Do not change, alter or adjust the
around. Otherwise the engine may consult an authorized Kia dealer. immobilizer system because it
not start or may stop soon after it could cause the immobilizer sys-
starts. Keep each key separate in tem to malfunction. We recom-
order to avoid a starting malfun-
CAUTION mend that the system be serv-
tioin. The transponder in your smart iced by an authorized Kia dealer.
key is an important part of the Malfunctions caused by improp-
immobilizer system. It is er alterations, adjustments or
CAUTION designed to give years of trou- modifications to the immobilizer
Do not put metal accessories ble-free service, however you system are not covered by your
near the smart key. should avoid exposure to mois- vehicle manufacturer warranty.
The engine may not start for the ture, static electricity and rough
metal accessories may interrupt handling. Immobilizer system
the transponder signal from malfunction could occur.
normally transmitting.
4 10
Battery replacement 1. Pry open the rear cover of the

smart key. CAUTION
2. Replace the battery with a new An inappropriately disposed
battery (CR2032). When replacing battery can be harmful to the
the battery, make sure the battery environment and human health.
position. Dispose the battery according to
3. Install the battery in the reverse your local law(s) or regulation.
order of removal.
✽ NOTICE
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
OKH042006
sure to use the correct battery.
A smart key battery should last for • Circuits inside the smart key may
several years, but if the smart key is develop problems when dropped,
not working properly, try replacing exposed to moisture or static elec-
the battery with a new one. If you are tricity.
unsure how to use or replace the • If you suspect that your smart key
battery, we recommend that you con- might have sustained some dam-
tact an authorized Kia dealer. age, or you feel your smart key is
not working correctly, we recom-
✽ NOTICE mend that you contact an author-
The circuit inside the smart key can ized Kia dealer.
have a problem if exposed to mois-
ture or static electricity.
4 11
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Armed stage • Lock the doors by pressing the
Park the vehicle and stop the engine. lock button on the smart key.
Armed Arm the system as described below. After completion of the steps
stage 1.Turn off the engine. above, the hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
2.Make sure that all doors, the the system is armed.
engine hood and trunk lid are
closed and latched. If any door, trunk lid or engine hood
Disarmed Theft-alarm remains open, the hazard warning
stage stage 3.• Lock the doors by pressing the but- lights won't operate and theft-
ton of the outside door handle with alarm will not arm. After this, if all
the smart key in your possession. doors, trunk lid and engine hood
After completion of the steps are closed, the hazard warning
This system is designed to provide above, the hazard warning lights lights will blink once.
protection from unauthorized entry operate once to indicate that the • Do not arm the system until all
into the car. This system is operated system is armed. passengers have left the vehi-
in three stages: the first is the If any door remains open, the doors cle. If the system is armed while
"Armed" stage, the second is the won't lock and the chime will sound a passenger(s) remains in the
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is for 3 seconds. Close the door and vehicle, the alarm may be acti-
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered, try again to lock the doors. vated when the remaining pas-
the system provides an audible senger(s) leave the vehicle. If
If trunk lid or engine hood
alarm with blinking of the hazard any door, trunk lid or engine
remains open, the hazard warn-
warning lights. hood is opened within 30 sec-
ing lights won't operate and theft-
alarm will not arm. After this, if the onds after entering the armed
trunk lid and engine hood are stage, the system is disarmed to
closed, the hazard warning lights prevent unnecessary alarm.
will blink once.
4 12
Theft-alarm stage Opening the trunk with the Disarmed stage

The alarm will be activated if any of alarm armed (if equipped) The system will be disarmed when
the following occurs while the system When the alarm is armed, the alarm the doors are unlocked with the
is armed. will not sound if the trunk lid is smart key.
• A door is opened without using the opened with the smart key. After depressing the unlock button,
smart key. Once the trunk is opened and then the hazard warning lights will blink
• The trunk is opened without using closed, the trunk will lock automatical- twice to indicate that the system is
the smart key. ly and the system will be armed again. disarmed.
• The engine hood is opened. Also, if any of the doors or hood is After depressing the unlock button, if
opened while the trunk lid is opened any door (or trunk) is not opened
The horn will sound and the hazard within 30 seconds, the system will be
and the alarm armed, the alarm will
warning lights will blink continuously rearmed.
sound.
for approximately 27 seconds. To turn
off the system, unlock the doors with
the smart key. ✽ NOTICE
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starter motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
If the system is not disarmed with
the smart key, open the doors by
using the mechanical key and start
the engine by directly pressing the
engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key.
• If you lose your keys, we recom-
mend that you consult an author-
ized Kia dealer.
4 13
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction and we
recommend that the system be
serviced by an authorized Kia
dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improp-
er alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the theft-alarm
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
4 14
DOOR LOCKS
Operating door locks from ✽ NOTICE
outside the vehicle CAUTION
• In cold and wet climates, door
When removing the door handle locks and door mechanisms may
Mechanical key
cover, be careful not to scratch not work properly due to freezing
the vehicle and not to lose the conditions.
cover. • If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
Smart key with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
• Doors can be locked and unlocked operating temporarily in order to
pressing the buttons on the smart protect the circuit and prevent
key or pressing the button of the damage to system components.
outside door handle with the smart
key in your possession.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they WARNING
OVG049187 may be opened by pulling the door • If you don’t close the door
• After removing the cover, turn the handle. securely, the door may open
key clockwise or counterclockwise • When closing the door, push the again.
to unlock or lock the doors. door by hand. Make sure that • Be careful that someone’s
• Once the doors are unlocked, they doors are closed securely. body and hands are not
may be opened by pulling the door trapped when closing the door.
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that
doors are closed securely.
4 15
Power door latch (if equipped) Operating door locks from • If the inner door handle of the dri-
inside the vehicle ver’s (or front passenger’s) door is
pulled when the door lock button is
With the door lock button in lock position, the button is
unlocked and door opens.
• Doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and any
Lock
door is opened.
Unlock
WARNING - Door lock

malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to
OKH042011
function while you are in the
If a door isn’t closed completely but vehicle, try one or more of the
OKH042012 following techniques to exit:
is closed to the first detent position,
the door will close automatically. • To unlock a door, push the door • Operate the door unlock fea-
lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi- ture repeatedly (both electron-
CAUTION tion. The red mark (2) on the door ic and manual) while simulta-
lock button will be visible. neously pulling on the door
Before closing the door, ensure handle.
that all obstructions are removed. • To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Lock” position. If • Operate the other door locks
the door is locked properly, the red and handles, front and rear.
mark (2) on the door lock button • Lower a front window and use
WARNING will not be visible. the key to unlock the door
If the door is open slightly, be • To open a door, pull the door han- from outside.
careful not to nip fingers in the dle (3) outward.
door.
4 16
Rear door lock button With central door lock/unlock but- Locking
ton switch • When pressing the door lock but-
Driver’s door
ton (1), all vehicle doors will lock
and the indicator on the button will
illuminate. If any door is unlocked,
the indicator will turn off.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any door is opened, doors will
not lock.
Unlocking
OKH042013 When pressing the door unlock but-
OKH042014
Passenger’s door ton (2), all vehicle doors will unlock
• To lock a rear door, press the door and the indicator on the button will
lock button (1). The indicator on the illuminate.
button will illuminate. If any door is locked, the indicator will
• To unlock a rear door, press the turn off.
door unlock button (2). The indica-
tor on the button will illuminate.
OKH042014
4 17
Door lock/unlock features

WARNING - Doors WARNING - Unlocked Impact sensing door unlock sys-
• The doors should always be vehicles
tem
fully closed and locked while Leaving your vehicle unlocked
the vehicle is in motion to pre- can invite theft or possible harm All doors will automatically unlock
vent accidental opening of the to you or others from someone when an impact causes the air bags
door. Locked doors will also hiding in your vehicle while you to deploy.
discourage potential intruders are gone. Always press the
when the vehicle stops or engine start/stop button to the Speed sensing door lock system
slows. OFF position, engage the park- All doors will automatically lock after
• Be careful when opening ing brake, close all windows the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.
doors and watch for vehicles, and lock all doors when leaving
motorcycles, bicycles or your vehicle unattended.
pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
Opening a door when some- WARNING - Unattended
thing is approaching can children
cause damage or injury. An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended chil-
dren or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Furthermore,
children might operate features
of the vehicle that could injure
them, or they could encounter
other harm, possibly from some-
one gaining entry to the vehicle.
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
4 18
Engine off door unlock system Child-protector rear door lock 3. Close the rear door.
All doors will automatically unlock To open the rear door, pull the out-
when the engine start/stop button is side door handle.
turned to the ACC or OFF position. Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
Shift lever door lock/unlock sys- by pulling the inner door handle (2)
tem until the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
• All doors will automatically lock
when the shift lever is moved out of
P (Park). WARNING - Rear door
• All doors will automatically unlock locks
when the shift lever is moved into P If children accidentally open the
OKH042015
(Park). rear doors while the vehicle is
The child safety lock is provided to in motion, they could fall out
You can activate or deactivate the help prevent children from accidental- and be severely injured or
auto door lock/unlock features in the ly opening the rear doors from inside killed. To prevent children from
vehicle. Refer to "LCD display" in this the vehicle. The rear door safety locks opening the rear doors from the
section. should be used whenever children inside, the rear door safety
are in the vehicle. locks should be used whenever
1. Open the rear door. children are in the vehicle.
2. Push the child safety lock (1) to
the lock ( ) position. When the
child safety lock is in the lock posi-
tion, the rear door will not open
even though the inner door handle
is pulled.
4 19
TRUNK
Non-powered trunk ■ Type A Type B
Opening the trunk To open the trunk from inside the
vehicle, pull the trunk lid release
switch.
OKH042017
■ Type B
OKH042016
• Press the trunk unlock button for

more than 1 second on the smart
key.
• Press the button on the trunk han-
dle with the smart key in your pos-
session. OKH042258
• Insert the mechanical key into the Type A
lock and turn it clockwise. To open the trunk from inside the vehi-
Once the trunk is opened and then cle, press the trunk lid release switch.
closed, the trunk locks automati-
cally.
4 20
✽ NOTICE Closing the trunk

In cold and wet climates, door lock To close, lower the trunk lid, then WARNING
and door mechanisms may not work press down on it until it locks. To be The trunk lid should be always
properly due to freezing conditions. sure the trunk lid is securely fas- kept completely closed while
tened, always check by trying to pull the vehicle is in motion. If it is
it up again. left open or ajar, poisonous
WARNING exhaust gases may enter the
The trunk swings upward. Make car and serious illness or death
✽ NOTICE may result.
sure no objects or people are If the trunk is closed with the smart
near the rear of the vehicle key in it, the chime will sound for
when opening the trunk. approximately 3 seconds and the
trunk can be opened.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the
trunk before driving your vehi-
cle. Possible damage may occur
to the trunk lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the trunk is
not closed prior to driving.
4 21
Power trunk (if equipped)

Power trunk main switch (Type A) Power trunk close button If you depress the power trunk main
switch, trunk handle switch, or close
button while operating the power
trunk, you could stop operating the
power trunk.
If that happens, to operate the power
trunk again, push any button or switch.
Power trunk main switch (Type B) Power trunk lock button

CAUTION
For your safety, do not leave the
power trunk open for a long
time, it could also to prevent
unnecessary charging system
drain.
WARNING
Power trunk handle switch OKH042019/OKH042020 Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle.
The power trunk can be opened and Children or animals might oper-
closed automatically with the smart ate the power trunk that could
key, the power trunk main switch, result in injury to themselves or
the trunk handle switch, or the close others, or damage to the vehicle.
button on the trunk lid.
OKH042257/OKH042259/OKH042018
4 22
✽ NOTICE Opening the trunk

CAUTION The power trunk will open automati-
In cold and wet climates, the power
trunk may not work properly due to Do not close or open the power cally by doing one of the following:
freezing conditions. trunk manually. This may cause • Press the trunk open button on the
damage to the power trunk. If it smart key more than 1 second. The
is necessary to close or open chime will sound twice.
WARNING the power trunk manually when
the battery is discharged or dis- • Press the open button of the power
Make sure there are no people trunk main switch (Type A). The
or objects around the trunk connected, do not apply exces-
sive force. chime will sound twice.
before operating the power
trunk. Wait until the trunk is • Pull the power trunk main switch
open fully and stopped before (Type B). The chime will sound twice.
loading or unloading cargo or • Press the trunk handle switch car-
passengers from the vehicle. rying the smart key with you. If all
doors have unlocked, you can
open the trunk by pressing the
WARNING trunk handle switch without the
smart key.
Make sure the trunk is closed
firmly before driving. If the trunk
is open, you will draw danger-
ous exhaust fumes into your
vehicle which can cause seri-
ous injury or death to vehicle
occupants.
4 23
Closing the trunk Power trunk non-opening condi- ✽ NOTICE

To close the power trunk, do one of tions • The power trunk can be operated
the following: The power trunk will not open or when the engine is not running.
• Push the close button of the power close automatically, when the vehicle However the power trunk opera-
trunk main switch until the power is moving more than 3 km/h (2 mph). tion consumes large amounts of
trunk is closed securely (Type A). vehicle electric power. To prevent
The chime will sound twice. ✽ NOTICE the battery from being discharged,
• Push the power trunk main switch do not operate it excessively e.g.:
If there are obstacles such as snow more than approximately 10 times
until the power trunk is closed on the power trunk, it may not open
securely (Type B). The chime will repeatedly.
automatically. After remove the • To prevent the battery from being
sound twice. obstacle, try to open it again. discharged, do not leave the power
• Push the power trunk close button. trunk in the open position for a
• Push the power trunk lock button long lime.
when all doors and engine hood CAUTION • Do not apply excessive force while
are closed with the smart key in The chime will sound 10 times if operating the power trunk. This
your possession. After closing, all you drive over 3km/h(2mph) could cause damage to the power
doors and trunk lock automatically. with the trunk opened. Stop trunk.
your vehicle immediately at a • Do not modify or repair any part
safe place and check if your of the power trunk by yourself. We
✽ NOTICE trunk is opened. recommend that the system be
The chime sound will operate if you serviced by an authorized Kia
push the power trunk lock button dealer.
when: • When jacking up the vehicle to
- Any door is open. change a tire or repair the vehicle,
- The engine start/stop button is not do not operate the power trunk.
in the OFF position. This could cause the power trunk
- The smart key is in the vehicle. to operate improperly.
4 24
Automatic reversal If the automatic stop and reversal How to reset the power trunk
feature operates continuously more If the battery has been discharged or
than twice during opening or closing disconnected, or if the related fuse
operation, the power trunk may stop has been replaced or disconnected,
at that position. At this time, close the for the power trunk to operate nor-
trunk manually and operate the trunk mally, reset the power trunk as follow:
automatically again.
1. Put the shift lever in P (Park).
2. Close the trunk manually.
WARNING
• Never intentionally place any
object or part of your body in If the power trunk doesn't work prop-
the path of the power trunk to erly after above procedure, we rec-
make sure the automatic stop ommend that the system be checked
OKH042021
operates. by an authorized Kia dealer.
If, during power opening or closing, the
trunk is blocked by an object or part of • Make sure all faces, arms,
the body, the power trunk will detect hands, body parts and any
the resistance, and it will stop move- other obstructions are safely
ment or move to the full open position out of the way before operat-
to allow the object to be cleared. ing the power trunk.
However, if the resistance is weak • Never place any object or part
such as from an object that is thin or of your body in the path of the
soft, or the trunk is near the latched power trunk. This could result
position, the automatic stop and in serious injury or cause
reversal may not detect the resist- damage to the vehicle.
ance and the closing operation will • Make sure there are no people
continue. Also, if the power trunk is or objects around the trunk
forced by a strong impact, the auto- before operating the power
matic stop and reversal may operate. trunk.
4 25
Trunk lid control button

WARNING WARNING
Do not allow children to play Even though the trunk lid con-
with the power trunk. Keep the trol button is in the OFF (not
trunk lid control button in the depressed) position, the trunk
OFF (not depressed) position will still be propelled upward by
when not in use. Serious injury mechanical force if the trunk is
or death can result from unin- manually opened more than 10
tentional power operation by a degrees beyond the fully closed
child. position. In addition, if the trunk
is manually closed to the sec-
ondary latch position, the trunk
✽ NOTICE will be electrically moved to the
OKH042022 fully latched position. Make
Close the trunk, and keep the trunk
• When the trunk lid control button is lid control button in the OFF (not sure that face, arms, hands, and
ON(depressed), the power trunk depressed) position before washing other obstructions are safely
can be controlled with the power the vehicle in an automatic car out of the way before operating
trunk main switch, power trunk wash. the trunk.
open, close button, and the smart
key.
• When the trunk lid control button is
OFF (not depressed), the power
trunk can controlled with the
mechanical key of the smart key
only.
4 26
Emergency trunk safety

release WARNING
• For emergencies, be fully
aware of the location of the
emergency trunk safety
release lever in this vehicle
and how to open the trunk if
you are accidentally locked in
the trunk.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the trunk at any time.
The trunk is a very dangerous
location in the event of a
crash.
OKH042024
• Use the release lever for
Your vehicle is equipped with an emergencies only. Use with
emergency trunk safety release lever extreme caution, especially
located inside the trunk. When some- while the vehicle is in motion.
one is inadvertently locked in the
trunk, the trunk can be opened by
moving the lever in the direction of
the arrow and pushing open the
trunk.
4 27
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down
(7) Power window lock switch
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
OKH042025
4 28
Power windows ✽ NOTICE Window opening and closing

The engine start/stop button must be While driving with the rear windows
in the ON position for power windows down or with the sunroof (if
to operate. equipped) in an open (or partially
Each door has a power window open position), your vehicle may
switch that controls the door's win- demonstrate a wind buffeting or
dow. The driver has a power window pulsation noise. This noise is a nor-
lock switch which can block the oper- mal occurrence and can be reduced
ation of rear passenger windows. or eliminated by taking the follow-
The power windows can be operated ing actions. If the noise occurs with
for approximately 30 seconds after one or both of the rear windows
engine is turned off. However, if the down, partially lower both front
front doors open, the power windows windows approximately one inch. If
OKH042026
cannot be operated within the 30 you experience the noise with the
second period. sunroof open, slightly reduce the The driver’s door has a master power
size of the sunroof opening. window switch that controls all the
windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position (5).
4 29
Pressing or pulling up the power win- And if the power window switch is
dow switch momentarily to the sec- pulled up continuously again within 5
ond detent position (6) completely seconds after the window is lowered
lowers or lifts the window even when by the automatic window reversal
the switch is released. To stop the feature, the automatic window rever-
window at the desired position while sal will not operate.
the window is in operation, pull up or
press and release the switch to the ✽ NOTICE
opposite direction of the movement.
If the power window is not operated The automatic reverse feature is
correctly, the automatic power win- only active when the “auto up” fea-
dow system must be reset as follows: ture is used by fully pulling up the
OKH042277 switch. The automatic reverse fea-
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position. Automatic reversal ture will not operate if the window is
2. Close the window and continue If the upward movement of the win- raised using the halfway position on
pulling up on the driver’s power dow is blocked by an object or part of the power window switch.
window switch for at least 1 second the body, the window will detect the
after the window is completely resistance and will stop upward
closed. movement. The window will then WARNING
lower approximately 30 cm (11.8 in.) Always check for obstructions
to allow the object to be cleared. before raising any window to
If the window detects the resistance avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
while the power window switch is If an object less than 4 mm (0.16
pulled up continuously, the window in.) in diameter is caught
will stop upward movement then between the window glass and
lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and will
not stop and reverse direction.
4 30
Power window lock button

CAUTION WARNING - Windows
• To prevent possible damage • NEVER leave the keys in your
to the power window system, vehicle with unsupervised
do not open or close two win- children, when the engine is
dows or more at the same running.
time. This will also ensure the • NEVER leave any child unat-
longevity of the fuse. tended in the vehicle. Even
• Never try to operate the main very young children may inad-
switch on the driver's door vertently cause the vehicle to
and the individual door win- move, entangle themselves in
dow switch in opposite direc- the windows, or otherwise
tions at the same time. If this injure themselves or others.
OKH042027
is done, the window will stop • Always double check to make
The driver can disable the power and cannot be opened or sure all arms, hands, head and
window switches on the rear passen- closed. other obstructions are safely
gers’ doors by pressing the power
out of the way before closing a
window lock switch. The indicator will
window.
be illuminated.
• Do not allow children to play
When the power window lock switch
with the power windows. Keep
indicator is illuminated :
the driver’s door power window
• The driver’s master control can lock button in the LOCK posi-
operate all the power windows. tion (The indicator on the but-
• The front passenger’s control can ton illuminates). Serious injury
operate the front passenger’s can result from unintentional
power window. window operation by the child.
• The rear passenger’s control can- • Do not extend a face or arms
not operate the rear passenger’s outside through the window
power window. opening while driving.
4 31
HOOD
Opening the hood Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compart-
ment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other com-
bustible material must be
removed from the engine com-
partment.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
OKH043029 down to securely lock in place.
OKH042028 2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push the second-
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch ary latch (1) inside of the hood WARNING
the hood. The hood should pop center and lift the hood (2). • Before closing the hood,
open slightly. ensure that all obstructions
3. Raise the hood. It will raise com-
pletely by itself after it has been are removed from the hood
raised about halfway. opening. Closing the hood
WARNING with an obstruction present in
Open the hood after turning off the hood opening may result
the engine on a flat surface, in property damage or severe
shifting the shift lever to the personal injury.
P(Park) position and setting the • Do not leave gloves, rags or
parking brake. any other combustible materi-
al in the engine compartment.
Doing so may cause a heat-
induced fire.
4 32
WARNING
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away. If
it is not latched, the hood
could fly open while the vehi-
cle is being driven, causing a
total loss of visibility, which
might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will
be blocked and the hood
could fall or be damaged.
4 33
FUEL FILLER LID

Opening the fuel filler lid Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks”. This indicates that
the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
lightly and make sure that it is
securely closed.
WARNING - Refueling
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
OKH042032 it can cover your clothes or
OKH042030 1. Stop the engine. skin and thus subject you to
2. Push the fuel filler lid opener but- the risk of fire and burns.
The fuel filler lid must be opened Always remove the fuel cap
from inside the vehicle by pushing ton, then the fuel filler lid slowly
open (1). carefully and slowly. If the cap
the fuel filler lid opener button. is venting fuel or if you hear a
3. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
hissing sound, wait until the
tank cap (2) counterclockwise.
✽ NOTICE condition stops before com-
4. Refuel as needed. pletely removing the cap.
If the fuel filler lid will not open
because ice has formed around it, • Do not "top off" after the noz-
tap lightly or push on the lid to break zle automatically shuts off
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry when refueling.
on the lid. If necessary, spray around • Always check that the fuel cap
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid is installed securely to prevent
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or fuel spillage in the event of an
move the vehicle to a warm place accident.
and allow the ice to melt.
4 34
WARNING - Refueling (Continued) (Continued)

dangers • Do not get back into a vehicle • When using an approved
Automotive fuels are flammable once you have begun refuel- portable fuel container, be
materials. When refueling, please ing since you can generate sure to place the container on
note the following guidelines static electricity by touching, the ground prior to refueling.
carefully. Failure to follow these rubbing or sliding against any Static electricity discharge
guidelines may result in severe item or fabric (polyester, satin, from the container can ignite
personal injury, severe burns or nylon, etc.) capable of produc- fuel vapors causing a fire.
death by fire or explosion. ing static electricity. Static Once refueling has begun,
electricity discharge can contact with the vehicle
• Read and follow all warnings ignite fuel vapors resulting in should be maintained until the
at the gas station facility. rapid burning. If you must refilling is complete.
• Before refueling note the loca- enter the vehicle, you should Use only approved portable
tion of the Emergency once again eliminate poten- plastic fuel containers designed
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available, tially dangerous static elec- to carry and store gasoline.
at the gas station facility. tricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away • Do not use cellular phones
• Before touching the fuel noz- while refueling. Electric cur-
zle, you should eliminate from the fuel filler neck, noz-
zle or other gasoline source. rent and/or electronic interfer-
potentially dangerous static ence from cellular phones can
electricity discharge by touch- (Continued) potentially ignite fuel vapors
ing another metal part of the causing a fire.
vehicle, a safe distance away
from the fuel filler neck, noz- (Continued)
zle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
4 35
(Continued) Emergency fuel filler lid

CAUTION release
• When refueling, always shut • Make sure to refuel your vehi-
the engine off. Sparks pro- cle according to the "Fuel
duced by electrical compo- requirements" suggested in
nents related to the engine section 1.
can ignite fuel vapors causing
a fire. Once refueling is com- • If the fuel filler cap requires
plete, check to make sure the replacement, please make sure
filler cap and filler door are that you use parts designed for
securely closed, before start- replacement in your vehicle.
ing the engine. An incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction
• DO NOT use matches or a of the fuel system or emission
lighter and DO NOT SMOKE or control system. For more
leave a lit cigarette in your detailed information, we rec- OKH042031
vehicle while at a gas station ommend that you contact an If the fuel filler lid does not open
especially during refueling. authorized Kia dealer. using the remote fuel filler lid
Automotive fuel is highly release, you can open it manually by
flammable and can, when • Do not spill fuel on the exteri-
or surfaces of the vehicle. Any pulling the handle outward slightly.
ignited, result in fire.
type of fuel spilled on painted
• If a fire breaks out during refu- surfaces may damage the
eling, leave the vicinity of the paint.
CAUTION
vehicle, and immediately con- Do not pull the handle exces-
tact the manager of the gas • After refueling, make sure the sively, otherwise the luggage
station and then contact the fuel cap is installed securely area trim or release handle may
local fire department. Follow to prevent fuel spillage in the be damaged.
any safety instructions they event of an accident.
provide.
4 36
PANORAMIC SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)

In cold and wet climates, the sunroof Sunroof open warning
may not work properly due to freez- (if equipped)
ing conditions.
■ Type A ■ Type B
After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
CAUTION - Sunroof
control lever
OKH042033 Do not continue to press the sun-
roof control lever after the sun-
If your vehicle is equipped with a roof is fully opened, closed, or
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your tilted. Damage to the motor or OKH043402L
sunroof with the sunroof control lever system components could occur.
located on the overhead console. If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the
The sunroof can only be opened, warning chime will sound for a few
closed, or tilted when the ignition The sunroof cannot slide when it is in
the tilt position nor can it be tilted seconds and a warning message will
switch is in the ON position. appear on the LCD display.
while in an open or slide position.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
4 37
Sliding the sunroof When the sunshade is opened Closing the sunroof
If you pull the sunroof control lever
backward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily.
OKH043500 OKH043501
When the sunshade is closed To close the sunroof glass only

If you pull the sunroof control lever Push the sunroof control lever for-
backward to the second detent posi- ward to the first detent position or
tion, the sunshade will slide all the pull the lever downward.
way open then the sunroof glass will
slide all the way open. To stop the
sunroof movement at any point, pull To close the sunroof glass with
or push the sunroof control lever the sunshade
momentarily. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward to the second detent position.
The sunroof glass will close then the
sunshade close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
4 38
Automatic reversal Tilting the sunroof

WARNING - Sunroof
Do not extend the face, neck,
arms or body outside through
the sunroof opening while driv-
ing or operating the sunroof.
CAUTION
• Periodically remove any dirt
that may accumulate on the
guide rail.
OYF049215 OKH043502
• If you try to open the sunroof
If an object or part of the body is when the temperature is When the sunshade is closed
detected while the sunroof glass or below freezing or when the
sunroof is covered with snow If you push the sunroof control lever
sunshade is closing automatically, it upward, the sunshade will slide all
will reverse the direction, and then or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged. the way open then the sunroof glass
stop. will tilt.
The auto reverse function does not To stop the sunroof movement at any
work if a tiny obstacle is between the point, pull or push the sunroof control
sliding glass or sunshade and the lever momentarily.
sunroof sash. You should always
check that all passengers and
objects are away from the sunroof
before closing it.
4 39
When the sunshade is opened Sunshade ✽ NOTICE

If you push the sunroof control lever It is normal for wrinkles to form on
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt. the blind because of its material
To stop the sunroof movement at any characteristic.
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor

damage
If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, the OYF049214
glass or the motor could be • To open the sunshade, pull the
damaged. sunroof control lever backward to
the first detent position.
• To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed, push the
sunroof control lever forward.
To stop the sliding at any point, pull
or push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
4 40
Resetting the sunroof ✽ NOTICE

Whenever the vehicle battery is dis- If the sunroof is not reset when the
connected or discharged, or related vehicle battery is disconnected or
fuse is blown, you must reset your discharged, or related fuse is blown,
sunroof system as follows: the sunroof may operate improperly.
1. The Engine Start/Stop Button must

be in the ON position.
2. Release the control lever.
3. Push and hold the control lever for-
ward (for more than 10 seconds)
until the sunroof tilts and slightly
moves. Then, release the lever.
4. Push the sunroof control lever for-
ward in the direction of close until
the sunroof operates as follows:
Sunroof glass and sunshade open →

Sunroof glass and sunshade close
Then, release the control lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof

system is reset.
❈ For more detailed information,

contact an authorized Kia dealer.
4 41
STEERING WHEEL
Electronic Hydraulic Power ✽ NOTICE Tilt steering
Steering (EHPS) If the power steering drive belt Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
EHPS uses an electromotor to assist breaks or if the power steering steering wheel before you drive. You
you in steering the vehicle. It senses pump malfunctions, the steering can also raise it to give your legs
the vehicle speed and road condition. effort will greatly increase. more room when you exit and enter
If the engine is off or if the power the vehicle.
steering system becomes inoperative, ✽ NOTICE
the vehicle may still be steered, but it If the vehicle is parked for extended The steering wheel should be posi-
will require increased steering effort. periods outside in cold weather tioned so that it is comfortable for
Should you notice any change in the (below -10°C/14°F), the power steer- you to drive, while permitting you to
effort required to steer during normal ing may require increased effort see the instrument panel warning
vehicle operation, we recommend when the engine is first started. This lights and gauges.
that the system be checked by an is caused by increased fluid viscosity
authorized Kia dealer. due to the cold weather and does not
indicate a malfunction. WARNING
When this happens, increase the • Never adjust the angle of the
CAUTION engine RPM by depressing accelera- steering wheel while driving.
Never hold the steering wheel tor until the RPM reaches 1,500 rpm You may lose steering control
against a stop (extreme right or then release or let the engine idle for and cause severe personal
left turn) for more than 5 sec- two or three minutes to warm up the injury, death or accidents.
onds with the engine running. fluid. • After adjusting, push the
Holding the steering wheel for steering wheel both up and
more than 5 seconds in either down to be certain it is locked
position may cause damage to in position.
the power steering pump.
4 42
Manual type Electric type Heated steering wheel

(if equipped)
OKH042041 OKH042042
To change the steering wheel angle, Adjust the steering wheel angle (2) OKH042043L
pull down the lock release lever (1) and position (3) with the switch (1). With the engine start/stop button in
and adjust the steering wheel to the Never adjust the position of the the ON position, pressing the heated
desired angle (2), then pull up the steering wheel while driving. steering wheel button warms the
lock-release lever to lock the steering steering wheel. The indicator on the
wheel in place. Be sure to adjust the button will illuminate.
steering wheel to the desired posi-
tion before driving.
4 43
To turn the heated steering wheel off, Horn

press the button once again. The CAUTION
indicator on the button will turn off. Do not strike the horn severely
It will turn off automatically approxi- to operate it, or hit it with your
mately 30 minutes after the heated fist. Do not press on the horn
steering wheel is turned on. with a sharp-pointed object.
CAUTION
Do not install any grip to oper-
ate the steering wheel. This
causes damage to the heated
steering wheel system.
OKH042044
To sound the horn, press the horn

symbols on your steering wheel.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
✽ NOTICE
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on
your steering wheel (see illustra-
tion). The horn will operate only
when this area is pressed.
4 44
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror Electric chromic mirror (ECM) Whenever the shift lever is shifted
Adjust the rearview mirror to center into R (Reverse), the mirror will auto-
on the view through the rear window. matically go to the brightest setting in
Make this adjustment before you order to improve the drivers view
start driving. behind the vehicle.
Sensor
CAUTION
WARNING - Rear When cleaning the mirror, use a
visibility paper towel or similar material
Do not place objects in the rear dampened with glass cleaner.
seat or cargo area which would Do not spray glass cleaner
interfere with your vision directly on the mirror as that
through the rear window. OKH042291L may cause the liquid cleaner to
enter the mirror housing.
The electric chromic mirror automati-
cally controls the glare from the head-
WARNING lights of the car behind you in night-
Do not modify the inside mirror time or low light driving conditions. The
and don’t install a wide mirror. It sensor mounted in the mirror senses
could result in injury, during an the light level around the vehicle, and
accident or deployment of the automatically controls the headlight
air bag. glare from vehicles behind you.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror.
4 45
Outside rearview mirror

WARNING - Rearview CAUTION
mirrors If the mirror is jammed with ice,
• The outside rearview mirror is do not adjust the mirror by
convex. In some countries, the force. Use an approved spray
left outside rearview mirror is de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
also convex. Objects seen in to release the frozen mecha-
the mirror are closer than they nism or move the vehicle to a
appear. warm place and allow the ice to
• Use your interior rearview melt.
mirror or direct observation to
determine the actual distance
OKH042047
of following vehicles when WARNING
changing lanes. Do not adjust or fold the outside
Be sure to adjust mirror angles rearview mirrors while the vehi-
before driving. cle is moving.This could result in
Your vehicle is equipped with both CAUTION loss of control, and an accident
left-hand and right-hand outside Do not scrape ice off the mirror which could cause death, seri-
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be face; this may damage the sur- ous injury or property damage.
adjusted remotely with the remote face of the glass. If ice should
switch. The mirror heads can be fold- restrict movement of the mirror,
ed back to prevent damage during an do not force the mirror for
automatic car wash or when passing adjustment. To remove ice, use
in a narrow street. a deicer spray, or a sponge or
soft cloth with very warm water.
4 46
Remote control Electric chromic mirror (ECM)

CAUTION (if equipped)
• The mirrors stop moving when The electric chromic mirror automati-
they reach the maximum cally controls the glare from the head-
adjusting angles, but the lights of the car behind you in night-
motor continues to operate time or low light driving conditions. The
while the switch is pressed. sensor mounted in the mirror senses
Do not press the switch longer the light level around the vehicle, and
than necessary, the motor automatically controls the headlight
may be damaged. glare from vehicles behind you.
• Do not attempt to adjust the When the engine is running, the glare
outside rearview mirror by is automatically controlled by the sen-
hand. Doing so may damage sor mounted in the rearview mirror.
OKH042048
the parts.
The electric remote control mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted
switch allows you to adjust the posi- into R (Reverse), the mirror will auto-
tion of the left and right outside matically go to the brightest setting in
rearview mirrors. To adjust the posi- order to improve the drivers view
tion of either mirror, press the R or L behind the vehicle. If the ECM of
button (1) to select the right side mir- inside rear view mirror operates, it
ror or the left side mirror, then press will be working
a corresponding point ( ) on the
mirror adjustment control to position CAUTION
the selected mirror up, down, left or When cleaning the mirror, use a
right. paper towel or similar material
After adjustment, press the R or L dampened with glass cleaner.
button again to prevent the inadver- Do not spray glass cleaner
tent adjustment. directly on the mirror as that
may cause the liquid cleaner to
enter the mirror housing.
4 47
Reverse parking aid function Left or Right : When the L or R Folding/Unfolding the outside
(if equipped) switch is selected, rearview mirror (if equipped)
both outside rearview
mirrors will move
downward.
Neutral : When neither switch is
selected, the outside
rearview mirrors will not
operate.
✽ NOTICE
The outside rearview mirrors will
automatically revert to their original
positions under the following condi-
OKH042040 OKH042049
tions:
When you shift the shift lever to the R 1. Engine start/stop button is turned The outside rearview mirror can be
(Reverse) position, the outside to the ACC or OFF position. folded or unfolded by pressing the
rearview mirror(s) will move down- 2. Shift lever is moved to any posi- switch as below.
ward to aid reverse parking. tion except R. Left (1) : The mirror will unfold.
According to the position of the out- 3. Remote control outside rearview
side rearview mirror switch (1), the Right (2) : The mirror will fold.
mirror switch is not selected.
outside rearview mirror(s) will oper-
ate as follows:
4 48
Center (AUTO) :
The mirror will fold or unfold auto- CAUTION
matically as follows: The electric type outside
- The mirror will fold or unfold when rearview mirror operates even
the door is locked or unlocked by though the ignition switch is in
the smart key. the OFF position. However, to
prevent unnecessary battery
- The mirror will fold or unfold when discharge, do not adjust the
the door is locked or unlocked by mirrors longer than necessary
the button on the outside door han- while the engine is not running.
dle.
- The mirror will unfold when you
approach the vehicle (all doors CAUTION
closed and locked) with a smart
key in possession. In case it is an electric type out-
side rearview mirror, don’t fold it
by hand. It could cause motor
failure.
4 49
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. LCD display
■ Type B 6. Warning and indicator lights
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ

from the illustration.
For more details, refer to the "Gauges" in
this chapter.
OKH043050CN/OKH043051CN
4 50
Instrument Cluster Control Adjusting Instrument Cluster ■ Type A ■ Type B

Illumination
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument clus-
ter while driving. This could
result in loss of control and lead
to an accident that may cause
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
OKH043901L
• If you hold the illumination control
OKH042052
button ("+" or "-"), the brightness
will be changed continuously.
The brightness of the instrument • If the brightness reaches to the
panel illumination can be adjusted by
maximum or minimum level, an
pressing the illumination control but-
tons (“+” or “-”) when the Engine alarm will sound.
Start/Stop Button is ON or the tale
lights are turned on.
4 51
LCD Display Control ■ Type A ■ Type B
The LCD display modes can be

changed by using the control buttons
on the steering wheel.
OKH042087 OKH044122CN
(1) < , > : MODE button for changing (1) Haptic switch : changing LCD
modes. modes or items
(2) , : MOVE button for chang- (2) OK button : selecting or resetting
ing items (3) RETURN button : returning to
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for previous position
setting or resetting the You can adjust the rotating effort of
selected item the haptic switch on the "user set-
tings mode" of the LCD Display
❈ For more details, refer to "LCD

Display" to in this chapter.
4 52
Gauges
Speedometer
■ Type A ■ Type A The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (mph) and/or kilo-
meters per hour (km/h).
The unit of the speedometer (Type B)
can be changed from km/h to MPH
or from MPH to km/h on the LCD dis-
play.
OKH042055 OKH043055L ❈ From more details, refer to "LCD

■ Type B ■ Type B Display (Type B)."
OKH043056 OKH043056L
4 53
Tachometer Engine Coolant Temperature

CAUTION Gauge
■ Type A
Do not operate the engine with-
■ Type A
in the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
■ Type B
OKH043053
■ Type B
OKH043057
This gauge indicates the tempera-

ture of the engine coolant when the
Engine Start/Stop button is ON.
OKH043054
The tachometer indicates the

approximate number of engine revo-
lutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the cor-
rect shift points and to prevent lug-
ging and/or over-revving the engine.
4 54
Fuel Gauge
CAUTION WARNING - Fuel Gauge
■ Type A
If the gauge pointer moves Running out of fuel can expose
beyond the normal range area vehicle occupants to danger.
toward the “H” position, it indi- You must stop and obtain addi-
cates overheating that may tional fuel as soon as possible
damage the engine. after the warning light comes
Do not continue driving with an ■ Type B
on or when the gauge indicator
overheated engine. If your vehi- comes close to the “E (Empty)”
cle overheats, refer to “If the level.
Engine Overheats” in chapter 6.
OKH043058 CAUTION
WARNING This gauge indicates the approxi- Avoid driving with a extremely
Never remove the radiator cap mate amount of fuel remaining in the low fuel level. Running out of
when the engine is hot. The fuel tank. fuel could cause the engine to
engine coolant is under pressure misfire damaging the catalytic
and could severely burn. Wait ✽ NOTICE converter.
until the engine is cool before • The fuel tank capacity is given in
adding coolant to the reservoir. chapter 8. ✽ NOTICE
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which Fuel display may not be accurate if
will illuminate when the fuel tank you are filling in sloping places.
is nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come
on earlier than usual due to the
movement of fuel in the tank.
4 55
Odometer Outside Temperature Gauge Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator

■ Type A ■ Type A ■ Type A
■ Type B ■ Type B ■ Type B
OKH043124 OKH043059 OKH043060

The odometer Indicates the total dis- This gauge indicates the current out- This indicator displays which auto-
tance that the vehicle has been driv- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). matic transaxle shift lever is selected.
en and should be used to determine - Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C • Park : P
when periodic maintenance should (-40°F ~ 140°F)
be performed. • Reverse : R
The outside temperature on the dis- • Neutral : N
- Odometer range : 0 ~ 999999 kilo- play may not change immediately
meters or miles. like a general thermometer to pre- • Drive : D
vent the driver from being inattentive. • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8
The temperature unit (from °C to °F
or from °F to °C) can be changed by
pressing the OFF button and AUTO
button on the front climate control
panel for 3 seconds simultaneously.
4 56
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Modes
Modes Symbol Explanation
This mode displays driving information like the tripmeter, fuel economy,
Trip Computer
and so on. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter.
Turn By Turn This mode displays the state of the navigation.
This mode displays the state of the Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)
ASCC/LDWS and Lane Departure Warning System (LDWS).
(if equipped) For more details, refer to "Advanced Smart Cruise Control system (ASCC)" or
"Lane Departurn Warning System (LDWS)" in chapter 5.
A/V This mode displays the state of the A/V system.
Information This mode informs of service interval (mileage or days) and pressure status of each tire.
User Settings On this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps and so on.
❈ For controlling the LCD modes, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.
4 57
Trip Computer Mode Turn By Turn (TBT) Mode ASCC/LDWS Mode

(if equipped) (if equipped)
ASCC LDWS
OKH043408L
This mode displays driving informa- OKH043400 OKH043411

tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy, This mode displays the state of the This mode displays the state of the
and so on. navigation. Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC) and Lane Departure Warning
System (LDWS).
❈ For more details, refer to “Trip
Computer” in this chapter.
❈ For more details, refer to "Advanced
Smart Cruise Control (ASCC)" and
"Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS)" in chapter 5.
4 58
A/V Mode Information Mode Service Interval

This mode shows the service interval Service required
(mileage and days) and pressure of
each tire.
To change the information mode,
press the . (MOVE) button.
❈ For the setting of the service inter-

val, refer to "User Settings Mode"
of the LCD display.
OKH043404
This mode displays the state of the OKH043412L

A/V system. It calculates and displays when you
need a scheduled maintenance
service (mileage or days).
If the remaining mileage or time
reaches 1,500 km (900 miles) or 30
days, "Service required" message is
displayed for several seconds each
time you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position.
4 59
Service required Service interval OFF Tire Pressure

OKH043413L OKH043405L OKH043415L

If you do not have your vehicle serv- If the service interval is not set, This mode displays the pressure sta-
iced according to the already inputted "Service interval OFF" message is tus of each tire.
service interval, "Service required" displayed on the LCD display. You can change the tire pressure unit
message is displayed for several sec- in "User settings" mode.
onds each time you set the Engine
Start/Stop Button to the ON position. ✽ NOTICE
If any of the following conditions ❈ For more details, refer to "User
occurs, the mileage and days may be Settings mode" in this chapter.
To reset the service interval to the incorrect.
mileage and days you inputted before: - The battery cable is disconnected.
- Press the OK button for more than - The fuse switch is turned off.
1 second. - The battery is discharged.
4 60
User Settings Mode Head-Up Display (HUD)
Items Explanation
Display Height Adjust the height of the HUD image on the windshield glass.
Brightness Adjust the intensity of the HUD brightness
Activate or deactivate each contents of the HUD

(TBT*, ASCC*, LDWS*, BSD*).
❈ TBT : Turn By Turn
Contents ASCC : (Advanced) Smart Cruise Control
OKH043414L
Selection
On this mode, you can change set- LDWS : Lane Departure Warning System
ting of the doors, lights, and so on. BSD : Blind Spot Detection
* : if equipped
Speedometer
Choose the size of the HUD speedometer (Small, Medium, Large).
Size
Speedometer
Choose the color of the HUD speedometer (White, Orange, Green).
Color
✽ NOTICE
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information as HUD con-
tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed
on the LCD.
4 61
Door
Items Explanation
• Off : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated.

• Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds
Automatically Lock 15km/h (9.3mph)
• Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the automatic transmission shift lever is
shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position.
• Off: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.

• Vehicle Off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Star/Stop Button is set to
the OFF position.
Automatically Unlock
• Driver Door Unlock : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver's door is unlocked
• On Shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission shift lever is
shifted to the P (Park) position.
• Off (Unchecked) : The two press unlock function will be deactivated.Therefore, all doors will
Two press Unlock unlock if the door is unlocked.
(if equipped) • On: (checked) : The driver’s door will unlock if the door is unlocked.When the door is unlocked
again within 4 seconds, all doors will unlock.
Door lock Sound Activate or deactivate door lock confirm sound.
4 62
Display (for Type B Cluster)
Items Explanation
Theme Choose the instrument cluster theme. (Default or Retro)
• On (checked) : The instrument cluster theme is automatically changed.

Auto Theme change
• Off : The automatic change function of the instrument cluster theme will be deactivated
• On(checked) : The LCD display will show traffic information.
Traffic Alerts (if equipped)
• Off(unchecked) : The LCD display will not show traffic information.
Speedometer Size Choose the size of the number in the speedometer (Small, Medium, Large).
Speedometer unit Choose the main unit of the speedometer (km/h or MPH).
4 63
Lights
Items Explanation
• Off: The one touch turn lamp function will be deactivated.

• 3, 5, 7 Flashing : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
One Touch Turn Signal
moved slightly.
❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” in this chapter.
Activate or deactivate the head lamp delay function.

Head Lamp Delay
❈ For more details, refer to “Lighting” in this chapter.
Activate or deactivate the welcome light function.

Welcome Light
❈ For more details, refer to “Welcome system” in this chapter.
4 64
Seat/Steering
Items Explanation
• None : The seat easy access function will be deactivated.

• Normal/Enhanced:
- When you turn off the engine, the driver’s seat will automatically move rearward by 5 cm
Seat Easy Access (Normal) or 7.6 cm (Enhanced) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
- If you change the Engine Start/Stop Button from OFF position to the ACC, ON, or
START position, the driver’s seat will return to the original position.
❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 4.
• On (checked) : The steering wheel will automatically move forward or rearward for the driver to
enter or exit the vehicle comfortably.
Steering Easy Access
• Off (unchecked) : The steering easy access function will be deactivated.
❈ For more details, refer to “Driver Position Memory System” in chapter 4.
Haptic Steering System Switch (if equipped)
Adjust the rotating effort of the haptic switch on the steering wheel for LCD display control (Strong, Normal, Mild).
❈ For the haptic switch, refer to "LCD Display Control" in this chapter.
4 65
Additional Features
Items Explanation
• On (checked) : The AVSM system will be activated.

Advance Vehicle Safty
• Off (unchecked) : The AVSM system will be deactivated.
Management (AVSM)
❈ For more details, refer to “Advanced Vehicle Safety Management (AVSM) System” in chapter 5.
(if equipped)
❈ AVSM : Advanced Vehicle Safety Management
Fuel Economy Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling.
Tire Pressure Unit Choose the tire pressure unit. (psi, kPa, bar)
4 66
Service Interval Warning Messages Low Key Battery

■ Type A ■ Type B Shift to "P" position ■ Type A ■ Type B
OKH043443L OKH043418L
On this mode, you can activate the OKH043416L • This warning message illuminates
service interval function with mileage • This warning message illuminates if if the battery of the smart key is
(km or mi.) and period (months). you try to turn off the engine without discharged when the Engine
the shift lever in P (Park) position. Start/Stop Button changes to the
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop OFF position.
• Off : The service interval function
will be deactivated. Button turns to the ACC position (If
• On : You can set the service inter- you press the Engine Start/Stop
val (mileage and months). Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
4 67
Check headlamp LED (if equipped) Check headlamp FAN (if equipped) Check battery voltage
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B
OKH043441L OKH043440L OKH043442L

• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates if
if the headlamp does not turned on if the headlamp is overheated.It the battery voltage is abnormally
normally when you turn the head means, the headlamp fan does not low, or the battery has poor per-
lamp on. In this case, have your work normally. In this case, have formance. In the case, have your
vehicle inspected by an authorized your vehicle inspected by an vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer. authorized Kia dealer as soon as Kia dealer.
possible.
4 68
Press brake pedal to start engine Key not in vehicle Key not detected
OKH043422L OKH043417L OKH043423L

• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if the Engine Start/Stop Button if the smart key is not in the vehicle if the smart key is not detected
changes to the ACC position twice while the door is opened or closed when you press the Engine
by pressing the button repeatedly with the ignition switch in the ACC Start/Stop Button.
without depressing the brake pedal. position or engine is running.
• It means that you should depress • It means that you should always
the brake pedal to start the engine. have the smart key with you.
4 69
Press START button again Press START button with key Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
OKH043425L OKH043424L OKH043426L

• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if you can not operate the Engine if you press the Engine Start/Stop if the brake switch fuse is discon-
Start/Stop Button when there is a Button while the warning message nected.
problem with the Engine Start/Stop “Key not detected” is illuminating. • It means that you should replace
Button system. • At this time, the immobilizer indica- the fuse with a new one. If that is
• It means that you could start the tor light blinks. not possible, you can start the
engine by pressing the Engine engine by pressing the Engine
Start/ Stop Button once more. Start/Stop Button for 10 seconds in
• If the warning illuminates each time the ACC position.
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button, we recommend that you
have the vehicle inspected by an
4 70
Shift to "P" or "N" to start engine ✽ NOTICE Press START Button and Shift to
You can start the engine with the "P"
shift lever in the N (Neutral) position. ■ Type A ■ Type B
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
OKH043427L
• This warning message illuminates OKH043428L
if you try to start the engine with • This warning message illuminates
the shift lever not in the P (Park) or if you try to turn off the engine with-
N (Neutral) position. out the shift lever in P (Park) posi-
tion.
• At this time, the Engine Start/Stop
Button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop
Button once more, it will turn to the
ON position).
• Set the Engine Start/Stop Button to
the ON position, then shift to P
(Park) by pressing the P button on
the top of the shift lever.
4 71
Door / Hood / Trunk Open Sunroof Open (if equipped) Window Open
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B
OKH043429 OKH043402L OKH043439L
• It means that any door, hood, or • The warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates if
trunk is open. if you turn off the engine when the you turn off the engine when any
sunroof is open. window is open.
4 72
Align steering wheel Turn on FUSE SWITCH

■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B
OKH043435L OKH043433L
• This warning message illuminates • This warning message illuminates
if you start the engine when the if the fuse switch on the fuse box is
steering wheel is turned to more OFF.
than 90 degrees to the left or right. • It means that you should turn the
• It means that you should turn the fuse switch on.
steering wheel and make the angle
of the steering wheel be less than For more details, refer to “Fuses” in
30 degrees. chapter 7.
4 73
TRIP COMPUTER
Overview Trip Modes Fuel Economy
Description FUEL ECONOMY ■ Type A ■ Type B
The trip computer is a microcomput-

er-controlled driver information sys- • Range
tem that displays information related • Average Fuel Economy
to driving.
• Instant Fuel Economy
✽ NOTICE
Some driving information stored in
the trip computer (for example TRIP A
Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the • Tripmeter [A]
battery is disconnected.
• Average Vehicle Speed [A] OKH043438L
• Elapsed Time [A] Range (1)

• The range is the estimated dis-
tance the vehicle can be driven
TRIP B with the remaining fuel.
- Distance range : 50 ~ 990 km or
• Tripmeter [B] 30 ~ 990 mi.
• Average Vehicle Speed [B] • If the estimated distance is below
• Elapsed Time [B] 50 km (30 mi.), the trip computer
will display “---” as range.
To change the trip mode, press the
, (MOVE) button.
4 74
✽ NOTICE Average Fuel Economy (2) Automatic reset

• If the vehicle is not on level ground • The average fuel economy is calcu- To make the average fuel economy
or the battery power has been lated by the total driving distance be reset automatically whenever refu-
interrupted, the range function and fuel consumption since the last eling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in
may not operate correctly. average fuel economy reset. User Setting menu of the LCD display
• The range may differ from the - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 (Refer to “LCD Display”).
actual driving distance as it is an L/100km or MPG Under “Auto Reset” mode, the aver-
estimate of the available driving • The average fuel economy can be age fuel economy will be cleared to
distance. reset both manually and automati- zero (---) when the vehicle speed
• The trip computer may not register cally. exceeds 1 km/h after refueling more
additional fuel if less than 6 liters than 6 liters (1.6 gallons).
(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the
vehicle. Manual reset
• The fuel economy and range may To clear the average fuel economy
✽ NOTICE
vary significantly based on driving manually, press the OK (RESET) but- The average fuel economy is not dis-
conditions, driving habits, and con- ton on the steering wheel for more played for more accurate calculation
dition of the vehicle. than 1 second when the average fuel if the vehicle does not drive more
economy is displayed. than 300 meters (0.19 miles) since
the Engine Start/Stop button is
turned to ON.
4 75
Instant Fuel Economy (3) Trip A/B Average Vehicle Speed (2)
• This mode displays the instant fuel ■ Type A ■ Type B
• The average vehicle speed is cal-
economy during the last few sec- culated by the total driving dis-
onds when the vehicle speed is tance and driving time since the
more than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH). last average vehicle speed reset.
- Fuel economy range: 0 ~ 20 - Speed range: 0 ~ 999 km/h or MPH
L/100km or 0 ~ 50 MPG • To reset the average vehicle speed,
press the OK (RESET) button on
the steering wheel for more than 1
second when the average vehicle
speed is displayed.
OKH043408L
✽ NOTICE
Tripmeter (1) • The average vehicle speed is not dis-
• The tripmeter is the total driving displayed if the driving distance is less
tance since the last tripmeter reset. than 300 meters (0.19 miles) since
- Distance range: 0.0 ~ 9999.9 km the Engine Start/Stop button is
or mi. turned to ON.
• Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
• To reset the tripmeter, press the the average vehicle speed keeps
OK (RESET) button on the steering going while the engine is running.
wheel for more than 1 second
when the tripmeter is displayed.
4 76
Elapsed Time (3) One time driving information mode

• The elapsed time is the total driv- ■ Type A ■ Type B
ing time since the last elapsed time
reset.
- Time range (hh:mm): 00:00 ~ 99:59
• To reset the elapsed time, press the
OK (RESET) button on the steering
wheel for more than 1 second when
the elapsed time is displayed.
✽ NOTICE
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, OKH043406L
the elapsed time keeps going while
the engine is running. This display shows trip distance (1)
and the vehicle can be driven with
the remaining fuel (2).
This information is displayed for a
few seconds when you turn off the
engine and then goes off automati-
cally. The information provided is cal-
culated according to each trip.
If the estimated distance is below
50km (30 mi.), the distance to empty
(2) will display as "---" and a refuel
message will appear (3).
4 77
WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Warning lights Air bag Warning Light Seat Belt Warning Light
✽ NOTICE - Warning lights

Make sure that all warning lights This warning light illuminates: This warning light informs the driver
are OFF after starting the engine. If • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop that the seat belt is not fastened.
any light is still ON, this indicates a Button to the ON position.
situation that needs attention. - It illuminates for approximately 6 For more details, refer to the “Seat
seconds and then goes off. Belts” in chapter 3.
• When there is a malfunction with
the SRS.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized Kia dealer.
4 78
Parking Brake & Brake If the brake fluid level in the reservoir Dual-diagonal braking system
Fluid Warning Light is low: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe diagonal braking systems. This
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle. means you still have braking on two
2. With the engine stopped, check wheels even if one of the dual sys-
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop tems should fail.
Button to the ON position. the brake fluid level immediately
and add fluid as required (For With only one of the dual systems
- It illuminates for approximately 3 more details, refer to “Brake Fluid” working, more than normal pedal
seconds in chapter 7). Then check all brake travel and greater pedal pressure are
- It remains on if the parking brake components for fluid leaks. If any required to stop the vehicle.
is applied. leak on the brake system is still Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
• When the parking brake is applied. found, the warning light remains short a distance with only a portion
• When the brake fluid level in the on, or the brakes do not operate of the brake system working.
reservoir is low. properly, do not drive the vehicle.
If the brakes fail while you are driv-
- If the warning light illuminates In this case, we recommend that ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-
with the parking brake released, it you have the vehicle towed to an al engine braking and stop the vehi-
indicates the brake fluid level in authorized Kia dealer and inspect- cle as soon as it is safe to do so.
reservoir is low. ed.
4 79
Anti-lock Brake System Electronic

WARNING - Parking (ABS) Warning Light Brake force
Brake & Brake Fluid Distribution
Warning Light (EBD) System Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
Driving the vehicle with a warn- These two warning lights illuminate at
ing light ON is dangerous. If the • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position. the same time while driving:
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid • When the ABS and regular brake
Warning Light illuminates with - It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off. system may not work normally.
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid • When there is a malfunction with In this case, we recommend that
level is low. the ABS (The normal braking sys- you have the vehicle inspected by
tem will still be operational without an authorized Kia dealer.
In this case, we recommend
that you have the vehicle the assistance of the anti-lock
inspected by an authorized Kia brake system). WARNING - Electronic
dealer. In this case, we recommend that Brake force Distribution
you have the vehicle inspected by (EBD) System Warning Light
an authorized Kia dealer. When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
We recommend you have the
vehicle inspected by an author-
ized Kia dealer as soon as pos-
sible.
4 80
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Brake Malfunction Indicator

force Distribution (EBD) Lamp (MIL) CAUTION - Malfunction
System Warning Light Indicator Lamp (MIL)
When the ABS Warning Light is on Driving with the Malfunction
or both ABS and Parking Brake & Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
Brake Fluid Warning Lights are on, cause damage to the emission
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop control systems which could
the speedometer, odometer, or trip- Button to the ON position.
meter may not work. Also, the EPS effect drivability and/or fuel
Warning Light may illuminate and - It remains on until the engine is economy.
the steering effort may increase or started.
decrease. • When there is a malfunction with
In this case, we recommend you the emission control system. CAUTION - Gasoline
have the vehicle inspected by an In this case, we recommend that Engine
authorized Kia dealer as soon as you have the vehicle inspected by If the Malfunction Indicator
possible. an authorized Kia dealer. Lamp (MIL) illuminates, poten-
tial catalytic converter damage
is possible which could result in
loss of engine power.
In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized Kia dealer as
soon as possible.
4 81
Charging System If there is a malfunction with either the Engine Coolant

Warning Light alternator or electrical charging system: Temperature Warning
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Light
This warning light illuminates: location and stop your vehicle.
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop 2. Turn the engine off and check the This warning light illuminates:
Button to the ON position. alternator drive belt for looseness • When the engine coolant tempera-
or breakage. ture is above 120°C (248°F). This
- It remains on until the engine is
started. If the belt is adjusted properly, means that the engine is overheat-
there may be a problem in the ed and may be damaged.
• When there is a malfunction with electrical charging system.
either the alternator or electrical If your vehicle is overheated, refer
charging system. In this case, we recommend that to “Overheating” in chapter 6.
you have the vehicle inspected by • When your vehicle is overheated,
an authorized Kia dealer as soon the color of the engine coolant
as possible. temperature symbol will change
(white → red). (for type B cluster)
CAUTION - Engine
Overheating
Do not continue driving with the
engine overheated. Otherwise
engine may be damaged.
4 82
Engine Oil Pressure Low Fuel Level Warning

Warning Light CAUTION - Engine Oil Light
Pressure Warning Light
This warning light illuminates: • If the engine does not stop This warning light illuminates:
immediately after the Engine
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop Oil Pressure Warning Light is • When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Button to the ON position. illuminated, severe damage • When the fuel tank is nearly empty,
- It remains on until the engine is could result. the color of the fuel level symbol
started. • If the warning light stays on will change (white → orange). (for
• When the engine oil pressure is while the engine is running, it type B cluster)
low. indicates that there may be
serious engine damage or If the fuel tank is nearly empty:
malfunction. In this case,
If the engine oil pressure is low: Add fuel as soon as possible.
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as
1.Drive carefully to the nearest safe it is safe to do so.
location and stop your vehicle. CAUTION - Low Fuel
2. Turn off the engine and Level
2.Turn the engine off and check the check the oil level. If the oil
engine oil level (For more details, level is low, fill the engine Driving with the Low Fuel Level
refer to “Engine Oil” in section 7). If oil to the proper level. warning light on or with the fuel
the level is low, add oil as required. level below “E” can cause the
3. Start the engine again. If the engine to misfire and damage the
If the warning light remains on after warning light stays on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, catalytic converter (if equipped).
the engine is started, turn
we recommend that you have the the engine off immediately.
vehicle inspected by an authorized In this case, we recommend
Kia dealer as soon as possible. that you have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
4 83
Low Tire Pressure This warning light remains on after Door Ajar Warning Light
Warning Light blinking for approximately 60 seconds
(if equipped) or repeats blinking and off at the
intervals of approximately 3 seconds:
• When there is a malfunction with This warning light illuminates:
This warning light illuminates: When a door is not closed securely.
the TPMS.
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
Button to the ON position. In this case, we recommend that
you have the vehicle inspected by Trunk Open Warning
- It illuminates for approximately 3 an authorized Kia dealer as soon
seconds and then goes off. Light
as possible.
• When one or more of your tires are For more details, refer to “Tire
significantly underinflated (The This warning light illuminates:
Pressure Monitoring System
location of the underinflated tires (TPMS)” in chapter 6. When the trunk is not closed secure-
are displayed on the LCD display). ly.
For more details, refer to “Tire
Pressure Monitoring System WARNING - Safe Stopping
(TPMS)” in chapter 6. • The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle insta-
bility, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually with
light force, and slowly move to
a safe position off the road.
4 84
Overspeed Warning Adaptive Front Lighting Electronic Controlled

Light (if equipped) 120 System (AFLS) Warning AFLS Suspension (ECS) ECS
km/h
Light Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light blinks: This warning light blinks: This warning light illuminates:
• When you drive the vehicle more • Once you set the Engine • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
than 120 km/h. Start/Stop Button to the ON posi- Button to the ON position.
- This is to prevent you from driving tion. - It illuminates for approximately 3
your vehicle with overspeed. - It illuminates for approximately 3 seconds and then goes off.
- The overspeed warning chime seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with
also sound for approximately 5 • When there is a malfunction with the electronic controlled suspen-
seconds. the AFLS. sion (ECS) system.
In this case, we recommend that you
If there is a malfunction with the AFLS: have the vehicle inspected by an
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe authorized Kia dealer.
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and restart the ❈ For more details, refer to
engine. If the warning light “Electronic Controlled Suspension
remains on, we recommend that (ECS)” in chapter 5.
you have the vehicle inspected by
4 85
✽ NOTICE - Electronic Controlled LED Headlamp Warning

Suspension (ECS) CAUTION - Electronic Light (if equipped)
Warning Light Controlled Suspension
(ECS) Warning Light
When there is a malfunction with This warning light illuminates:
the Electronic Stability Control If the Electronic Controlled
Suspension (ECS) Warning Light • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
(ESC), the Electronic Controlled Button to the ON position.
Suspension (ECS) Warning Light illuminates when there is no air
may come on as well as the in the suspension, the vehicle - It illuminates for approximately 3
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) height will be very low. In this seconds and then goes off.
Indicator Light. case, do not drive the vehicle to • When there is a malfunction with
protect it from the projections on the LED headlamp.
the surface of the ground.
We recommend that you have have the vehicle inspected by an
the vehicle inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
When towing the vehicle, you
This warning light blinks:
should follow the instruction in
“Electronic Controlled • When there is a malfunction with a
Suspension (ECS)” of chapter 5. LED headlamp related part.
4 86
Electric Parking Brake ✽ NOTICE - Electric Parking

CAUTION - LED (EPB) Warning Light EPB Brake (EPB)
Headlamp Warning Light Warning Light
Continuous driving with the The Electric Parking Brake (EPB)
LED Headlamp Warning Light Warning Light may illuminates
on or blinking can reduce LED when the Electronic Stability control
headlamp (low beam) life. • Once you set the ignition switch or
Engine Start/Stop Button to the ON (ESC) Indicator Light comes on to
position. indicates that the ESC is not work-
ing properly (This does not indicate
- It illuminates for approximately 3 malfunction of the EPB).
seconds and then goes off.
the EPB.
4 87
Advanced Smart Cruise Indicator Lights Electronic Stability

Control (ASCC) Warning Electronic Stability Control (ESC) OFF
Light (if equipped) Control (ESC) Indicator Indicator Light
This warning light illuminates: Light
• When there is a malfunction with This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
advanced smart cruise control sys- • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
• Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
tem. Button to the ON position.
Button to the ON position.
In this case, we recommend that you - It illuminates for approximately 3
- It illuminates for approximately 3
have the vehicle inspected by an seconds and then goes off.
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with • When you deactivate the ESC sys-
the ESC system. tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-
Advanced Smart Cruise In this case, we recommend that ton.
Control (ASCC) Radar you have the vehicle inspected by
Warning Light an authorized Kia dealer. For more details, refer to “Electronic
(if equipped) Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the radar of the advanced
smart cruise control system or its While the ESC is operating.
cover is stained.
Remove the stains with a soft cloth For more details, refer to “Electronic
Stability Control (ESC)” in chapter 5.
❈ For more details, refer to
“Advanced Smart Cruise Control
(ASCC) System” in chapter 5.
4 88
AUTO HOLD Indicator Lane Departure Warning Advanced Vehicle Safety

Light (if equipped)
AUTO System (LDWS) Management (AVSM)
AVSM
HOLD Indicator Light OFF Indicator Light OFF
This indicator light illuminates: (if equipped) (if equipped)
• [White] When you activate the auto This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
hold system by pressing the AUTO • [Green] When you activate the lane • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
HOLD button. departure warning system by Button to the ON position.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle pressing the LDWS button. - It illuminates for approximately 3
completely by depressing the • [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- seconds and then goes off.
brake pedal with the auto hold sys- tion with the lane departure warn- • When you deactivate the AVSM sys-
tem activated. ing system. tem by setting on the LCD display.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc- In this case, we recommend that you
tion with the auto hold system. have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized Kia dealer. ❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
In this case, we recommend that you Display” in this chapter.
authorized Kia dealer. ❈ For more details, refer to “Lane
Departure Warning System If this indicator stays on when AVSM
(LDWS)” in chapter 5. OFF is not selected, the AVSM may
❈ For more details, refer to “Auto have malfunctioned.
Hold” in chapter 5. In this case, we recommend that you
❈ For more details, refer to “Advanced

Vehicle Safety Management
(AVSM) System” in chapter 5.
4 89
SPORT Mode Indicator SNOW Mode Indicator ECO Indicator Light

Light SPORT Light (if equipped) ECO
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates :
• When you select “SPORT” mode • When you select “SNOW” mode as • When the Active ECO system is
as drive mode. drive mode. activated by pressing the DRIVE
mode button.
❈ For more details, refer to “Drive ❈ For more details, refer to “Drive • The ECO indicator (green) will illu-
Mode” in chapter 5. Mode” in chapter 5. minate to show that the Active
ECO is operating.
❈ For more detailed information,

refer to “Drive Mode Integrated
Control System" in chapter 5.
4 90
Immobilizer Indicator This indicator light illuminates for 2 Turn Signal Indicator
Light seconds and goes off: Light
• When the vehicle can not detect
This indicator light illuminates for up the smart key which is in the vehi- This indicator light blinks:
to 30 seconds: cle while the Engine Start/Stop
Button is ON. • When you turn the turn signal light
• When the vehicle detects the on.
smart key in the vehicle properly In this case, we recommend that
while the Engine Start/Stop Button you have the vehicle inspected by
is ACC or ON. an authorized Kia dealer. If any of the following occurs, there
- At this time, you can start the may a malfunction with the turn signal
engine. system. In this case, we recommend
This indicator light blinks: that you have the vehicle inspected by
- The indicator light goes off after • When the battery of the smart key an authorized Kia dealer.
starting the engine. is weak. - The indicator light does not blink
- At this time, you can not start the but illuminates.
This indicator light blinks for a few engine. However, you can start - The indicator light blinks more
seconds: the engine if you press the Engine rapidly.
• When the smart key is not in the Start/Stop Button with the smart
key. (For more details, refer to - The indicator light does not illumi-
vehicle. nate at all.
“Starting the Engine” in section 5).
- At this time, you can not start the
engine. • When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
4 91
Low Beam Indicator Front Fog Indicator Cruise Indicator Light

Light (if equipped) Light (if equipped) CRUISE
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on. • When the front fog lights are on. • When the cruise control system is
enabled.
High Beam Indicator Rear Fog Indicator Light
Light (if equipped) For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in section 5.
This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in • When the rear fog lights are on. Cruise SET Indicator
the high beam position Light SET
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position. This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is
Light ON Indicator Light set.
For more details, refer to “Cruise

This indicator light illuminates: Control System” in section 5.
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
4 92
Washer Fluid Warning Pre-safe Seat Belt

Light Warning Light PSB
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates:

• When the washer fluid level in the • Once you set the Engine Start/Stop
reservoir is nearly empty. Button to the ON position.
In this case, you should refill the - It illuminates for approximately 3
washer fluid. seconds and then goes off.
the pre-safe seat belt system.
❈ For more details, refer to “Seat

Belt” in chapter 3.
4 93
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)

Description • The head up display image on the
windshield glass may be invisible WARNING - Head Up
when: Display
- Sitting posture is bad. • Do not make the front wind-
- Wearing a polarized sunglasses. shield glass have window tint
or other types of metallic coat-
- There is an object on the cover of ing. Otherwise, the head up
the head up display. display image may be invisible.
- Driving on a wet road. • Do not place any accessories
- An inadequate lighting is turned on the clash pad or attach any
on inside the vehicle. objects on the windshield
- Any light comes from the outside. glass.
OKH042164 - Wearing an inadequate glasses • As the Blind Spot Detection
to your eyesight. (BSD) system is a supplemen-
The head up display is a transparent
• If the head up display image is not tal device for your safe driving,
display which projects a shadow of
shown well, adjust the height or it may be dangerous to rely on
some information of the instrument
illumination of the head up display only the BSD information of the
cluster and navigation on the wind-
shield glass. in the LCD display. head up display image when
changing the lane. Always pay
attention to drive safely.
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD
Display” in this chapter.
• When the head up display needs

inspection or repair, we recom-
mend that you consult an author-
ized Kia dealer.
4 94
Head Up Display ON/OFF Head Up Display Information

CAUTION
When replacing the front wind-
shield glass of the vehicles
equipped with the head up dis-
play, replace it with a windshield
glass designed for the head up
display operation. Otherwise,
duplicated images may be dis-
played on the windshield glass.
OKH042165 OKH042167
• The head up display is always acti- 1. Turn By Turn navigation information

vated whenever you set the Engine 2. Road signs
Start/Stop Button to the ON posi-
tion. 3. Speedometer
• To deactivate the head up display, 4. Cruise setting speed
press the HUD button. If you press 5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) infor-
the HUD button again, the head up mation
display will be activated. 6. Lane Departure Warning System
(LDWS) information
7. Blind Spot Detection (BSD) sys-
tem information
8. Warning lights (Low fuel, BSD)
4 95
Head Up Display Setting

On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as fol-
lows.
1. Display height
2. Illumination
3. Speedometer color
4. Font size
5. Contents setting
❈ For more details, refer to “LCD

Display” in this chapter.
4 96
PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM

■ Front This system is a supplemental sys- Operation of the parking
tem and it is not intended to nor does assist system
it replace the need for extreme care
and attention of the driver. Operating condition
The sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are limit-
ed. Whenever moving pay as much
attention to what is in front and
behind of you as you would in a vehi-
Sensor
cle without a parking assist system.
OKH043168K
■ Rear
WARNING
The parking assist system
should only be considered as a
supplementary function. The OKH042170
driver must check the front and
rear view. The operational func- • This system activates when the
tion of the parking assist system parking assist button is pressed
can be affected by many factors with the ignition switch ON.
Sensor • The parking assist button turns on
and conditions of the surround-
OKH042169 automatically and activates the
ings, so the responsibility rests
The parking assist system assists always with the driver. parking assist system when you
the driver during movement of the shift the gear to the R (Reverse)
vehicle by chiming if any object is position. It will turn off automatical-
sensed within the distance of 60 cm ly when you shift out of R (Reverse)
(24 in.) in front and 100 cm (39 in.) and drive above 20 km/h.
behind the vehicle.
4 97
• The sensing distance while back- Types of warning sound and indicator
ing up is approximately 100 cm (39 : with Warning sound
in.) when you are driving less than : without Warning sound
10 km/h.
• The sensing distance while moving Warning indicator
forward is approximately 60 cm (24 Distance
Warning sound
in.) when you are driving less than from object When driving When driving
10 km/h. forward rearward
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the clos- 100cm~61cm Front - -
est one will be recognized first.
Buzzer beeps
120cm~61cm Rear -
intermittently
✽ NOTICE Buzzer beeps
It may not operate if it’s distance Front
frequently
from the object is already less than 60cm~31cm
approximately 25 cm when the sys- Buzzer beeps
Rear -
tem is ON. frequently
Buzzer sounds
Front
continuously
30cm
Buzzer sounds
Rear -
continuously
✽ NOTICE
The indicator may differ from the illustration as objects or sensors status.
If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the system be checked by an
4 98
Non-operational conditions of There is a possibility of parking Detecting range may decrease

parking assist system assist system malfunction when: when:
Parking assist system may not 1. Driving on uneven road surfaces 1. Outside air temperature is
operate normally when: such as unpaved roads, gravel, extremely hot or cold.
bumps, or gradient. 2. Undetectable objects smaller than
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will operate normally when mois- 2. Objects generating excessive noise 1 m and narrower than 14 cm in
ture melts.) such as vehicle horns, loud motor- diameter.
cycle engines, or truck air brakes
2. Sensor is covered with foreign can interfere with the sensor.
matter, such as snow or water, or The following objects may not be
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will 3. Heavy rain or water spray. recognized by the sensor:
operate normally when the materi- 4. Wireless transmitters or mobile 1. Sharp or slim objects such as
al is removed or the sensor is no phones present near the sensor. ropes, chains or small poles.
longer blocked.) 5. Sensor is covered with snow. 2. Objects, which tend to absorb sen-
3. Sensor is stained with foreign mat- sor frequency such as clothes,
ter such as snow or water. spongy material or snow.
(Sensing range will return to nor-
mal when removed.)
4.The parking assist button is off.
4 99
1. The warning may not sound This system can only sense objects WARNING
sequentially depending on the within the range and location of the Pay close attention when the
speed and shapes of the objects sensors, it can not detect objects in vehicle is driven close to
detected. other areas where sensors are not objects on the road, particularly
2. The parking assist system may installed. Also, small or slim objects, pedestrians, and especially
malfunction if the vehicle bumper or objects located between sensors children. Be aware that some
height or sensor installation has may not be detected. objects may not be detected by
been modified. Any non-factory Always visually check in front and the sensors, due to the objects
installed equipment or accessories behind the vehicle when driving. distance, size or material, all of
may also interfere with the sensor Be sure to inform any drivers in the which can limit the effective-
performance. vehicle that may be unfamiliar with ness of the sensor. Always per-
3. Sensor may not recognize objects the system regarding the systems form a visual inspection to
less than 30 cm from the sensor, capabilities and limitations. make sure the vehicle is clear of
or it may sense an incorrect dis- all obstructions before moving
tance. Use with caution. the vehicle in any direction.
4. When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow or water, the
sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a
soft cloth.
5. Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
4 100
Self-diagnosis
If you don’t hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-
mittently when shifting the shift lever
into the R (Reverse) position, this
may indicate a malfunction in the
parking assist system. If this occurs,
we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does
not cover any accidents or dam-
age to the vehicle or injuries to
its occupants related to a park-
ing assist system. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
4 101
REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
• This system is a supplemen-
tary function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the inside/out-
side rearview mirror and the
area behind the vehicle before
and while backing up because
there is a dead zone that can't
be seen through the camera.
OKH042175 • Always keep the camera lens
The rearview camera will activate clean. If the lens is covered
when the back-up light is ON with the with foreign matter, the cam-
ignition switch ON and the shift lever era may not operate normally.
in the R (Reverse) position.
✽ NOTICE
The rearview camera may not oper-
ate normally, when you drive in
extremely high or low temperature
area.
(operating temperature: -20°C ~
65°C (-13°F ~ 149°F))
4 102
PARKING GUIDE SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

Reverse parking
WARNING (Back-in parking)
This is a supplementary sys- 1. Drive the vehicle to a proper place
tem. It is the responsibility of to park.
the driver to always check the
area around the vehicle when 2. Stop the vehicle and shift the
parking the vehicle. transmission lever to the R posi-
tion.
3. Select the reverse parking mode
by touching the icon on the
screen.
OKH042176 4. The parking guide line show on
This function assists you when the screen.
reverse parking (back-in parking) or
parallel parking.
The parking guide system is only
available when the vehicle speed is
less than 10km/h.
4 103
Parallel parking
OVI049172 OVI049173
5. Turn the steering wheel so that the 7. Carefully back up the vehicle while OVI049177
parking guide line is aligned with fitting the steering wheel guide line
the parking area. to the parking area by turning the 1. Stop the vehicle at a distance of
6. Hold the steering wheel and care- steering wheel. approximately 1 meter (3 feet) par-
fully back up the vehicle until the 8. After parking, you can check the allel to the parked vehicle (1) that
screen changes. bottom of the rear bumper by is in front of the desired parking
selecting the icon "Top View" on space. Make sure that the front of
the screen. the parked vehicle (1) is parallel to
your rear wheel.
2. Stop the vehicle and shift the
transmission lever to the R posi-
tion.
3. Select the parallel parking mode
by touching the icon on
the screen.
4 104
OVI049175 OVI049179 OVI049180L

4. Back up carefully parallel to the 8. Hold the steering wheel and care- 11. Carefully back up the vehicle by
parked vehicle (1) until the vertical fully back up the vehicle until the referring to the steering wheel
red guide line (2) is at the end of green guide line (1) is aligned with guide line (2).
the parked vehicle (1). the target parking line. 12. After parking, you can check the
5. Stop the vehicle. 9. Stop the vehicle bottom of the rear bumper by
6. With the vehicle at standstill, turn 10. With the vehicle at standstill, turn selecting the icon "Top View" on
the steering wheel to the direction the steering wheel to the oppo- the screen.
of the parking space. The guide site direction until the screen
lines will blink. changes.
7. Continue turning the steering
wheel until the guide lines stop
blinking.
4 105
FRONT BLIND SPOT MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The front blind spot monitoring sys- ✽ NOTICE
tem will operate when you press the The front blind spot monitoring sys-
button and shift the shift lever into tem may not operate normally, when
N(Neutral) or D(Drive) while driving you drive in the extremely high or low
less than 10km/h. temperature area. (operating temper-
ature: -20°C~65°C (-4°F ~ 149°F))
WARNING
This is a supplementary sys-
tem. It is the responsibility of
OKH042172 the driver to always check the
area around the vehicle before
driving because there is a dead
zone that can't be seen through
the camera.
Always keep the camera lens
clean. If the lens is covered with
foreign matter, the camera may
not operate normally.
OKH043173L
Front blind spot monitoring system is
a supplemental system that shows
blind spot in front of the vehicle
through the AV monitor.
4 106
SURROUND VIEW MONITORING SYSTEM

• When the vehicle speed is over
20km/h, the SVM system is turned
off. If the vehicle speed is not over
20km/h after turning off the SVM
by over speed, the SVM is not
turned on. To operate again, push
the button.
• When the vehicle moves back-
wards, regardless of On/Off of but-
ton and vehicle speed, the SVM is
operated.
OKH042184 • When the trunk and driver/passen-
This is the parking support system to ger door are opened and the out-
show around circumstance when you side mirror is folded, the warning is
park the vehicle in monitor. When illuminated in SVM system.
you push the button in [ON] position, • If the SVM system is not normally
it is operated. To cancel the system, operated, we recommend that you
push again. contact an authorized Kia dealer.
Operating conditions * SVM : Surround View Monitoring

- When ignition is ON
- When the transaxle is on D, N or R
- When the vehicle speed is not over
20km/h
4 107
LIGHTING
Battery saver function Headlight escort function Daytime running light
• The purpose of this feature is to The headlights (and/or parking (if equipped)
prevent the battery from being dis- lights) will remain on for approxi- The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
charged. The system automatically mately 5 minutes after the engine can make it easier for others to see
turns off the parking lights when start/stop button is turned to the ACC the front of your vehicle during the
the driver turns off the engine and or OFF position. However, if the dri- day. DRL can be helpful in many dif-
opens the driver-side door. ver’s door is opened and closed, the ferent driving conditions, and it is
• With this feature, the parking lights headlights are turned off after 15 especially helpful after dawn and
will be turned off automatically if seconds. before sunset.
the driver parks on the side of road The headlights can be turned off by The DRL system will turn the dedi-
at night. pressing the lock button on the smart cated lamp OFF when:
If necessary, to keep the lights on key twice or turning off the light 1. The headlight or fog lamp switch is
when the engine is turned off per- switch from the headlight or Auto ON.
form the following: light position.
2. The engine is OFF.
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and CAUTION
ON again. If the driver gets out of the vehi-
cle through other doors (except
driver's door), the battery saver
function does not operate and
the headlight escort function
does not turn off automatically.
Therefore, It causes the battery
to be discharged. In this case,
make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
4 108
Traffic change (for Europe) ✽ NOTICE Lighting control

Use this function when you visit a If the engine is turned off with the
country with opposite traffic direction. traffic change function activated,
If the traffic change is activated when and the engine turned on again, a
you visit a country with opposite traf- message "Headlamp beam pattern
fic direction, it will decrease the daz- set to opposite side range has been
zle on oncoming vehicle drivers. reduced" will appear. It is to notify
the driver the function is activated.
Follow the below procedure.
1. Select “User Settings” by pressing
the mode button ( ) on the steer-
ing wheel.
2. Select “Lamp” by pressing the OKH042189
move button ( ) and select but-
ton ( ) on the steering wheel. The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
3. Select “Travel Mode” by pressing
the move button ( ) and select To operate the lights, turn the knob at
button ( ) on the the end of the control lever to one of
steering wheel. the following positions:
4. • Select "On" to activate the traffic (1) OFF position
change function. (2) Auto light / AFLS position
• Select "Off" to deacticate the traf- (3) Parking light position
fic change function. (4) Headlight position
4 109
Auto light/AFLS position AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting

CAUTION System) (if equipped)
• Never place anything over the
sensor (1) located on the
instrument panel, this will
ensure better auto-light sys-
tem control.
• Don’t clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleaner
may leave a light film which
could interfere with sensor
operation.
OKH042190 • If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of coating on OKH042187
When the light switch is in the AUTO the front windshield, the Auto
light position, the taillights and headlight system may not work Adaptive front lighting system uses
lights will be turned ON or OFF auto- properly. the steering angle and vehicle speed,
matically depending on the amount to keep your field of vision wide by
of light outside the vehicle. swiveling and leveling the headlamp.
If your vehicle is equipped with the Change the switch to the AUTO posi-
adaptive front lighting system tion when the engine is running. The
(AFLS), it will also operate when the adaptive front lighting system will
headlamp is ON. operate when the headlamp is ON.
To turn off the AFLS, change the
switch to other positions. After turn-
ing the AFLS off, headlamp swiveling
no longer occurs, but leveling oper-
ates continuously.
4 110
■ Type A ■ Type B Parking light position ( ) Headlight position ( )
OKH042188
If the AFLS malfunction indicator OKH042191 OKH042192
comes on, the AFLS is not working
properly. Drive to the nearest safe When the light switch is in the park- When the light switch is in the head-
location and restart the engine. If the ing light position, the tail and license light position, the head, tail, license
indicator continuously remains on, will turn ON. and instrument panel lights will turn
we recommend that the system be ON.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the
ON position to turn on the head-
lights.
4 111
High beam operation

WARNING
Do not use high beam when
there are other vehicles. Using
high beam could obstruct the
other driver’s vision.
OKH042193
OKH042194 To flash the headlights, pull the lever

towards you. It will return to the nor-
To turn on the high beam headlights, mal (low beam) position when
push the lever away from you. Pull it released. The headlight switch does
back for low beams. not need to be on to use this flashing
The high beam indicator will light feature.
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 112
Turn signals and lane change They will self-cancel after a turn is One-touch turn signal
signals completed. If the indicator continues To activate an one-touch turn signal
to flash after a turn, manually return move the turn signal lever slightly
the lever to the OFF position. and then release it. The lane change
To signal a lane change, move the signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times.
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in You can set the number of operating
position (B). The lever will return to times. Refer to "LCD Display" in this
the OFF position when released. chapter.
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one
of the turn signal bulbs may be ✽ NOTICE
burned out and will require replace- If an indicator flash is abnormally
ment. quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connec-
OKH042196
tion in the circuit.
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). The green arrow indicators
on the instrument panel indicate
which turn signal is operating.
4 113
Front fog light Rear fog light (if equipped)

CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehi-
cle electrical power. Only use the
fog lights when visibility is poor
or unnecessary battery and gen-
erator drain could occur.
OKH042197 ODMECO2016
Fog lights are used to provide To turn the rear fog lights on, turn the
improved visibility when visibility is rear fog light switch (1) to the on posi-
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc. tion when the headlight is turned on.
1. Turn on the park light. Also, the rear fog lights turn on when
2. Turn the light switch (1) to the front the rear fog light switch is turned on
fog light position. after the front fog light switch (if
equipped) is turned on and the head-
3. To turn off the front fog light, turn light switch is in the parklight position.
the light switch to the front fog light
position again or turn off the park To turn the rear fog lights off, turn the
light. rear fog light switch to the on position
again.
4 114
Headlight leveling device Headlight washer

It is automatically adjusted the head- If your vehicle is equipped with the
light beam level according to the headlight washer it will be operating
number of the passengers and the at the same time when you operate
loading weight in the luggage area. the windshield washer. It will operate
And it offers the proper headlight when the headlight switch is in the
beam under the various conditions. first or second position and the
engine start/stop button is in the ON
position.
WARNING The washer fluid will be sprayed on
If it does not work properly even to the headlights.
though your car is inclined
backward according to passen-
ger's posture, or the headlight ✽ NOTICE
beam is irradiated to the high or • Check the headlight washers peri-
low position, we recommend odically to confirm that the wash-
that the system be inspected by er fluid is being sprayed properly
an authorized Kia dealer. onto the headlight lenses.
Do not attempt to inspect or • The headlight washer can be oper-
replace the wiring yourself. ated 15 minutes after being oper-
ated last time.
4 115
WIPERS AND WASHERS

Windshield wipers MIST / : For a single wiping Auto control (if equipped)
■ Type A cycle, move the lever The rain sensor located on the upper
this position (MIST/ ) end of the windshield glass senses
and release it with the the amount of rainfall and controls
lever in the OFF posi- the wiping cycle for the proper inter-
tion. The wipers will val. The more it rains, the faster the
operate continuously if wiper operates. When the rain stops,
the lever is held in this the wiper stops.
position. To vary the speed setting, turn the
OFF / O : Wiper is not in operation speed control knob (1).
AUTO : Auto control wipe If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
OKH042198 mode when the ignition switch is ON,
■ Type B LO (1) : Normal wiper speed
the wiper will operate once to per-
HI (2) : Fast wiper speed form a self-check of the system. Set
the wiper to OFF / O position when
✽ NOTICE the wiper is not in use.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow or ice on the windshield,
defrost the windshield for about 10
minutes, or until the snow and/or ice
is removed before using the wind-
OKH043172L shield wipers to ensure proper oper-
Operates as follows when the igni- ation. If you do not remove the snow
tion switch is turned ON. and/or ice before using the wiper
and wash-er, it may damage the
Wiper and washer system.
4 116
Windshield washers
CAUTION CAUTION
When the ignition switch is ON When washing the vehicle, set the
and the windshield wiper switch wiper switch in the OFF / O posi-
is placed in the AUTO mode, use tion to stop the auto wiper opera-
caution in the following situation.
tions to avoid any injury to the The wiper may operate and be
hands or other parts of the damaged if the switch is set in
body: the AUTO mode while washing
• Do not touch the upper end of the vehicle.
the windshield glass facing Do not remove the sensor cover
the rain sensor. located on the upper end of the
• Do not wipe the upper end of passenger side windshield OKH042199
the windshield glass with a glass. Damage to system parts
damp or wet cloth. could occur and may not be cov- In the OFF / O position, pull the lever
ered by your vehicle warranty. gently toward you to spray washer
• Do not put pressure on the fluid on the windshield and to run the
windshield glass. When starting the vehicle in wipers 1-3 cycles.
winter, set the wiper switch in
the OFF / O position. Otherwise, Use this function when the wind-
wipers may operate and ice may shield is dirty.
damage the windshield wiper The spray and wiper operation will
blades. Always remove all snow continue until you release the lever.
and ice and defrost the wind- If the washer does not work, check
shield properly prior to operat- the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
ing the windshield wipers. is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
4 117
The reservoir filler neck is located in

the front of the engine compartment CAUTION
on the passenger side. • To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
CAUTION when the windshield is dry.
To prevent possible damage to • To prevent damage to the
the washer pump, do not oper- wiper blades, do not use gaso-
ate the washer when the fluid line, kerosene, paint thinner,
reservoir is empty. or other solvents on or near
them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other compo-
WARNING nents, do not attempt to move
Do not use the washer in freez- the wipers manually.
ing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with
the defrosters; the washer solu-
tion could freeze on contact
with the windshield and
obscure your vision.
4 118
INTERIOR LIGHT
Automatic turn off function Type A
CAUTION (if equipped) Front lamp switch
Do not use the interior lights for The interior lights automatically turn
extended periods when the off approximately 20 minutes after
engine is not running. the engine is turned off.
It may cause battery discharge. If your vehicle is equipped with the
theft alarm system, the interior lights
automatically turns off several sec-
WARNING onds after the system is armed stage.
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark.
Accidents could happen
because the view may be
obscured by interior lights. OKH042200
• : Press the button to turn the

lamp on. This light produces
a spot beam for convenient
use as a map lamp at night
or as a personal lamp for
the driver and the front pas-
senger. To turn the lamp off,
press the button again.
• ROOM : Press the button to turn
the front and rear lamp on.
To turn the lamp off, press
the button again.
4 119
• REAR ROOM : Press the button to - The front and rear lamp will go out Rear lamp switch
turn the rear lamp immediately if the engine start/stop
on. To turn the lamp button is changed to the ON posi-
off, press the but- tion or all doors are locked.
ton again. To turn off the door mode, press the
• DOOR : button again. The indicator on the
Press the button to operate the door button will turn off.
mode. The indicator on the button will
illuminate and lamps will turn on or off • PRIVACY :
as follows:
Press the button to operate the pri-
- The front and rear lamp comes vacy mode. The indicator on the but-
on when a door is opened. The ton will illuminate and lamps will turn
lamps go out after approximately on or off as follows: OKH042201
30 seconds. Type A
- If you open any door, the lamp for
- The front and rear lamp comes on the open door will illuminate. • : Press the button to turn the
for approximately 30 seconds lamp on. This light produces
when doors are unlocked with the To turn off the privacy mode, press
the button again. The indicator on the a spot beam for convenient
smart key as long as the doors use as a map lamp at night
are not opened. button will turn off.
or as a personal lamp for
- The front and rear lamp will stay the driver and the front pas-
on for approximately 20 minutes if senger. To turn the lamp off,
a door is opened with the engine press the button again.
start/stop button in the ACC or • ROOM : Press the button to turn
OFF position. the rear lamp on. To turn
- The front and rear lamp will stay the lamp off, press the but-
on continuously if the door is ton again.
opened with the engine start/stop
button in the ON position.
4 120
Type B • DOOR :
Front lamp switch Press the button to operate the door
mode. The indicator on the button will
illuminate and lamps will turn on or off
as follows:
- The front and rear lamp comes on
when a door is opened. The lamps
go out after approximately 30 sec-
onds.
- The front and rear lamp comes on
for approximately 30 seconds when
OKH043307N
doors are unlocked with the smart
Type B key as long as the doors are not
Press the button to turn the rear OKH042264 opened.
lamp on. To turn the lamp off, press - The front and rear lamp will stay on
the button again. • : Press the button to turn the for approximately 20 minutes if a
lamp on. This light pro- door is opened with the engine
duces a spot beam for con- start/stop button in the ACC or OFF
venient use as a map lamp position.
at night or as a personal
lamp for the driver and the - The front and rear lamp will stay on
front passenger. To turn the continuously if the door is opened
off, press the button again. with the engine start/stop button in
the ON position.
• ROOM : Press the button to turn the
front and rear lamp on. To - The front and rear lamp will go out
turn the lamp off, press the immediately if the engine start/stop
button again. button is changed to the ON posi-
tion or all doors are locked.
4 121
To turn off the door mode, press the Rear lamp switch Trunk room lamp
button again. The indicator on the
button will turn off.
• PRIVACY :
Press the button to operate the pri-
vacy mode. The indicator on the but-
ton will illuminate and lamps will turn
on or off as follows:
- If you open any door, the lamp for
the open door will illuminate.
To turn off the privacy mode, press
OKH042265 OKH042202
the button again. The indicator on the
button will turn off. • : Press the button to turn the The trunk room lamp comes on
lamp on. This light pro- when the trunk is opened.
• MOOD : The mood lamp changes duces a spot beam for con-
each time you press the venient use as a map lamp CAUTION
button as follows: at night or as a personal
lamp for the driver and the To prevent unnecessary charg-
front passenger. To turn ing system drain, close the
Indirect side light trunk lid securely after using the
the lamp off, press the but-
ton again. trunk room.
Direct front white light • ROOM : Press the button to turn the
rear lamp on. To turn the
lamp off, press the button
Direct front red light
again.
OFF
4 122
Door courtesy lamp Glove box lamp Vanity mirror lamp

(if equipped)
OKH042204 OKH043205
OKH042203 The glove box lamp comes on when Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
The door courtesy lamp comes ON the glove box is opened. will automatically turn on the mirror
when the door is opened to assist light.
entering or exiting the vehicle. It also CAUTION
serves as a warning to passing vehi- CAUTION - Vanity mirror
cles that the vehicle door is open. To prevent unnecessary charg-
ing system drain, close the lamp (if equipped)
glove box securely after using Always have the switch in the
the glove box. off position when the vanity mir-
ror lamp is not in use. If the sun-
visor is closed without the lamp
off, it may discharge the battery
or damage the sunvisor.
4 123
WELCOME SYSTEM
Puddle lamp and door handle Also, if the outside rearview mirror Interior light
lamp folding switch is in the AUTO posi- When the interior light switch is in the
tion, the outside rearview mirror will DOOR position and all doors (and
unfold automatically. trunk) are locked and closed, the
room lamp will come on for 30 sec-
Headlight onds if any of the below is per-
formed.
When the headlight(light switch in
the headlight or AUTO position) is on - When the door unlock button is
and all doors (and trunk) are locked pressed on the smart key.
and closed, the position light and - When the button of the outside
headlight will come on for 15 sec- door handle is pressed.
onds if any of the below is per-
formed. At this time, if you press the door lock
OKH043285
- When the door unlock button is or unlock button, the room lamp will
When all the doors (and trunk) are pressed on the smart key. turn off immediately.
locked and closed, the puddle lamp
and door handle lamp will come on
for about 15 seconds if any of the At this time, if you press the door lock
below is performed. or unlock button, the position light
and headlight will turn off immediate-
- When the door unlock button is ly.
pressed on the smart key.
- When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
- When the vehicle is approached
with the smart key in possession.
4 124
DEFROSTER
Rear window defroster The rear window defroster automati-
CAUTION cally turns off after approximately 20
To prevent damage to the con- minutes or when the ignition switch is
ductors bonded to the inside turned off. To turn off the defroster,
surface of the rear window, press the rear window defroster but-
never use sharp instruments or ton again.
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
Outside rearview mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
✽ NOTICE outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
If you want to defrost and defog the turn on the rear window defroster.
front windshield, refer to OKH043207CN
“Windshield defrosting and defog-
ging” in this section. The defroster heats the window to Wiper deicer (if equipped)
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is If your vehicle is equipped with the
running. wiper deicer, it will be operating at
the same time you turn on the rear
To activate the rear window window defroster.
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
4 125
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Driver’s temperature control button

2. AUTO (automatic control) button)
3. OFF button
■ Front 4. Fan speed control button
5. Air conditioning button
6. Mode selection button
7. Front windshield defrost button
8. Air intake control button
9. 3 ZONE (Driver, passenger and rear side)
temperature control button
10. Passenger’s temperature control button
11. Rear window defrost button
12. AQS (Air quality system) button
13. Climate information screen selection button
14. Fan speed control button (Rear)
■ Rear 15. OFF button (Rear)
16. LCD display
17. Rear side temperature control knob
18. AUTO (automatic control) button
CAUTION
Operating the blower when the
ignition switch is in the ON posi-
tion could cause the battery to
discharge. Operate the blower
when the engine is running.
OKH043208CN/OKH042209
4 126
Automatic heating and air con- ■ Front

ditioning
■ Front ■ Rear
OKH042286 OKH042211
2. Press the TEMP button to set the
OKH042210
desired temperature. ✽ NOTICE
1. Press the AUTO button. Never place anything over the sen-
✽ NOTICE sor located on the instrument panel
The modes, fan speeds, air intake to ensure better control of the heat-
and air-conditioning will be controlled • To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following: ing and cooling system.
automatically according to the tem-
perature setting. - Mode selection button
- Front windshield defrost button
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be con-
trolled manually while other func-
tions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
23°C (73°F).
4 127
Manual heating and air condi-

tioning
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this
case, the system works sequentially
according to the order of buttons select-
ed. When pressing any button except
the AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
For improving the effectiveness of
heating and cooling;
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn OKH043213
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
4 128
❈ Rear outlet vents (F) Mode selection

• The air flow of the Rear outlet Face-Level (B, D, F, G)
vents is controlled by the front cli-
mate control system and delivered
through the inside air duct of the Air flow is directed toward the upper
front doors. If the door is open or body and face. Additionally, each
not closed completely, the air flow outlet can be controlled to direct the
of the Rear outlet vent is not deliv- air discharged from the outlet.
ered properly. Make sure the front
doors are closed completely.
• The air flow of the Rear outlet Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F, G)
vents may be weaker than the
instrument panel vents for the long OKH042212
air duct in the front doors. Air flow is directed towards the face
The mode selection button controls and the floor.
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
4 129
Floor & Defrost (A, C, E, G)
Most of the air flow is directed to the

floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, E, G)
OKH042214L OKH042215
Defrost-Level (A) Instrument panel vents
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air Most of the air flow is directed to the The outlet vents can be opened or
being directed to the windshield and windshield with a small amount of air closed separately using the horizon-
side window defrosters. directed to the side window defrosters. tal thumbwheel. To close the vent,
rotate it left to the maximum position.
To open the vent, rotate it right to the
desired position.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
4 130
Temperature control The temperature will decrease to the

minimum (Lo) by pushing the down
■ Front
( ) button (for front) or turn the knob
to the left (for rear).
When pushing the button (for front)
or turning the knob (for rear), the
temperature will increase or
decrease by 0.5°C/1°F. When set to
the lowest temperature setting, the
air conditioning will operate continu-
ously.
OKH042216L OKH042218L
■ Rear Adjusting the driver, passenger and
rear side temperature individually
(3ZONE temperature control)
• Press the 3ZONE button to oper-
ate the driver, passenger and rear
side temperature individually.
• Pressing the passenger side tem-
perature control button will auto-
matically switch to the 3ZONE
OKH042217 mode as well. At this time, rear side
temperature will be set to the same
The temperature will increase to the temperature as the driver side.
maximum (HI) by pushing the up ( )
button (for front) or turn the knob to the
right (for rear).
4 131
• Turning the rear temperature con- Adjusting the driver, passenger and Air intake control
trol knob will automatically switch rear side temperature equally
to the 3ZONE mode as well. At this 1. Press the 3ZONE button again to
time, passenger side temperature deactivate 3ZONE mode. The pas-
will be set to the same temperature senger and rear side temperature
as the driver side. will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
When the driver side temperature is 2. Press the driver side temperature
set to the highest (HI) or lowest (Lo) control button. The driver, passen-
temperature setting, the 3ZONE ger and rear side temperature will
mode is deactivated for maximum be adjusted equally.
heating or cooling.
Temperature conversion OKH042219L
If the battery has been discharged or This is used to select the outside
disconnected, the temperature mode (fresh) air position or recirculated air
display will reset to Centigrade. position.
This is a normal condition. You can To change the air intake control posi-
switch the temperature mode between tion, push the control button.
Centigrade to Fahrenheit as follows;
While pressing the OFF button,
depress the AUTO button for 3 sec-
onds or more. The display will change
from Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or
from Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
4 132
Recirculated air position ✽ NOTICE

With the recirculated air Prolonged operation of the heater in WARNING
position selected, air from the recirculated air position (with- • Continued climate control
the passenger compart- out air conditioning selected) may system operation in the recir-
ment will be drawn through cause fogging of the windshield and culated air position may allow
the heating system and side windows and the air within the humidity to increase inside
heated or cooled according passenger compartment may the vehicle which may fog the
to the function selected. become stale. glass and obscure visibility.
When driving at high speed, In addition, prolonged use of the air • Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the outside air may come in conditioning with the recirculated the air conditioning or heating
to circulate the air inside the air position selected will result in system on. It may cause seri-
vehicle. To block the air from excessively dry air in the passenger ous harm or death due to a
entering, press the air compartment. drop in the oxygen level
intake control button for and/or body temperature.
about 2 seconds. The out-
side air will be blocked from • Continued climate control sys-
coming in for 3 minutes. tem operation in the recirculat-
ed air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
Outside (fresh) air position loss of vehicle control. Set the
With the outside (fresh) air air intake control to the outside
position selected, air (fresh) air position as much as
enters the vehicle from out- possible while driving.
side and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
4 133
Air quality system Exhaust gas cutoff mode :

Air enters the vehicle from the outside. CAUTION
If exhaust gas enters the vehicle from If the windows fog up with the
the outside, the exhaust gas cutoff Recirculation or A.Q.S mode
mode is automatically converted from selected, set the air intake con-
the outside air position to the recircu- trol to the fresh air position or
lated air position to prevent exhaust A.Q.S control to OFF.
gas from entering the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
It should be noted that prolonged
OKH042220L
operation of the heating system in
recirculation mode will give rise to
The air inflow from outside the vehi- misting of the windshield and side
cle can be automatically controlled. windows and the air within the pas-
Press the button to activate the air senger compartment will become
quality control system. stale. In addition, prolonged use of
When using AQS mode, AQS(Air the air conditioning with the recir-
Quality System) automatically sens- culation mode selected may result in
es outdoor air pollutants and mini- the air within the passenger com-
mizes them from entering the vehi- partment becoming excessively dry.
cle, however, unpleasant or foul
odors that might be present may still
be noticeable within the vehicle.
4 134
Fan speed control Air conditioning OFF mode

■ Front ■ Rear ■ Front ■ Rear
OKH042221 OKH042222 OKH042223

The fan speed can be set to the Push the A/C button to turn the air • Press the front OFF button to turn
desired speed by pushing the fan conditioning system on (indicator off the air climate control system.
speed control button. light will illuminate). However, you can still operate the
The higher the fan speed is, the Push the button again to turn the air mode and air intake buttons as
more air is delivered. conditioning system off. long as the Engine Start/Stop
Button is in the ON position.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan. • Press the rear OFF button to turn
off the air coming out of the rear
console vent.
4 135
Climate information screen selec- Rear control lock System operation

tion button Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
OKH032040L
OKH042224L 1. Set the mode to the position.
You can activate or deactivate the 2. Set the air intake control to the
To change the screen into the cli- rear seat control, rear audio control
mate information screen, push the outside (fresh) air position.
and climate control by using the
button. REAR LOCK button on the rear arm- 3. Set the temperature control to the
rest or “System Settings” in the AVN desired position.
(Audio, Video, and Navigation). 4. Set the fan speed control to the
Detailed information for the “System desired speed.
Settings” is described in a separately 5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
supplied manual. turn the air conditioning system (if
If the rear control button has deacti- equipped) on.
vated through AVN, you can reacti- • If the windshield fogs up, set the
vate the rear control button only mode to the or press the front
through AVN. defrost button ( ).
4 136
Operation Tips Air conditioning ✽ NOTICE

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes Kia Air Conditioning Systems are • When using the air conditioning
from entering the car through the filled with environmentally friendly system, monitor the temperature
ventilation system, temporarily set refrigerant. gauge closely while driving up
the air intake control to the recircu- 1. Start the engine. Press the air con- hills or in heavy traffic when out-
lated air position. Be sure to return ditioning button. side temperatures are high. Air
the control to the fresh air position conditioning system operation
when the irritation has passed to 2. Set the mode to the position. may cause engine overheating.
keep fresh air in the vehicle. This 3. Set the air intake control to the Continue to use the blower fan but
will help keep the driver alert and outside air or recirculated air posi- turn the air conditioning system
comfortable. tion. off if the temperature gauge indi-
• Air for the heating/cooling system 4. Adjust the fan speed control and cates engine overheating.
is drawn in through the grilles just temperature control to maintain • When opening the windows in
ahead of the windshield. Care maximum comfort. humid weather air conditioning
should be taken that these are not may create water droplets inside
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or the vehicle. Since excessive water
other obstructions. droplets may cause damage to
electrical equipment, air condi-
• To prevent interior fog on the wind-
tioning should only be run with
shield, set the air intake control to
the windows closed.
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
4 137
Air conditioning system operation tips • When using the air conditioning Climate control air filter
• If the vehicle has been parked in system, you may notice clear water
direct sunlight during hot weather, dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side Outside air
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle of the vehicle. This is a normal sys-
tem operation characteristic. Recirculated
escape. air
• To help reduce moisture inside of • Operating the air conditioning sys-
the windows on rainy or humid tem in the recirculated air position
days, decrease the humidity inside provides maximum cooling, how-
the vehicle by operating the air ever, continual operation in this
conditioning system. mode may cause the air inside the Blower
vehicle to become stale. Climate control Heater core
• During air conditioning system Evaporator
operation, you may occasionally • During cooling operation, you may air filter core 1LDA5047
notice a slight change in engine occasionally notice a misty air flow
speed as the air conditioning com- because of rapid cooling and The climate control air filter installed
pressor cycles. This is a normal humid air intake. This is a normal behind the glove box filters the dust
system operation characteristic. system operation characteristics. or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
• Use the air conditioning system heating and air conditioning system.
every month only for a few minutes If dust or other pollutants accumulate
to ensure maximum system per- in the filter over a period of time, the
formance. air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accu-
mulation on the inside of the wind-
shield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this hap-
pens, we recommend that the cli-
mate control air filter be replaced by
4 138
✽ NOTICE Checking the amount of air

• Replace the filter according to the conditioner refrigerant and WARNING - Vehicles
Maintenance Schedule. compressor lubricant equipped with R-134a
If the car is being driven in severe When the amount of refrigerant is Because the refriger-
conditions such as dusty, rough low, the performance of the air con- ant is at very high
roads, more frequent climate conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also pressure, the air con-
trol air filter inspections and has a bad influence on the air condi- ditioning system
changes are required. tioning system. should only be serv-
• When the air flow rate suddenly iced by trained and certified
decreases, we recommend that the Therefore, if abnormal operation is technicians. It is important that
system be checked by an author- found, we recommend that the sys- the correct type and amount of
ized Kia dealer. tem be inspected by an authorized oil and refrigerant is used.
Kia dealer.
Otherwise, it may cause dam-
age to the vehicle and personal
injury.
4 139
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING

• For maximum defrosting, set the To defog inside windshield
WARNING - Windshield temperature control to the extreme
heating right/hot position and the fan speed
Do not use the or posi- control to the highest speed.
tion during cooling operation in • If warm air to the floor is desired
extremely humid weather. The while defrosting or defogging, set
difference between the temper- the mode to the floor-defrost posi-
ature of the outside air and that tion.
of the windshield could cause • Before driving, clear all snow and
the outer surface of the wind- ice from the windshield, rear win-
shield to fog up, causing loss of dow, outside rear view mirrors, and
visibility. In this case, set the all side windows.
mode selection knob or button
to the position and fan • Clear all snow and ice from the OKH042225
speed control knob or button to hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster effi- 1. Set the fan speed to the desired
the lower speed. position.
ciency and to reduce the probabili-
ty of fogging up the inside of the 2. Select desired temperature.
windshield. 3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4. The air conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected ambi-
ent temperature and outside
(fresh) air position will be selected
automatically.
4 140
If the air conditioning and outside To defrost outside windshield Defogging logic
(fresh) air position are not selected To reduce the probability of fogging
automatically, adjust the correspon- up the inside of the windshield, the
ding button manually. If the posi- air intake or air conditioning are con-
tion is selected, lower fan speed is trolled automatically according to
adjusted to a higher fan speed. certain conditions such as or
position. To cancel or return the
defogging logic, do the following.
OKH042226
1. Set the fan speed to the highest

position.
2. Set the temperature to the
extreme hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defrost button ( ).
4. The air conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected
ambient temperature and outside
(fresh) air position will be selected
automatically.
If the position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
4 141
Auto defogging system This indicator illuminates

when the auto defogging
system senses the mois-
ture of inside the wind-
shield and operates.
If more moisture is in the vehicle, the

higher steps operate as follow. For
example if auto defogging does not
defog inside the windshield at step 1
Outside air position, it tries to defog
OKH042227 again at step 2 Blowing air toward
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON OKH042228
the windshield.
position.
Auto defogging reduces the probabil-
2. Press the defroster button ( ). ity of fogging up the inside of the Step 1 : Outside air position
3. While pressing the air conditioning windshield by automatically sensing Step 2 : Operating the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake the moisture of inside the windshield. Step 3 : Blowing air toward the wind-
control button at least 5 times with- The auto defogging system operates shield
in 3 seconds. when the heater or air conditioning is Step 4 : Increasing air flow toward
The indicator on the air intake button on. the windshield
blinks 3 times with 0.5 seconds of
interval. It indicates that the defog-
ging logic is canceled or returned to
the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or

disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
4 142
If your vehicle is equipped with the ✽ NOTICE

auto defogging system, it is automat- • If the A/C off is manually selected
ically activated when the conditions while the auto defogging system is
are met. However, if you would like to on, the auto defogging indicator
cancel the auto defogging system, will blink 3 times to give notice
press the front defroster button 4 that manual operation is canceled.
times within 2 seconds while press- • If the air quality system (AQS) is
ing the AUTO button. The front selected while the auto defogging
defroster indicator will blink 3 times system is operating at the step 1
to notify you that the system is can- outside air position, the recirculat-
celled. To use the auto defogging ed air position may operate when
system again, follow the procedures the outside air is polluted.
mentioned above.
If the battery has been disconnected
or discharged, it resets to the auto CAUTION
defogging status. Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield
glass. Damage to system parts
could occur and may not be cov-
ered by your vehicle warranty.
4 143
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to Center console storage Rear seat storage
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
• Always keep the storage com-
partment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the
storage compartment that the OKH042231 OKH042275
storage compartment cover To open the center console storage, To open the rear seat storage, pull up
cannot close securely. pull up the lever. the lever.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot tem-
peratures for extended periods.
4 144
Glove box Sunglass holder

WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
WARNING
Do not keep food in the glove
box for a long time.
OKH042232 OKH042233
The glove box can be locked and To open the sunglass holder, press
unlocked with a mechanical key of the cover and the holder will slowly
smart key. open. Place your sunglasses with the
To open the glove box, press the but- lenses facing out.
ton and the glove box will automati- To close the sunglass holder push it
cally open. Close the glove box after up.
use.
4 145
Seatback pocket
WARNING WARNING - Seatback
• Do not keep objects except pockets
sunglasses inside the sun- Do not put heavy or sharp
glass holder. Such objects objects in the seatback pockets.
can be thrown from the holder In an accident they could come
in the event of a sudden stop loose from the pocket and
or an accident, possibly injur- injure vehicle occupants.
ing the passengers in the
vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass CAUTION
holder while the vehicle is Be careful not to nip fingers
moving. The rear view mirror OKH032016 when using the pocket.
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an open sunglass holder. The seatback pocket is provided on
• Do not put the glasses the back of the front passenger’s and
forcibly into a sunglass holder driver’s seatbacks.
to prevent breakage or defor-
mation of glasses. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in holder.
4 146
Map pocket
OKH042292L
The map pocket is provided on the

doors.
CAUTION
Be careful not to nip fingers
when using the pocket.
4 147
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cigarette lighter (if equipped) Ashtray (if equipped)
WARNING
• Do not hold the lighter in after
it is already heated because it
will overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it
to prevent overheating.
• Do not insert foreign objects
into the socket of the cigarette
lighter. It may damage the cig-
arette lighter.
OKH042234 OKH042235
For the cigarette lighter to work, the To use the ashtray, open the cover.
ignition switch must be in the ACC
CAUTION
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it
position or the ON position. The use of plug-in accessories
out.
To open the cover, push the cover (shavers, hand-held vacuums,
forward. To close the cover, push the and coffee pots, etc.) may dam-
cover forward again. age the socket or cause electri- WARNING - Ashtray use
cal failure. • Do not use the vehicle’s ash-
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all
the way into its socket. When the ele- trays as waste receptacles.
ment has heated, the lighter will pop • Putting lit cigarettes or match-
out to the “ready” position. es in an ashtray with other
We recommend that you use parts combustible materials may
for replacement from an authorized cause a fire.
Kia dealer.
4 148
Cup holder ■ Front Sunvisor

• Type A
WARNING - Hot liquids

• Do not place uncovered cups
of hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion.
If the hot liquid spills, you
could be burned. Such a burn
to the driver could lead to loss OKH042236
of control of the vehicle. ■ Front (if equipped)
• Type B
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of sudden
stop or collision, do not place OKH042238
uncovered or unsecured bot- Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
tles, glasses, cans, etc., in the through the front or side windows.
cup holder while the vehicle is
in motion. To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
OKH042287 To use the sunvisor for the side win-
■ Rear dow, pull it downward, unsnap it from
WARNING the bracket (1) and swing it to the
side (2).
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
them in a vehicle that is heated visor and slide the mirror cover (3).
up. It may explode. Adjust the sunvisor extension for-
ward or backward (4).
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
OKH042237 holding a tollgate ticket.
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 149
When using the sunvisor for the side Power outlet

window, you can use the secondary ■ Center
CAUTION
sunvisor (6) for the front window. • Use the power outlet only
when the engine is running
and remove the accessory
CAUTION - Vanity mirror plug after use. Using the
lamp accessory plug for prolonged
If you use the vanity mirror periods of time with the
lamp, turn off the lamp before engine off could cause the
returning the sunvisor to its battery to discharge.
original position. It could result • Only use 12V electric acces-
in battery discharge and possi- OKH042239 sories which are less than 10A
ble sunvisor damage. ■ Rear in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
WARNING level when using the power
For your safety, do not obstruct outlet.
your vision when using the sun- • Close the cover when not in
visor. use.
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
OKH043240 when plugged into a vehicle’s
The power outlet is designed to pro- power outlet. These devices
vide power for mobile telephones or may cause excessive audio
other devices designed to operate static and malfunctions in
with vehicle electrical systems. The other electronic systems or
devices should draw less than 10 devices used in your vehicle.
amps with the engine running.
4 150
Seat warmer (if equipped)

WARNING ■ Front seat (Type A) ■ Rear seat (if equipped) (Type A)
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand. You may get an elec-
tric shock.
■ Front seat (Type B) ■ Rear seat (if equipped) (Type B)
OKH032075L/OKH032013 OKH032034/OKH032042
The seat warmer is provided to warm the seats during cold weather. With
the engine start/stop button in the ON position, push the switch to warm the
seat.
4 151
During mild weather or under condi- • You can activate or deactivate the
tions where the operation of the seat rear seat warmer button by using the CAUTION - Seat damage
warmer is not needed, keep the REAR LOCK button on the rear arm- • When cleaning the seats, do
switches in the "OFF" position. rest or “System Settings” in not use an organic solvent
• Each time you press the switch, AVN(Audio, Video, and Navigation). such as paint thinner, ben-
the temperature setting of the seat Detailed information for “System zene, alcohol and gasoline.
will change as follows : Settings” is described in a separate- Doing so may damage the sur-
ly supplied manual. If the REAR face of the heater or seats.
OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( ) LOCK button activated (LED “ON”), • To prevent overheating the
you can not activate the rear seat seat warmer, do not place any-
→
warmer button. thing on the seats that insu-

• When pressing the switch for more After deactivating (LED “OFF”) the lates against heat, such as
than 1.5 seconds with the seat REAR LOCK button, you can acti- blankets, cushions or seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer vate the rear seat warmer button. covers on the seats while the
will turn OFF. If the REAR LOCK button has acti- seat warmer is in operation.
• The seat warmer defaults to the vated through AVN, you can deac- • Do not place heavy or sharp
OFF position whenever the engine tivate the REAR LOCK button only objects on the seat. Those
start/stop button is turned on. Through AVN. things may damage the seat
warmer system.
✽ NOTICE • Be careful not to spill liquid
such as water or beverages on
With the seat warmer switch in ON the seat. If you spill some liquid,
position, the heating system in the wipe the seat with a dry towel.
seat turns off or on automatically Before using the seat warmer,
depending on the seat temperature. dry the seat completely.
• Do not change the seat cover.
It may damage the seat warmer
or airventilation system.
4 152
Air ventilation seat (if equipped) When the operation of the air ventila-
WARNING - Seat warmer ■ Front seat
tion is not needed, keep the switches
burns in the OFF position.
Passengers should use extreme • Each time you press the switch,
caution when using seat warm- the airflow will change as follows:
ers due to the possibility of
excess heating or burns. The OFF→HIGH( )→MIDDLE( )→LOW( )
occupants must be able to feel
→
if the seat is becoming too
warm and to turn the seat • When pressing the switch for more
warmer off. The seat warmer than 1.5 seconds with the seat
may cause burns even at low OKH032014 cooler operating, the seat cooler
temperatures, especially if used ■ Rear seat will turn OFF.
for long periods of time. • When the air ventilation seat is
In particular, the driver must turned on, the seat may get cooler
exercise extreme care for the after about 5 minutes.
following types of passengers: • Because the air ventilation uses
1. Infants, children, elderly or the air in the vehicle, cooling effi-
disabled persons, or hospital ciency depends on the tempera-
outpatients ture of the air. In order to improve
2. Persons with sensitive skin cooling efficiency, use the air con-
or those that burn easily ditioning system together.
OKH032043
3. Fatigued individuals • The air ventilation seat defaults to
The air ventilation is provided to cool the OFF position whenever the
4. Intoxicated individuals the seats during hot weather by ignition switch is turned to the ON
5. Individuals taking medication blowing air through small vent holes position.
that can cause drowsiness or on the surface of the seats and seat-
sleepiness (sleeping pills, backs. While the engine is running,
cold tablets, etc.) press the switch to cool the seat.
4 153
• You can activate or deactivate the

rear air ventilation button by using CAUTION - Seat damage CAUTION - Air intake
the REAR LOCK button on the rear • When cleaning the seats, do
armrest or “System Settings” in not use an organic solvent
AVN(Audio, Video, and Navigation). such as paint thinner, ben-
Detailed information for “System zene, alcohol and gasoline.
Settings” is described in a sepa- Doing so may damage the air
rately supplied manual. If the REAR ventilation seat.
LOCK button activated (LED “ON”), • Do not place heavy or sharp
you can not activate the rear air objects on the seat. Those
ventilation button. things may damage the air
After deactivating (LED “OFF”) the ventilation seat.
REAR LOCK button, you can acti- • Be careful not to spill liquid
vate the rear air ventilation button. There is an air intake for the rear
such as water or beverages on air ventilation at the lower part
If the REAR LOCK button has acti- the seat. If you spill some liquid,
vated through AVN, you can deacti- of the rear center seatback. If
wipe the seat with a dry towel. the air intake is blocked, effi-
vate the REAR LOCK button only Before using the air ventilation
Through AVN. ciency of the rear air ventilation
seat, dry the seat completely. will be lower. Be careful not to
• Do not change the seat cover. block the air intake.
It may damage the seat warmer
or airventilation system.
4 154
Clock Clothes hanger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s)

You can set the clock by using the (if equipped)
AVN (Audio or Navigation)
For the details, refer to the AVN man-
ual.
WARNING
Do not adjust the clock while
driving. You may lose your steer-
ing control and cause an acci-
dent that results in severe per-
sonal injury or death.
OVI049140
To use the hanger, pull down the OXM043309

upper portion of hanger. When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehi-
CAUTION cle. This keeps the floor mat from
Do not hang heavy clothes, sliding forward.
since those may damage the
hook.
WARNING
Do not hang other objects except
clothes. In an accident it may
cause vehicle damage or person-
al injury.
4 155
Rear mirror (if equipped) Bag hanger (if equipped)

WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehi-
cle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top OKH042289 OKH042242
of one another (e.g. all-weath- To use the rear mirror, press the Pull the strap (1) to hang a bag on
er rubber mat on top of a car- cover and it will slowly open and the the hook (2).
peted floor mat). Only a single mirror lamp will turn on.
floor mat should be installed When you are not use the hook, fold
in each position. the hook.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was CAUTION
manufactured with driver's side Close the mirror cover securely. CAUTION
floor mat anchors that are If the mirror cover is not closed, Do not hang heavy things, since
designed to securely hold the the lamp will stay on and could those may damage the hook.
floor mat in place. To avoid any result in battery discharge and
interference with pedal opera- possible mirror damage.
tion, we recommend that the Kia
floor mat designed for use in
your vehicle be installed.
4 156
Luggage net (holder) Rear curtain (if equipped)

(if equipped) CAUTION
■ Front
To prevent damage to the goods
or the vehicle, care should be
taken when carrying fragile or
bulky objects in the luggage
compartment.
WARNING
To avoid eye injury, DO NOT OKH042243
■ Rear
overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net’s
OKH042269
recoil path. DO NOT use the lug-
To keep items from shifting in the gage net when the strap has vis-
cargo area, you can use the holders ible signs of wear or damage.
located in the cargo area to attach
the luggage net.
OKH042244
OKH042267L
4 157
To fold the rear curtain, press the If the REAR LOCK button activated Side curtain (if equipped)
button. To unfold the rear curtain, (LED “ON”), you can not activate the
press the button again. rear curtain button.
The rear curtain will fold automatical- After deactivating (LED “OFF”) the
ly when you shift the shift lever into R REAR LOCK button, you can acti-
(Reverse) and unfold automatically vate the rear curtain button.
when you shift the shift lever from R If the REAR LOCK button has acti-
(Reverse) into P (Park). vated through AVN, you can deacti-
After the rear curtain is folded by shift- vate the REAR LOCK button only
ing the shift lever into R (Reverse) and Through AVN.
drive more than 20 km/h with the shift
lever in D (Drive), the rear curtain will
unfold automatically. CAUTION
OKH042268
You can activate or deactivate the Do not pull or fold the rear cur-
rear curtain button on the rear arm- tain by hand. It could cause To use the side curtain:
rest by using the REAR LOCK button motor failure. 1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1).
on the rear armrest or “System 2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
Settings” in AVN(Audio, Video, and the hook.
Navigation). 3. Pull the curtain backward by the
Detailed information for “System hook (2).
Settings” is described in a separately 4. Hang the curtain on the hook.
supplied manual.
4 158
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
Aux, USB and iPod® port ✽ NOTICE USB charger
■ Type A When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of the
portable audio device.
❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
OKH043248
■ Type B
OKH043302
The USB charger is designed to

recharge batteries of small size elec-
trical devices using a USB cable. The
electrical devices can be recharged
when the engine start/stop button is
in acc/on/start position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
OKH042376
Disconnect the USB cable from the
If your vehicle has an aux and/or USB port after use.
USB (universal serial bus) port or
iPod® port, you can use an aux port
to connect audio devices a USB port
to plug in a USB, and an iPod® port to
plug in an iPod®.
4 159
• Some devices are not supported Audio / Video / Navigation Driver Information System
for fast charging but will be system (AVN) (DIS)
charged with normal speed.
■ Front
• Use the USB charger when the
engine is running to prevent bat-
tery discharge.
• Only devices that fits the USB port
can be used.
• The USB charger can be used only
for battery charging purposes.
• Battery chargers cannot be
charged.
OKH043271
■ Rear
OKH0432704CN
Detailed information for the AVN sys-

tem is described in a separately sup-
plied manual.
OKH042272
Detailed information for the DIS sys-

tem is described in a separately sup-
plied manual.
4 160
Bluetooth® Wireless You can use the phone wirelessly by Antenna

Technology hands-free using the Bluetooth® Wireless ■ Type A
Technology.
1. Call / Answer lever

2. Call end lever
3. Microphone
Detailed information for the

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology OKH042245
hands-free is described in the manu- ■ Type B
OKH043249L al supplied separately.
■ Front
OKH042255
When the AVN system power switch

OKH042253 is turned on while the ignition switch
is in either the “ON” or “ACC” position,
your car will receive both AM and FM
broadcast signals and GPS signal (if
equipped) through the antenna.
4 161
Steering wheel audio control VOLUME (VOL + / VOL -) (1)

CAUTION • Press the up button (VOL+) to
• Do not clean the inside of the increase volume.
rear window glass with a • Press the down button (VOL-) to
cleaner or use a scraper to decrease volume.
remove foreign deposits as
this may cause damage to the
antenna elements. SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
• Avoid adding metallic coatings If the SEEK/PRESET button is
such as Ni, Cd, and so on. pressed for 0.8 second or more, it
These can disturb receiving will work as follows in each mode.
AM and FM broadcast signals.
• To prevent damage to the rear OKH043246L RADIO mode
glass antenna, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaner The steering wheel audio control but- It will function as the AUTO SEEK
containing abrasives to clean ton is installed to promote safe driving. select button. It will SEEK until you
the window. Clean the inside release the button.
surface of the rear glass win- CAUTION
dow with a piece of soft cloth. DISC mode
Do not operate audio remote
• When putting a sticker on the control buttons simultaneously. It will function as the FF/ REW button.
inside surface of the rear win-
dow, be careful not to damage
to the rear glass antenna. If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for less than 0.8 second, it
• Do not put sharp instruments will work as follows in each mode.
nearby the rear glass antenna.
• Tinted rear window may affect
the proper functioning of the
antenna.
4 162
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STA-
TION select buttons.
DISC mode
It will function as the TRACK
UP/DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to select
Radio, DISC, USB or AUX.
When the AV is ON and the MODE
button is press for more than 0.8 sec-
ond, the AV will turn off.
MUTE (4)
• Move the MUTE lever up to cancel
the sound.
• Move the MUTE lever up again to
activate the sound.
Detailed information is described in a

separately supplied manual.
4 163
Driving your vehicle
Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3 • Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95

Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5 • Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
Automatic transmission (shift by cable). . . . . . . . 5-10 • Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
• Automatic transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 • Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
• Driving off-road. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
Automatic transmission (shift by wire) . . . . . . . . 5-17
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
• Automatic transmission operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
• Snowy or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 Vehicle weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
• Electric parking brake (EPB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 • Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
• Emergency braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39 • Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
• Auto hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40 • Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44 • Gaw (gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103 5
• Hill-start assist control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48 • Gawr (gross axle weight rating). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
• Gvw (gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
AVSM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
• Gvwr (gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Drive mode integrated control system . . . . . . . . . 5-54 • Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Electronic controlled suspension (ECS) . . . . . . . . 5-57
Advanced smart cruise control system. . . . . . . . . 5-65
Lane departure warning system (LDWS) . . . . . . 5-80
Blind spot detection system (BSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
WARNING - ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!

Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle,
open the windows immediately.
• Do not inhale exhaust fumes.
Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death
by asphyxiation.
• Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose.
If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side
of the vehicle, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
• Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the
engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out.
• Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in
an open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn
into the interior.
If you must drive with the trunk lid open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher
speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the
windshield are kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
5 2
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle Necessary inspections Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside Fluid levels, such as engine oil, • Close and lock all doors.
mirror(s), and outside lights are engine coolant, brake fluid, and • Position the seat so that all con-
clean. washer fluid should be checked on a trols are easily reached.
• Check the condition of the tires. regular basis, with the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further • Adjust the inside and outside
• Check under the vehicle for any details are provided in section 7, rearview mirrors.
sign of leaks. “Maintenance”. • Be sure that all lights work.
• Be sure there are no obstacles • Check all gauges.
behind you if you intend to back up.
WARNING • Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
Driving while distracted can
turned to the ON position.
result in a loss of vehicle control,
that may lead to an accident, • Release the parking brake and
severe personal injury, and make sure the brake warning light
death. The driver’s primary goes out.
responsibility is in the safe and For safe operation, be sure you are
legal operation of a vehicle, and familiar with your vehicle and its
use of any handheld devices, equipment.
other equipment, or vehicle sys-
tems which take the driver’s
eyes, attention and focus away
from the safe operation of a vehi-
cle or which are not permissible
by law should never be used dur-
ing operation of the vehicle.
5 3
WARNING WARNING - Driving under WARNING

All passengers must be proper- the influence of alcohol or • When you intend to park or
ly belted whenever the vehicle drugs stop the vehicle with the
is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” Drinking and driving is danger- engine on, be careful not to
in section 3 for more informa- ous. Drunk driving is the num- depress the accelerator pedal
tion on their proper use. ber one contributor to the high- for a long period of time. It may
way death toll each year. Even a overheat the engine or exhaust
small amount of alcohol will system and cause fire.
WARNING affect your reflexes, percep- • When you make a sudden stop
tions and judgement. or turn the steering wheel rap-
Always check the surrounding
Driving while under the influ- idly, loose objects may drop
areas near your vehicle for peo-
ence of drugs is as dangerous on the floor and it could inter-
ple, especially children, before
or more dangerous than driving fere with the operation of the
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
drunk. foot pedals, possibly causing
or R (Reverse).
You are much more likely to an accident. Keep all things in
have a serious accident if you the vehicle safely stored.
drink or take drugs and drive. • If you do not focus on driving,
If you are drinking or taking it may cause an accident. Be
drugs, don’t drive. Do not ride careful when operating what
with a driver who has been drink- may disturb driving such as
ing or taking drugs. Choose a audio or heater. It is the
designated driver or call a cab. responsibility of the driver to
always drive safely.
5 4
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON

Illuminated engine start/stop Engine start/stop button posi- Vehicles equipped with anti-theft
button tion steering column lock
OFF The steering wheel locks when the
engine start/stop button is in the OFF
position to protect you against theft.
It locks when the door is opened.
White
If the steering wheel is not locked
properly when you open the driver's
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
door, the warning chime will sound.
position) or vehicle power (ON posi-
Try locking the steering wheel again.
tion), press the engine start/stop but-
If the problem is not solved, we rec-
ton with the shift lever in the P (Park)
ommend that the system be checked
position. When you press the engine
OKH052001 by an authorized Kia dealer.
start/stop button without the shift lever
Whenever the front door is opened, in the P (Park) position, the engine In addition, if the engine start/stop
the engine start/stop button will illu- start/stop button will not change to the button is in the OFF position after the
minate for your convenience. The OFF position but to the ACC position. driver's door is opened, the steering
light will go off after about 30 sec- wheel will not lock and the warning
onds when the door is closed. It will chime will sound. In such a situation,
also go off immediately when the close the door. Then the steering
theft-alarm system is armed. wheel will lock and the warning
chime will stop.
5 5
✽ NOTICE ACC(Accessory) ON
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the engine start/stop but-
ton will not work. Press the engine
start/stop button while turning the
Orange Red
steering wheel right and left to
release the tension. Press the engine start/stop button Press the engine start/stop button
while it is in the OFF position without while it is in the ACC position without
✽ NOTICE depressing the brake pedal. depressing the brake pedal.
You are able to turn off the engine
(START/RUN) or vehicle power (ON), The steering wheel unlocks and elec- The warning lights can be checked
only when the vehicle is not in motion. trical accessories are operational. before the engine is started. Do not
If the engine start/stop button is in the leave the engine start/stop button in
CAUTION ACC position for more than 1 hour, the ON position for a long time. The
the button is turned off automatically battery may discharge, because the
In an emergency situation while engine is not running.
the vehicle is in motion, you are to prevent battery discharge.
able to turn the engine off and
to the ACC position by pressing
the engine start/stop button for
more than 2 seconds or 3 times
successively within 3 seconds.
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the engine start/stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
5 6
START/RUN
WARNING (Continued)
• Never press the engine • Never reach for the engine
start/stop button while the start/ stop button or any other
vehicle is in motion.This would controls through the steering
Not illuminated result in loss of directional wheel while the vehicle is in
control and braking function, motion. The presence of your
To start the engine, depress the brake hand or arm in the area could
pedal and press the engine start/stop which could cause an accident.
cause loss of vehicle control,
button with the shift lever in the P • The anti-theft steering column an accident and serious bodi-
(Park) or the N (Neutral) position. For lock is not a substitute for the ly injury or death.
your safety, start the engine with the parking brake. Before leaving
the driver's seat, always make • Do not place any movable
shift lever in the P (Park) position.
sure the shift lever is engaged objects around the driver's
in P (Park), set the parking seat as they may move while
✽ NOTICE brake fully and shut the driving, interfere with the driv-
If you press the engine start/stop engine off. Unexpected and er and lead to an accident.
button without depressing the brake sudden vehicle movement
pedal for automatic transaxle vehi- may occur if these precau-
cles, the engine will not start and the tions are not taken.
engine start/stop button changes as (Continued)
follow:
OFF ➔ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
✽ NOTICE
If you leave the engine start/stop but-
ton in the ACC or ON position for a
long time, the battery will discharge.
5 7
Starting the engine 1.Carry the smart key or leave it • Even if the smart key is in the vehi-
inside the vehicle. cle, if it is far away from you, the
2.Make sure the parking brake is engine may not start.
WARNING
firmly applied. • When the engine start/stop button
• Always wear appropriate is in the ACC position or above, if
shoes when operating your 3.Place the transaxle shift lever in P
(Park). Depress the brake pedal fully. any door is opened, the system
vehicle. Unsuitable shoes (high checks for the smart key. If the
heels, ski boots,etc.) may inter- You can also start the engine when smart key is not in the vehicle, the
fere with your ability to use the the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) “ ” indicator and a message
brake, accelerator pedal. position. “Key is not in the vehicle” will appear
• Do not start the vehicle with 4.Press the engine start/stop button. on the instrument cluster and LCD
the accelerator pedal It should be started without depress- display. And if all doors are closed,
depressed. The vehicle can ing the accelerator. the chime will sound for 5 seconds.
move and lead to an accident. The indicator or warning will turn off
5.Do not wait for the engine to warm
• Wait until the engine rpm is nor- up whilst the vehicle remains sta- while the vehicle is moving. Always
mal. The vehicle may suddenly tionary. have the smart key with you.
move if the brake padel is
Start driving at moderate engine
released when the rpm is high. WARNING
speeds. (Steep accelerating and
decelerating should be avoided.) The engine will start, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
Never allow children or any per-
son who is unfamiliar with the
vehicle touch the engine
start/stop button or related parts.
5 8
(Continued)
CAUTION • When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
If the engine stalls while the you cannot start the engine nor-
vehicle is in motion, do not mally.
attempt to move the shift lever to Replace the fuse with a new one. If
the P (Park) position. If the traffic it is not possible, you can start the
and road conditions permit, you engine by pressing the engine
may put the shift lever in the N start/ stop button for 10 seconds
(Neutral) position while the vehi- while it is in the ACC position. The
cle is still moving and press the engine can start without depress-
engine start/stop button in an ing the brake pedal. But for your
attempt to restart the engine. OKH052003 safety always depress the brake
pedal before starting the engine.
✽ NOTICE
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you CAUTION
can start the engine by pressing • Do not press the engine
the engine start/stop button with start/stop button for more
the smart key. than 10 seconds except when
The side with the lock button the stop lamp fuse is blown.
should contact the engine • Do not turn the ignition switch
start/stop button directly. When to the START position with the
you press the engine start/stop engine running. It may dam-
button directly with the smart key, age the starter.
the smart key should contact the
button at a right angle.
(Continued)
5 9
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (SHIFT BY CABLE)

Automatic transmission opera-
Lock release tion
button The automatic transmission has 8
forward speeds and one reverse
speed. The individual speeds are
selected automatically, depending on
the position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
+ (UP)
if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transmission Control Module) or
- ( D OW N )
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
(If the shift lock system is not equipped, it is not necessary to depress the brake pedal.
However, it is recommended to depress the brake pedal to avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle.)
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OKH052007
5 10
For smooth operation, depress the Transmission ranges

brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION The indicator in the instrument clus-
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear. • To avoid damage to your ter displays the shift lever position
transmission, do not acceler- when the ignition switch is in the ON
ate the engine in R (Reverse) position.
WARNING - Automatic or any forward gear position
transmission with the brakes on.
• Always check the surrounding P (Park)
• When stopped on an incline,
areas near your vehicle for do not hold the vehicle sta- Always come to a complete stop
people, especially children, tionary with engine power. before shifting into P (Park). This posi-
before shifting a car into D Use the service brake or the tion locks the transmission and pre-
(Drive) or R (Reverse). parking brake. vents the drive wheels from rotating.
• Before leaving the driver’s • Do not shift from N (Neutral)
seat, always make sure the or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R WARNING
shift lever is in the P (Park) (Reverse) when the engine is
position; then set the parking • Shifting into P (Park) while the
above idle speed. vehicle is in motion will cause
brake fully and shut the engine
off. Unexpected and sudden the drive wheels to lock which
vehicle movement can occur if will cause you to lose control
these precautions are not fol- of the vehicle.
lowed in the order identified. • Do not use the P (Park) posi-
• Do not use the engine brake tion in place of the parking
(shifting from a high gear to brake. Always make sure the
lower gear) rapidly on slip- shift lever is latched in the P
pery roads. (Park) position and set the
parking brake fully.
The vehicle may slip causing
an accident. • Never leave a child unattend-
ed in a vehicle.
5 11
N (Neutral) D (Drive)
CAUTION The wheels and transmission are not This is the normal forward driving
The transmission may be dam- engaged. The vehicle will roll freely position. The transmission will auto-
aged if you shift into P (Park) even on the slightest incline unless matically shift through a 8-gear
while the vehicle is in motion. the parking brake or service brakes sequence, providing the best fuel
are applied. economy and power.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle WARNING For extra power when passing anoth-
backward. er vehicle or climbing grades,
Do not drive with the shift lever depress the accelerator fully, at which
in N (Neutral). time the transmission will automati-
The engine brake will not work cally downshift to the lower gear.
CAUTION and lead to an accident.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R ✽ NOTICE
(Reverse); you may damage the Always come to a complete stop
transmission if you shift into R before shifting into D (Drive).
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except as explained in
“Rocking the vehicle” in this
section.
5 12
✽ NOTICE (Continued)
• In manual mode, the driver must • When driving on a slippery road,
execute upshifts in accordance push the shift lever forward into
with road conditions, taking care the +(up) position. This causes the
to keep the engine speed below the transmission to shift into the 2nd
+ (UP) red zone. gear which is better for smooth
• In manual mode, only the 8 for- driving on a slippery road. Push
ward gears can be selected. To the shift lever to the -(down) side
reverse or park the vehicle, move to shift back to the 1st gear.
- (DOWN)
Sports mode the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
or P (Park) position as required.
OKH052008 • In manual mode, downshifts are
Manual mode made automatically when the
Whether the vehicle is stationary or vehicle slows down. When the
in motion, sports mode is selected by vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati-
pushing the shift lever from the D cally selected.
(Drive) position into the manual gate. • In manual mode, when the engine
To return to D (Drive) range opera- rpm approaches the red zone shift
tion, push the shift lever back into the points are varied to upshift auto-
main gate. matically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
In manual mode, moving the shift the system may not execute cer-
lever backwards and forwards will tain gearshifts when the shift lever
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly. is operated.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once (Continued)
to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
5 13
Shift lock system (if equipped)

For your safety, the automatic trans- WARNING
mission has a shift lock system Always fully depress the brake
which prevents shifting the transmis- pedal before and while shifting
sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse) out of the P (Park) position into
unless the brake pedal is depressed. another position to avoid inad-
To shift the transmission from P vertent motion of the vehicle
(Park) into R (Reverse): which could injure persons in
or around the car.
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
switch to the ON position. OKH052009
3. Move the shift lever with pressing Shift-lock override
lock release button.
If the shift lever cannot be moved
If the brake pedal is repeatedly from the P (Park) position into R
depressed and released with the shift (Reverse) position with the brake
lever in the P (Park) position, a chat- pedal depressed, continue depress-
tering noise near the shift lever may ing the brake, then do the following:
be heard. This is a normal condition.
1. Press the shift-lock release button.
(If the cover is equipped with your
vehicle, remove the cap covering
the shift-lock access hole. And
insert a key into the access hole
and press down on the key.)
2. Move the shift lever.
3. We recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized Kia
dealer.
5 14
Good driving practices • Always use the parking brake. Do

• Never move the shift lever from P not depend on placing the trans- WARNING
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other mission in P (Park) to keep the car • Always buckle-up! In a colli-
position with the accelerator pedal from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is
depressed. • Exercise extreme caution when significantly more likely to be
driving on a slippery surface. Be seriously injured or killed than
• Never move the shift lever into P
especially careful when braking, a properly belted occupant.
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Avoid high speeds when cor-
• Be sure the car is completely slippery surface, an abrupt change nering or turning.
stopped before you attempt to shift in vehicle speed can cause the
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). • Do not make quick steering
drive wheels to lose traction and
wheel movements, such as
• Never take the car out of gear and the vehicle to go out of control.
sharp lane changes or fast,
coast down a hill. This may be • Optimum vehicle performance and sharp turns.
extremely hazardous. Always leave economy is obtained by smoothly
the car in gear when moving. • The risk of rollover is greatly
depressing and releasing the
increased if you lose control of
• Do not "ride" the brakes. This can accelerator pedal.
your vehicle at highway speeds.
cause them to overheat and mal-
function. Instead, when you are • Loss of control often occurs if
driving down a long hill, slow down two or more wheels drop off the
and shift to a lower gear. When you roadway and the driver over-
do this, engine braking will help steers to reenter the roadway.
slow the car. • In the event your vehicle
• Slow down before shifting to a leaves the roadway, do not
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower steer sharply. Instead, slow
gear may not be engaged. down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
5 15
Moving up a steep grade from a

WARNING standing start
If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you standing start, depress the brake
may attempt to rock the vehicle pedal, shift the shift lever to D
free by moving it forward and (Drive). Select the appropriate gear
backward. Do not attempt this depending on load weight and steep-
procedure if people or objects ness of the grade, and release the
are anywhere near the vehicle. parking brake. Depress the accelera-
During the rocking operation the tor gradually while releasing the
vehicle may suddenly move for- service brakes.
ward or backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or dam-
age to nearby people or objects.
5 16
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION (SHIFT BY WIRE)

Automatic transmission opera-
tion
The automatic transmission has 8
forward speeds and one reverse
speed. The individual speeds are
selected automatically, depending on
the position of the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
UNLOCK The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
button if the battery has been disconnected,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transmission Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
❈ When you shift the transmission, depress the brake pedal with pressing [UNLOCK] button.
OKH052010L
5 17
For smooth operation, depress the Transmission ranges

brake pedal when shifting from N CAUTION The indicator in the instrument cluster
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear. • To avoid damage to your and shift lever displays the shift lever
transmission, do not acceler- position when the Engine Start/Stop
ate the engine in R (Reverse) button is in the OFF/ACC/ON position.
WARNING - Automatic or any forward gear position
transmission with the brakes on.
• Always check the surrounding • When stopped on an incline,
areas near your vehicle for do not hold the vehicle sta-
people, especially children, tionary with engine power.
before shifting a car into D Use the service brake or the
(Drive) or R (Reverse). parking brake.
• Before leaving the driver’s • Do not shift from N (Neutral)
seat, always make sure the or P (Park) into D (Drive), or R
shift lever is in the P (Park) (Reverse) when the engine is
position; then set the parking above idle speed.
brake fully and shut the engine
off. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur if
these precautions are not fol-
lowed in the order identified.
5 18
If you press the [P] button when the

shifting is on [M] or if you turn the WARNING
engine off when the shifting is on [M], • Shifting into P (Park) while the
the shift lever is automatically moved vehicle is in motion will cause
to right side and the shifting is the drive wheels to lock which
changed to [P]. will cause you to lose control
When the shift lever is automatically of the vehicle.
moved to right side, if you hold the shift • Do not use the P (Park) posi-
lever by force, the warning message tion in place of the parking
will be illuminated in cluster. Move the brake. Always make sure the
shift lever to right side manually. shift lever is latched in the P
OKH052011L When you park the vehicle, press the (Park) position and set the
P (Park) [P] button of shift lever with applying parking brake fully.
Always come to a complete stop brake pedal and apply the parking • Never leave a child unattend-
before shifting into P (Park). This posi- brake. ed in a vehicle.
tion locks the transmission and pre-
vents the drive wheels from rotating.
To shift the gear from [R], [N], [D] or CAUTION
[M] to [P], press the [P] button on the The transmission may be dam-
shift lever. aged if you shift into P (Park)
If you turn off the engine in [D], [R] or while the vehicle is in motion.
[M], the shifting automatically
changes to [P].
5 19
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except as explained in
“Rocking the vehicle” in this
section.
OKH052013L
OKH052015L
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
In neutral range if you turn off the
engine, the range will be on [N] and
OKH052014L
the engine start/stop button position
R (Reverse) will be on ACC.
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
To shift the gear to [R] press the
[UNLOCK] button of shift lever with
depressing brake pedal and move
the shift lever forward.
5 20
To turn off engine : D (Drive)

1. Press the engine start/stop button This is the normal forward driving
again to the ON position. position. The shift lever will automat- + (UP)
2. Press the [P] button on the shift ically shift through a 8-gear
lever. sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power. - (DOWN)
3. Press the engine start/stop button
again, the engine start/stop button
will change to the OFF position. For extra power when passing anoth- Manual mode
However, when you open the door er vehicle or climbing grades,

with the shift lever in N (Neutral) and depress the accelerator fully, at
the engine start/stop button in the which time the shift lever will auto-
OKH052018L
ACC position, the shift lever will automatically downshift to the lower gear.
To shift into [D], depress the brake Manual mode
matically move to P (Park) and the
engine start/stop button will change pedal and press the [UNLOCK] but- Whether the vehicle is stationary or
to the OFF position. ton of shift lever. And then move the in motion, sports mode is selected by
shift lever to backward. pushing the shift lever from the D
To shift into [D], from [N] you must (Drive) position into the manual gate.
depress the brake pedal. To return to D (Drive) range opera-
tion, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
✽ NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop In manual mode, moving the shift
before shifting into D (Drive). lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one gear.
5 21
✽ NOTICE (Continued) Shift lock system (if equipped)

• In manaul mode, the driver must • When driving on a slippery road, For your safety, the automatic trans-
execute upshifts in accordance push the shift lever forward into mission has a shift lock system
with road conditions, taking care the +(up) position. This causes the which prevents shifting the transmis-
to keep the engine speed below the transmission to shift into the 2nd sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
red zone. gear which is better for smooth unless the brake pedal is depressed.
• In manaul mode, only the 8 for- driving on a slippery road. Push
the shift lever to the -(down) side To shift the transmission from P
ward gears can be selected. To (Park) into R (Reverse) or D (Drive) :
reverse or park the vehicle, move to shift back to the 1st gear.
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
the shift lever to the R (Reverse)
or P (Park) position as required. 2. Start the engine or turn the ignition
• In manaul mode, downshifts are switch to the ON position.
made automatically when the 3. Move the shift lever to R (Reverse)
vehicle slows down. When the or D (Drive) with pressing
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automati- [UNLOCK] button.
cally selected. If the brake pedal is repeatedly
• In manaul mode, when the engine depressed and released with the shift
rpm approaches the red zone shift lever in the P (Park) position, a chat-
points are varied to upshift auto- tering noise near the shift lever may
matically. be heard. This is a normal condition.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute cer-
tain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
(Continued)
5 22
WARNING CAUTION
Always fully depress the brake If the electric parking brake is
pedal before and while shifting not released, we recommend
out of the P (Park) position into that the vehicle is towed as flat-
another position to avoid inad- bed towing.
vertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the car.
■ When the battery is discharged: OKH052045L

When the battery is discharged, the You can shift into [N] by using the
automatic transmission (shift by wire) driver if the jump starting is impossi-
is not shifted. ble to do.
In emergency, if you want to shift into 1) Open the storage cover.
[N], follow actions
2) Remove the rubber on bottom of
storage box.
3) Insert the driver (-) to service hole
as direction of clockwise 10 times.
The shifting is changed to [N] from
[P] position. If you want to shift to
[P] position, turn the driver count-
er-clockwise.
5 23
OKH053019L OKH053020L OKH053021L

1. If the shift lever is not operated as 2. If the transmission has some prob- 3. If the shifting condition is not
normal, the warning will be illumi- lem with main system, the warning matched by high engine RPM or
nated. We recommend that you will be illuminated. We recommend high vehicle speed, the warning will
contact an authorized Kia dealer. that you contact an authorized Kia be illuminated. When you reduce
dealer. the engine RPM or vehicle speed,
the shifting will be operated.
5 24
OKH053022L OKH053023L OKH053024L

4. When you shift the transmission, if 5. When you shift into [P], if the vehi- 6. When the transmission is fixed on
you do not depress the brake pedal, cle speed is high, warning will be [M], the warning will be illuminated.
the warning will be illuminated. illuminated. Stop the vehicle at
safe area and shift into [P].
5 25
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B Good driving practices

• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
• Be sure the car is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
OKH053025L OKH053102L • Never take the car out of gear and
7. While stopping in [D], [R] and [M], If you do not press [UNLOCK] but- coast down a hill. This may be
when you get off the vehicle, the ton, the warning will be illuminated. extremely hazardous. Always leave
warning will be illuminated for your the car in gear when moving.
safety and the shifting is automati- • Do not "ride" the brakes. This can
cally changed to [P]. cause them to overheat and mal-
function. Instead, when you are
driving down a long hill, slow down
and shift to a lower gear. When you
do this, engine braking will help
slow the car.
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
5 26
• Always use the parking brake. Do

WARNING (Continued)
not depend on placing the trans-
mission in P (Park) to keep the car • Always buckle-up! In a colli- • In the event your vehicle
from moving. sion, an unbelted occupant is leaves the roadway, do not
significantly more likely to be steer sharply. Instead, slow
• Exercise extreme caution when
seriously injured or killed than down before pulling back into
driving on a slippery surface. Be
a properly belted occupant. the travel lanes.
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a • Avoid high speeds when cor- • Never exceed posted speed
slippery surface, an abrupt change nering or turning. limits.
in vehicle speed can cause the • Do not make quick steering
drive wheels to lose traction and wheel movements, such as
the vehicle to go out of control. sharp lane changes or fast,
• Optimum vehicle performance and sharp turns.
economy is obtained by smoothly • The risk of rollover is greatly
depressing and releasing the increased if you lose control of
accelerator pedal. your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over-
steers to reenter the roadway.
(Continued)
5 27
Moving up a steep grade from a

WARNING standing start
If your vehicle becomes stuck in To move up a steep grade from a
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you standing start, depress the brake
may attempt to rock the vehicle pedal, shift the shift lever to D (Drive)
free by moving it forward and or [1st] gear of [M] mode. Select the
backward. Do not attempt this appropriate gear depending on load
procedure if people or objects weight and steepness of the grade,
are anywhere near the vehicle. and release the parking brake.
During the rocking operation the Depress the accelerator gradually
vehicle may suddenly move for- while releasing the service brakes.
age to nearby people or objects.
5 28
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes (Continued)
Your vehicle has power-assisted
WARNING - Brakes
• Do not drive with your foot Always test your brakes in
brakes that adjust automatically this fashion after driving
through normal usage. resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high through deep water. To dry the
In the event that the power-assisted brakes, apply them lightly
brake temperatures, excessive
brakes lose power because of a stalled while maintaining a safe for-
brake lining and pad wear, and
engine or some other reason, you can ward speed until brake per-
increased stopping distances.
still stop your vehicle by applying formance returns to normal.
greater force to the brake pedal than • When descending a long or
steep hill, shift to a lower gear • Always, confirm the position
you normally would. The stopping dis- of the brake and accelerator
tance, however, will be longer. and avoid continuous applica-
tion of the brakes. Continuous pedal before driving. If you
When the engine is not running, the don’t check the position of the
brake application will cause
reserve brake power is partially accelerator and brake pedal
the brakes to overheat and
depleted each time the brake pedal before driving, you may
could result in a temporary
is applied. Do not pump the brake depress the accelerator
loss of braking performance.
pedal when the power assist has instead of the brake pedal. It
been interrupted. • Wet brakes may impair the may cause a serious accident.
vehicle’s ability to safely slow
Pump the brake pedal only when
down; the vehicle may also
necessary to maintain steering con-
pull to one side when the
trol on slippery surfaces.
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way.
(Continued)
5 29
In the event of brake failure Disc brakes wear indicator

If service brakes fail to operate while Your vehicle has disc brakes. WARNING - Brake wear
the vehicle is in motion, you can When your brake pads are worn and This brake wear warning sound
make an emergency stop with the new pads are required, you will hear means your vehicle needs serv-
parking brake. The stopping dis- a high-pitched warning sound from ice. If you ignore this audible
tance, however, will be much greater your front brakes or rear brakes. You warning, you will eventually lose
than normal. may hear this sound come and go or braking performance, which
it may occur whenever you depress could lead to a serious accident.
WARNING - Parking brake the brake pedal.
Applying the parking brake while Please remember that some driving
the vehicle is moving at normal conditions or climates may cause a
speeds can cause a sudden loss brake squeal when you first apply (or
of control of the vehicle. If you lightly apply) the brakes. This is nor-
must use the parking brake to mal and does not indicate a problem
stop the vehicle, use great cau- with your brakes.
tion in applying the brake.
CAUTION
CAUTION • To avoid costly brake repairs,
do not continue to drive with
Do not operate the parking brake worn brake pads.
while the vehicle is moving
except in an emergency situa- • Always replace the front or
tion. It could damage the vehicle rear brake pads as pairs.
system and make endanger driv-
ing safety.
5 30
If at all possible, cease driving the

WARNING vehicle immediately. If that is not pos-
• To prevent unintentional sible, use extreme caution while
movement when stopped and operating the vehicle and only contin-
leaving the vehicle, do not use ue to drive the vehicle until you can
the gearshift lever in place of reach a safe location or repair shop.
the parking brake. Set the
parking brake AND make sure
the gearshift lever is securely
positioned in P (Park) for auto-
matic transmission equipped
vehicles. WK-23_TF
• Never allow anyone who is Check the brake warning light by

unfamiliar with the vehicle to turning the ignition switch ON (do not
touch the parking brake. If the start the engine). This light will be
parking brake is released illuminated when the parking brake is
unintentionally, serious injury applied with the ignition switch in the
may occur. START or ON position.
• All vehicles should always Before driving, be sure the parking
have the parking brake fully brake is fully released and the brake
engaged when parking to warning light is off.
avoid inadvertent movement If the brake warning light remains on
of the vehicle which can injure after the parking brake is released
occupants or pedestrians. while engine is running, there may be
a malfunction in the brake system.
Immediate attention is necessary.
5 31
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) (Continued)

Press your brake pedal as hard as
possible or as hard as the situation
• On roads where the road sur- warrants and allow the ABS to con-
WARNING face is pitted or has different trol the force being delivered to the
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent surface height. brakes.
accidents due to improper or The safety features of an ABS
dangerous driving maneuvers. (or ESC) equipped vehicle
Even though vehicle control is should not be tested by high
✽ NOTICE
improved during emergency speed driving or cornering. This A click sound may be heard in the
braking, always maintain a safe could endanger the safety of engine compartment when the vehi-
distance between you and yourself or others. cle begins to move after the engine is
objects ahead. Vehicle speeds started. These conditions are normal
should always be reduced dur- and indicate that the anti-lock brake
ing extreme road conditions. The ABS continuously senses the system is functioning properly.
The braking distance for cars speed of the wheels. If the wheels
equipped with an anti-lock brak- are going to lock, the ABS system • Even with the anti-lock brake sys-
ing system (or Electronic repeatedly modulates the hydraulic tem, your vehicle still requires suf-
Stability Control system) may be brake pressure to the wheels. ficient stopping distance. Always
longer than for those without it When you apply your brakes under maintain a safe distance from the
in the following road conditions. conditions which may lock the wheels, vehicle in front of you.
During these conditions the you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the • Always slow down when cornering.
vehicle should be driven at brakes, or feel a corresponding sensa- The anti-lock brake system cannot
reduced speeds: tion in the brake pedal. This is normal prevent accidents resulting from
and it means your ABS is active. excessive speeds.
• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-
ered roads. In order to obtain the maximum ben- • On loose or uneven road surfaces,
efit from your ABS in an emergency operation of the anti-lock brake sys-
• With tire chains installed. tem may result in a longer stopping
situation, do not attempt to modulate
(Continued) your brake pressure and do not try to distance than for vehicles equipped
pump your brakes. with a conventional brake system.
5 32
(Continued) CAUTION
• The ABS warning light will stay • When you drive on a road hav-
on for approximately 3 sec- ing poor traction, such as an
onds after the ignition switch icy road, and operate your
is ON. During that time, the brakes continuously, the ABS
ABS will go through self-diag- will be active continuously and
nosis and the light will go off if the ABS warning light may illu-
everything is normal. If the minate. Pull your car over to a
light stays on, you may have a
safe place and stop the engine.
problem with your ABS. We
recommend that you contact • Restart the engine. If the ABS
W-78 an authorized Kia dealer. warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a
CAUTION problem with the ABS. We rec-
• If the ABS warning light is on ommend that you contact an
and stays on, you may have a authorized Kia dealer.
problem with the ABS. In this
case, however, your regular
brakes will work normally.
(Continued)
5 33
✽ NOTICE Electric parking brake (EPB) 1. Depress the brake pedal.

When you jump start your vehicle (if equipped) 2. Pull up the EPB switch.
because of a drained battery, the Applying the parking brake Make sure the warning light comes
engine may not run as smoothly and on.
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of the low battery voltage. It Also, the EPB is applied automatical-
does not mean your ABS is malfunc- ly if the Auto Hold button is on when
tioning. the engine is turned off.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before CAUTION
driving the vehicle. Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is mov-
OKH052029
ing except in an emergency sit-
uation. It could damage the
vehicle system and endanger
driving safety.
OKH052030L
To apply the EPB (electric parking
brake):
5 34
Releasing the parking brake • Have the ignition switch or To release EPB (electric parking
ENGINE START/STOP button in brake) automatically:
the ON position. • Shift lever in P (Park)
• Depress the brake pedal With the engine running depress
Make sure the brake warning light the brake pedal and shift out of P
goes off. (Park) to R (Rear), N (Neutral) or D
(Drive).
• Shift lever in N (Neutral)
With the engine running depress
the brake pedal and shift out of N
OKH052031
(Neutral) to R (Rear) or D (Drive).
• Depress the accelerator pedal sat-
isfying the following conditions.
1. Engine running
2. Driver's seat belt fastened
3. Driver's door, engine hood and
trunk closed
4. Shift lever in R (Rear), D (Drive)
or M (Mode)
Make sure the brake warning light
OKH052032 goes off.
To release the EPB (electric parking
brake), press the EPB switch in the
following condition:
5 35
✽ NOTICE EPB (electric parking brake) may be ■ Type A ■ Type B
• For your safety, you can engage automatically applied when:

the EPB even though the ignition • The EPB is overheated
switch or ENGINE STOP/START • Reguested by other systems
button is in the OFF position, but • The engine is turned off with the
you cannot release it. EPB applied
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking
brake manually with the EPB
switch when you drive downhill or
when backing up the vehicle.
OKH053033L
CAUTION • If you try to drive off depressing the

• If the parking brake warning accelerator pedal with the EPB
light is still on even though applied, but doesn't release auto-
the EPB has been released, matically, a warning will sound and
we recommend that the sys- a message will appear.
tem be checked by an author- • If the driver's seat belt is not fas-
ized Kia dealer. tened and the engine hood or trunk
• Do not drive your vehicle with is opened, a warning will sound
the EPB applied. It may cause and a message will appear.
excessive brake pad and • If there is a problem with the vehi-
brake rotor wear. cle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the above situation occurs,
depress the brake pedal and release
EPB by pressing the EPB switch.
5 36
When the conversion from Auto Hold

WARNING CAUTION to EPB is not working properly a
• To prevent unintentional • A click sound may be heard warning will sound and a message
movement when stopped and while operating or releasing the will appear.
leaving the vehicle, do not use EPB, but these conditions are
the shift lever in place of the normal and indicate that the
parking brake. Set the parking EPB is functioning properly. CAUTION
brake and make sure the shift • When leaving your keys with a Depress the brake pedal when
lever is securely positioned in parking lot attendant or valet, the above message appears for
P (Park). make sure to inform him/her the Auto Hold and EPB may not
how to operate the EPB. activate.
• Never allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to • The EPB may malfunction if
touch the parking brake. If the you drive with the EPB applied.
parking brake is released • When you automatically release
unintentionally, serious injury EPB by depressing the acceler-
may occur. ator pedal, depress it slowly.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parking to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the car which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
5 37
■ Type A ■ Type B EPB malfunction indicator If this occurs, we recommend that

(if equipped) the system be checked by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESP indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESP is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
OKH054040L
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated because of ESC(elec- OKH053034
tronic stability control) signal, a warn-
ing will sound and a message will This warning light illuminates if the
appear. engine start/stop button is turned to
the ON position and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the sys-
tem is operation normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the igni-
tion switch or the engine start/stop
button is turned to the ON position,
this indicates that the EPB may have
malfunctioned.
5 38
Emergency braking ✽ NOTICE

CAUTION
If there is a problem with the brake During emergency braking by the
• The EPB warning light may illu- pedal while driving, emergency brak- EPB, the parking brake warning
minate if the EPB switch oper- ing is possible by pulling up and light will illuminate to indicate that
ates abnormally. Shut the holding the EPB switch. Braking is the system is operating.
engine off and turn it on again possible only while you are holding
after a few minutes. The warn- the EPB switch.
ing light will go off and the EPB CAUTION
switch will operate normally. If you continuously notice a
However, if the EPB warning WARNING
noise or burning smell when the
light is still on, we recommend Do not operate the parking EPB is used for emergency
that the system be checked by brake while the vehicle is mov- braking, we recommend that the
an authorized Kia dealer. ing except in an emergency sit- system be checked by an
• If the parking brake warning uation. authorized Kia dealer.
light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
switch was pulled up, the EPB
is not applied.
• If the parking brake warning
light blinks when the EPB
warning light is on, press the
switch, then pull it up. Once
more press it back to its origi-
nal position and pull it back
up. If the EPB warning does
not go off, we recommend that
the system be checked by an
5 39
When the EPB (electric parking AUTO HOLD (if equipped) Set up
brake) is not released ■ Type A
If the EPB does not release normally,
we recommend that you contact an
authorized Kia dealer by loading the
vehicle on a flatbed tow truck and
have the system checked.
OKH052035
■ Type B
OKH052037
1. With the driver's door, engine hood
and trunk closed, fasten the driver's
seat belt or depress the brake
pedal and then press the Auto Hold
button. The white AUTO HOLD indi-
cator will come on and the system
will be in the standby position.
2. When you stop the vehicle com-
OKH052036L pletely by depressing the brake
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle pedal, the AUTO HOLD indicator
in a standstill even though the brake changes from white to green.
pedal is not depressed after the driv- 3. The vehicle will remain stationary
er brings the vehicle to a complete even if you release the brake pedal.
stop by depressing the brake pedal. 4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
5 40
Leaving Cancel ✽ NOTICE

If you press the accelerator pedal with 1. To cancel the Auto Hold operation, • The Auto Hold does not operate
the shift lever in R (Reverse), D (Drive) press the Auto Hold switch while when:
or manual mode, the Auto Hold will be depressing the brake pedal. The - The driver's seat belt is unfas-
released automatically and the vehicle AUTO HOLD indicator will go out. tened and driver's door is opened
will start to move. The indicator 2. If you want to release it manually, - The engine hood is opened
changes from green to white. pull the EPB switch while depress- - The trunk is opened
ing the brake pedal. The AUTO - The shift lever is in P (Park)
HOLD indicator changes from - The EPB is applied
WARNING green to white and the system • For your safety, the Auto Hold
When driving off from Auto Hold changes to the standby position. automatically switches to EPB in
by depressing the accelerator For your safety, release the AUTO such cases:
pedal, always check the sur- HOLD operation manually if the - The driver's seat belt is unfas-
rounding area near your vehicle. vehicle ahead is too close or dur- tened and driver's door is opened
Slowly depress the accelerator ing downhill driving. - The engine hood is opened
pedal for a smooth launch. - The trunk is opened
- The vehicle is in a standstill for
more than 10 minutes
- The vehicle is standing on a steep
slope for a long period of time
- The vehicle moved several times
In these cases, the brake warning
light comes on, the AUTO HOLD
indicator changes from green to
white, and a warning sounds and a
message will appear to inform you
that EPB has been automatically
engaged.
(Continued)
5 41
(Continued) ■ Type A ■ Type B

Before driving off again, press foot CAUTION
brake pedal, check the surround- If there is a malfunction with the
ing area near your vehicle and driver’s door, hood or trunk
release parking brake manually open detection system, the Auto
with the EPB switch. Hold may not work properly.
• If the AUTO HOLD indicator We recommend that you contact
lights up yellow, the Auto Hold is an authorized Kia dealer.
not working properly. Take your
vehicle to an authorized Kia deal-
er and have the system checked.
OKH054040L
WARNING When the EPB is applied from Auto
• Press the accelerator pedal Hold, the notice will illuminate on the
slowly when you start the LCD display. Also warning chime
vehicle. sounds once.
• For your safety, cancel the
Auto Hold when you drive
downhill or back up the vehi-
cle or park the vehicle.
5 42
OKH053042L OKH053041L OKH053046L

If it is impossible to apply EPB from If you did not apply the brake pedal When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
Auto Hold, the notice will illuminate when you release the Auto Hold by switch, if the driver door, engine
on the LCD display. Also warning pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, hood and trunk are not closed or the
chime sounds once. In that time, the notice will illuminate on the LCD driver seat belt is not fastened, the
apply the brake pedal. display. Also warning chime sounds notice will illuminate on the LCD dis-
once. play. Also warning chime sounds
CAUTION once. In that time, press the [AUTO
HOLD] button after closing the driver
If this notice illuminates, the door, engine hood and trunk and fas-
Auto Hold and EPB may not be tening the seat belt.
operated. For your safety, apply
the brake pedal.
5 43
Electronic Stability Control The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) (If equipped) WARNING (ESC) system is an electronic sys-
Never drive too fast according to tem designed to help the driver main-
the road conditions or too quick- tain vehicle control under adverse
ly when cornering. Electronic conditions. It is not a substitute for
Stability Control (ESC) will not safe driving practices. Factors includ-
prevent accidents. Excessive ing speed, road conditions and driv-
speed in turns, abrupt maneu- er steering input can all affect
vers and hydroplaning on wet whether ESC will be effective in pre-
surfaces can still result in seri- venting a loss of control. It is still your
ous accidents. Only a safe and responsibility to drive and corner at
attentive driver can prevent acci- reasonable speeds and to leave a
dents by avoiding maneuvers sufficient margin of safety.
that cause the vehicle to lose When you apply your brakes under
OKH052043 traction. Even with ESC conditions which may lock the
The Electronic Stability Control installed, always follow all the wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
(ESC) system is designed to stabi- normal precautions for driving - sound from the brakes, or feel a cor-
lize the vehicle during cornering including driving at safe speeds responding sensation in the brake
maneuvers. ESC checks where you for the conditions. pedal. This is normal and it means
are steering and where the vehicle is your ESC is active.
actually going. ESC applies the
brakes on individual wheels and
intervenes with the engine manage-
ment system to stabilize the vehicle.
5 44
✽ NOTICE ESC operation When operating

A click sound may be heard in the ESC ON condition When the ESC is in opera-
engine compartment when the vehi- • When the ignition is turned tion, the ESC indicator light
cle begins to move after the engine is - ON, ESC and ESC OFF blinks.
started. These conditions are normal indicator lights illuminate for • When the Electronic
and indicate that the Electronic approximately 3 seconds, Stability Control is operat-
Stability Control System is function- then ESC is turned on. ing properly, you can feel a
ing properly. • Press the ESC OFF but- slight pulsation in the vehi-
ton for at least half a sec- cle. This is only the effect
ond after turning the igni- of brake control and indi-
tion ON to turn ESC off. cates nothing unusual.
(ESC OFF indicator will • When moving out of the
illuminate). To turn the mud or slippery road,
ESC on, press the ESC pressing the accelerator
OFF button (ESC OFF pedal may not cause the
indicator light will go off). engine rpm (revolutions
• When starting the engine, per minute) to increase.
you may hear a slight tick-
ing sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.
5 45
ESC operation off ■ Type A ■ Type B ■ Type A ■ Type B
ESC OFF state

This car has 2 kinds of ESC
off states.
If the engine stops when
ESC is off, ESC remains off.
Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically
turn on again.
OKH053047L OKH053048L
• ESC off state 1 • ESC off state 2
To cancel ESC operation, press the To cancel ESC operation, press the
ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) ESC OFF button (ESC OFF ) for
shortly (ESC OFF indicator light more than 3 seconds. ESC OFF indi-
(ESC OFF ) illuminates). At this cator light (ESC OFF ) illuminates
state, the engine control function and ESC OFF warning chime will
does not operate. It means the trac- sound. At this state, the engine con-
tion control function does not oper- trol function and brake control func-
ate. Brake control function only oper- tion do not operate. It means the car
ates. stability control function does not
operate any more.
5 46
Indicator light ESC OFF usage

CAUTION When driving
■ ESC indicator light Driving with varying tire or wheel • ESC should be turned on for daily
sizes may cause the ESC system driving whenever possible.
to malfunction. When replacing
tires, make sure they are the • To turn ESC off while driving, press
same size as your original tires. the ESC OFF button while driving
■ ESC OFF indicator light
on a flat road surface.
WARNING WARNING
The Electronic Stability Control Never press the ESC OFF but-
is only a driving aid; use pre- ton while ESC is operating (ESC
When ignition switch is turned to the cautions for safe driving by indicator light blinks).
ON position, the indicator light illumi- slowing down on curved, If ESC is turned off while ESC is
nates, then goes off if the ESC sys- snowy, or icy roads. Drive slow- operating, the vehicle may slip
tem is operating normally. ly and don’t attempt to acceler- out of control.
ate whenever the ESC indicator
The ESC indicator light blinks when- light is blinking, or when the
ever ESC is operating or illuminates road surface is slippery. ✽ NOTICE
when ESC fails to operate.
• When operating the vehicle on a
ESC OFF indicator light comes on dynamometer, ensure that the
when the ESC is turned off with the ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
button. illuminated). If the ESP is left on,
it may prevent the vehicle speed
from increasing, and result in false
diagnosis.
• Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
5 47
Hill-start assist control (HAC) Good braking practices • After parking the vehicle, check to
(if equipped) be sure the parking brake is not
engaged and that the parking
A vehicle has the tendency to slip WARNING brake indicator light is out before
back on a steep hill when it starts to • Whenever leaving vehicle or driving away.
go after stopping. The Hill-start Assist parking, always set the park-
Control (HAC) prevents the vehicle • Driving through water may get the
ing brake as far as possible brakes wet. They can also get wet
from slipping back by operating the and fully engage the vehicle's
brakes automatically for about 2 sec- when the car is washed. Wet
transmission into the park brakes can be dangerous! Your car
onds. The brakes are released when position. Vehicles not fully
the accelerator pedal is depressed or will not stop as quickly if the brakes
engaged in park with the park- are wet. Wet brakes may cause the
after about 2 seconds. ing brake set are at risk for car to pull to one side.
moving inadvertently and
injuring yourself or others. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
WARNING lightly until the braking action
The HAC is activated only for • All vehicles should always returns to normal, taking care to
about 2 seconds, so when the have the parking brake fully keep the car under control at all
vehicle is starting off always engaged when parking to times. If the braking action does not
depress the accelerator pedal. avoid inadvertent movement return to normal, stop as soon as it
of the car which can injure is safe to do so and call an author-
occupants or pedestrians. ized Kia dealer for assistance.
✽ NOTICE
• Do not coast down hills with the car
• The HAC does not operate when out of gear. This is extremely haz-
the transaxle shift lever is in the P ardous. Keep the car in gear at all
(Park) or N (Neutral) position. times, use the brakes to slow
• The HAC activates even though down, then shift to a lower gear so
the ESC is off but it does not acti- that engine braking will help you
vate when the ESC has malfunc- maintain a safe speed.
tioned.
5 48
• Do not "ride" the brake pedal. • Be cautious when parking on a hill. • Do not hold the vehicle on the
Resting your foot on the brake Firmly engage the parking brake upgrade with the accelerator
pedal while driving can be danger- and place the shift lever in P (Park). pedal. This can cause the trans-
ous because it can result in the If your car is facing downhill, turn mission to overheat. Always use
brakes overheating and losing their the front wheels into the curb to the brake pedal or parking brake.
effectiveness. It also increases the help keep the car from rolling. If
wear of the brake components. your car is facing uphill, turn the
• If a tire goes flat while you are driv- front wheels away from the curb to
ing, apply the brakes gently and help keep the car from rolling. If
keep the car pointed straight there is no curb or if it is required by
ahead while you slow down. When other conditions to keep the car
you are moving slowly enough for it from rolling, block the wheels.
to be safe to do so, pull off the road • Under some conditions your park-
and stop in a safe place. ing brake can freeze in the
• If your car is equipped with an engaged position. This is most like-
automatic transmission, don't let ly to happen when there is an accu-
your car creep forward. To avoid mulation of snow or ice around or
creeping forward, keep your foot near the rear brakes or if the brakes
firmly on the brake pedal when the are wet. If there is a risk that the
car is stopped. parking brake may freeze, apply it
only temporarily while you put the
shift lever in P (Park) and block the
rear wheels so the car cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
5 49
ADVANCED VEHICLE SAFTY MANAGMENT (AVSM) (IF EQUIPPED)

AVSM detects the distance from the ■ Type A ■ Type B
vehicle ahead with the sensor, to CAUTION
warn you before collision and protect Always check the road condi-
you in certain hazardous situations tions to prevent danger even if
by using warning message, warning the warning light does not illu-
sound and seat belt vibration. minate, the warning sound does
not operate or the accelerator
❈ The seat belt vibration is a option- pedal/seat belt does not vibrate.
al function.
OKH053049L
• If the AVSM senses the object
ahead too near the vehicle and if dri-
ver's operating of the brake pedal or
the steering wheel should be need-
ed, the warning light illuminates.
Immediately reduce your speed.
• If the AVSM senses more danger-
ous, the warning sound also oper-
ates and the seat belt vibrates.
Immediately reduce your speed.
❈ The seat belt vibration is a option-

al function.
5 50
Brake operating Seat belt operating (if equipped) User setting mode
• If the AVSM senses the collision, The seat belt tightens when the vehi- ■ Type A ■ Type B
the brake system comes to stan- cle senses a collision.
dard mode to react promptly when
the driver operates the brake pedal.
WARNING
• If the driver releases the accelera-
The AVSM operates according
tor after warning in hazardous situ-
to the distance from the vehicle
ations, the AVSM automatically
ahead, relative velocity and dri-
brakes the vehicle gently.
ver's operation of the brake or
• If the driver hits the brake to reduce accelerator pedal. Do not drive
vehicle speed, the brake assistant dangerously to operate the
system operates to raise efficiency AVSM.
of braking. OKH053123L
• If danger disappears, if the driver 1. In user setting mode, select the
depresses the accelerator or if the AVSM.
driver releases the brake pedal, 2. If you select [OFF], the warning for
the brake operating stop. collision or brake control is can-
celled and [AVSM OFF] indicator
WARNING will turn on. If you select [ON], the
warning for collision or brake con-
The AVSM does not stop the trol is operated and [AVSM OFF]
vehicle completely and does indicator will turn off.
not avoid collision. Always look
ahead cautiously to prevent
unexpected and sudden situa-
tions from occurring.
5 51
Malfunction indicator • The AVSM OFF indicator may illu-

minate when the ESC indicator or WARNING
SCC indicator comes on, but it • Even if there is a malfunction
does not indicate malfunction of to the brake operating of the
the AVSM. AVSM, when you depress the
brake pedal, the brake is oper-
ating normally. But, the AVSM
WARNING brake operating does not
The AVSM is not a substitute for operate even in certain haz-
safe driving practices but a sup- ardous situations.
plementary function only. It is • The AVSM is designed to
the responsibility of the driver to function above approximately
always check the speed and the 15 km/h (9.3 mph) and below
OKH053118 distance to the vehicle ahead. approximately 180 km/h (111.8
• The AVSM OFF indicator will illumi- mph).
nate when the engine start/stop but-
• The AVSM does not react to
ton is turned ON, but should go off
after approximately 3 seconds. If the - Persons or animals.
indicator does not come on, or con- - Oncoming vehicles in the
tinuously remains on after coming opposite lane or the vehicle
on for about 3 seconds when you in the intersection.
turn the engine start/stop button to - Stopped objects.
the ON position, or if the indicator
comes on while driving, the AVSM is • The AVSM can not detect the
not working properly. We recom- objects certainly, when:
mend have the system checked by - The sensors are stained with
an authorized Kia dealer. dirt or covered.
(Continued)
5 52
(Continued)
- There is heavy rain or heavy
snow.
- There is interference by elec-
tromagnetic waves.
- There are strong radar
reflections.
- Driving in curve.
- Driving uphill or downhill.
- Driving in areas under con-
struction.
- The object ahead is very nar-
row such as motorcycles or
bicycles.
- The vehicle cuts in suddenly.
• The AVSM brake operating
does not operates, if the driv-
er does not release the accel-
erator pedal or does not oper-
ate the brake pedal.
5 53
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM

DRIVE mode / SNOW mode The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE button is pressed.
■ Type A
NORMAL
ECO SPORT
❈ When normal mode is selected, it

is not displayed on the cluster.
OKH052103
If the SNOW MODE button is
OKH052052
pressed, the SNOW mode will oper-
■ Type B The drive mode may be selected ate regardless of whichever DRIVE
according to the driver’s preference MODE (NORMAL/SPORT/ECO) is
or road condition. operating.
The system initializes to the normal If the button is pressed once more,
mode after the engine start/stop but- the DRIVE MODE (NORMAL/
ton has been turned off and on. SPORT/ECO) that was operating
previously will operate.
It is displayed on the AVN monitor ❈ SNOW MODE : if equipped
which mode the vehicle is in as below.
OKH052053L • NORMAL
• ECO
• SPORT
• SNOW (if equipped)
5 54
ECO mode (Active ECO) When Active ECO is activated: Limitation of Active ECO operation:
Active ECO helps improve • The acceleration may slightly be If the following conditions occur while
ECO fuel efficiency by control- reduced eventhough you depress Active ECO is operating, the system
ling certain engine and the accelerator fully. operation is limited even though there
transaxle system operat- • The air conditioner performance is no change in the ECO indicator.
ing parameters. Fuel effi- may be limited • When the coolant temperature is
ciency depends on the low:
driver's driving habit and • The shift pattern of the automatic
road condition. transaxle may change. The system will be limited until
• The engine noise may get louder. engine performance becomes nor-
• When the DRIVE MODE mal.
button is pressed and
the ECO mode is select- • When driving up a hill:
The above situations are normal
ed, the ECO indicator conditions when the active eco sys- The system will be limited to gain
(green) will illuminate to tem is activated to improve fuel effi- power when driving uphill because
show that the Active ciency. the engine torque is restricted.
ECO is operating. • When using manual mode:
• When the Active ECO is The system will be limited accord-
activated, and the engine ing to the shift location.
start/stop button is turned • When the accelerator pedal is
off and on it will change deeply depressed for a few seconds:
to NORMAL mode. To
turn on the ECO mode The system will be limited, judging
press the DRIVE MODE that the driver wants to speed up.
button till it is selected.
5 55
SPORT mode ✽ NOTICE SNOW mode (if equipped)

SPORT mode focuses on In Sport drive mode, the fuel effi- Snow mode helps the
SPORT dynamic driving by auto- ciency may decrease. SNOW driver to drive more effec-
matically controlling the tively on slippery roads
steering wheel, engine such as snowy or muddy
and transaxle system. roads.
• When the DRIVE MODE • If the SNOW MODE but-
button is pressed and the ton is pressed, the
SPORT mode is select- SNOW mode will operate
ed, the SPORT indicator regardless of whichever
(yellow) will illuminate. DRIVE mode (NOR-
• When the SPORT mode MAL/SPORT/ECO) is
is activated, and the operating. If the button is
engine start/stop button pressed once more, the
is turned off and on it will DRIVE mode (NOR-
change to NORMAL MAL/SPORT/ECO) that
mode. To turn on the was operating previously
SPORT mode press will operate.
DRIVE MODE button
again.
• If the system is activated:
- After speeding, it main-
tains the gear and RPM
for some time even
though the accelerator
pedal is not depressed.
- Up-shifting is delayed.
5 56
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED SUSPENSION (ECS) (IF EQUIPPED)

To control the vehicle height • When you drive under 80km/h in
• Push the vehicle height control but- the LOW mode, the NORMAL
ton to select the HIGH mode that mode will be selected automatically.
makes the vehicle height be higher • When the engine start/stop button
than the NORMAL mode and the is turned off with the HIGH mode
indicator light on the vehicle height selected, the HIGH mode will be
control button will illuminate. It is maintained.
useful in a rough road. It is to prevent damage under the
• Push the vehicle height control but- vehicle when parked in rough roads.
ton again to select the NORMAL • The height of the vehicle may be
mode that makes the vehicle adjusted after the engine start/stop
OKH052054
height lower than the HIGH mode. button is turned off for
ECS controls the vehicle suspension The indicator light in the vehicle 2hours/5hours/10hours.
automatically to maximize passenger height control button will go off. It is to compensate vehicle height
comfort by using the air spring in the • When the vehicle stops with the affected by outside temperature.
suspension. shift lever in P(Park) or N(Neutral),
You can also control the vehicle sus- you may change the vehicle height.
pension manually in NORMAL mode ✽ NOTICE
• When you drive under 70km/h, you
or HIGH mode. may select the HIGH mode. • When you drive over 70km/h, you
may not select the HIGH mode.
• If the vehicle speed exceeds • Do not operate ECS when the air
70km/h while driving in the HIGH filter of the compressor in the
mode, the NORMAL mode will be lower part of the vehicle sinks
selected automatically. under the water.
• If the vehicle speed exceeds Indraft of water into the compres-
120km/h while driving in NORMAL sor may happen, and ECS may not
mode, the LOW mode that is lower operate normally.
than NORMAL mode will be select-
ed automatically. LOW mode can
not be selected manually.
5 57
ECS (electronic controlled We recommend that the system be (Continued)

suspension) malfunction indi- checked by an authorized Kia dealer. • When one side of the vehicle was
cator The ECS malfunction indicator may lifted with a jack, the height may
illuminate when the ESC indicator not temporarily be adjusted. The
■ Type A ■ Type B ECS will operate normally when
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not the engine is turned on again or
indicate malfunction of the ECS. when the vehicle is accelerated.
• When the vehicle is not driven for
a long period of time, vehicle
✽ NOTICE height may get low. The ECS will
• Make sure there are no objects operate normally when the engine
under the vehicle before changing is turned on.
the vehicle height.
• A click sound may be heard while ✽ NOTICE
operating ECS, but these condi- • If the battery is discharged, the
OKH053055 tions are normal and indicate that ECS malfunction indicator may
The ECS malfunction indicator will ECS is functioning properly. illuminate to protect the system.
illuminate when the engine start/stop • Depending on the outside temper- • When the height is adjusted
button is turned to the ON position, ature the vehicle height may be repeatedly, the height may not
but should go off after approximately different. temporarily be adjusted for the
3 seconds. If the warning light does • When the vehicle is parked with one compressor overheats. This is to
not come on, or continuously side of the vehicle lifted or vehicle prevent damage to related parts.
remains on after coming on for about speed is suddenly accelerated/decel-
3 seconds when you turn the engine erated or the steering wheel is sud-
start/stop button to the ON position, denly turned, the height may not
the ECS is not working properly. temporarily be adjusted. This is to
protect the system.
If ECS malfunction indicator comes (Continued)
on while driving, ECS is not working
properly.
5 58
Towing your vehicle
OKH052105
CAUTION
When you load the vehicle onto
the tow truck, the loading angle
OKH052104
(1) should be smaller than 5°.
CAUTION
If the ECS malfunction indicator
illuminates when there is no air in
the suspension, the vehicle
height will be very low, so do not
drive to protect the vehicle from
the projections on the surface of
the ground. We recommend that
the system be checked by an
authorized Kia dealer.You should
tow the vehicle as the picture.
5 59
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING (Continued)
• If the cruise control is left on, • Be careful when driving
(CRUISE indicator light in the downhill using the cruise con-
instrument cluster is illumi- trol system, which may
nated), the cruise control can increase the vehicle speed.
be switched on accidentally.
Keep the cruise control sys-
tem off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the cruise
control is not in use, to avoid
OKH052057 inadvertently setting a speed.
1. Cruise indicator • Use the cruise control system
2. Cruise set indicator only when driving on open
highways in good weather.
The cruise control system allows you • Do not use the cruise control
to program the vehicle to maintain a when it may not be safe to keep
constant speed without depressing the vehicle at a constant speed,
the accelerator pedal. for instance, driving in heavy or
varying traffic, or on slippery
This system is designed to function (rainy, icy or snow-covered) or
above approximately 30 km/h (20 winding roads or over 6% up-
mph). hill or down-hill roads.
• Pay particular attention to the
driving conditions whenever
using the cruise control sys-
tem.
(Continued)
5 60
✽ NOTICE Cruise control switch To set cruise control speed:

• During normal cruise control oper-
ation, when the SET switch is acti-
vated or reactivated after applying
the brakes, the cruise control will
energize after approximately 3 sec-
onds. This delay is normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the
ON position or starting the engine.
This is to check if the brake switch
which is important part to cancel
OKH052119L OKH052058
cruise control is in normal condi-
tion. CRUISE : Turns cruise control sys- 1. Move the lever up (to CRUISE), to
tem on or off. turn the system on. The CRUISE
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control indicator light will illuminate.
operation. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise which must be more than 30 km/h
control speed. (20 mph).
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-
trol speed.
5 61
To increase cruise control set To decrease the cruising

speed: speed:
OKH052059
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
and release it at the desired OKH052060 OKH052059
speed. The SET indicator light will
illuminate. Release the accelerator Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures:
pedal at the same time. The • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and
desired speed will automatically hold it. Your vehicle will accelerate. hold it. Your vehicle will gradually
be maintained. Release the lever at the speed you slow down. Release the lever at the
On a steep grade, the vehicle may want. speed you want to maintain.
slow down or speed up slightly while • Move the lever up (to RES+) and • Move the lever down (to SET-) and
going uphill or downhill. release it immediately. The cruising release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 2.0 km/h or speed will decrease by 2.0 km/h or
1 mph each time you move the 1 mph each time you move the
lever up (to RES+) in this manner. lever down (to SET-) in this manner.
5 62
To temporarily accelerate with To cancel cruise control, do • Increasing the vehicle speed to
the cruise control on: one of the following: more than approximately 200 km/h
(125 mph).
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on, • The ESC is operating.
depress the accelerator pedal. • Downshifting to the 2nd gear with
Increased speed will not interfere manual mode.
with cruise control operation or • Operating the EPB switch. Do not
change the set speed. operate the parking brake while
To return to the set speed, take your driving except in an emergency sit-
foot off the accelerator pedal. uation.
If you move the lever down (to SET-)
at increased speed, the cruising Each of these actions will cancel
speed will be set again. cruise control operation (the SET
OKH052061 indicator light in the instrument clus-
• Depress the brake pedal. ter will go off), but it will not turn the
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an auto- system off. If you wish to resume
matic transaxle. cruise control operation, move up the
lever (to RES+) located on your
• Move up the lever (to CANCEL) steering wheel. You will return to your
located on the steering wheel. previously preset speed.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 20
km/h (12 mph).
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 30 km/h (20
mph).
5 63
To resume cruising speed at ✽ NOTICE To turn cruise control off, do

more than approximately 30 Always check the road conditions one of the following:
km/h (20 mph): when you move the lever up (to
RES+) to resume the speed.
OKH052058
OKH052060 • Move the lever up (to CRUISE).
If any method other than the (the CRUISE indicator light in the
CRUISE lever was used to cancel instrument cluster will go off)
cruising speed and the system is still • Turn the ignition off.
activated, the most recent set speed
will automatically resume when you
move the lever up (to RES+). Both of these actions cancel cruise
control operation. If you want to
It will not resume, however, if the resume cruise control operation,
vehicle speed has dropped below repeat the steps provided in “To set
approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). cruise control speed” on the previous
page.
5 64
ADVANCED SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

■ Type A The smart cruise control system
allows you to program the vehicle to WARNING
maintain constant speed and dis- • If the smart cruise control is
tance detecting the vehicle ahead left on, (cruise indicator light
without depressing the accelerator in the instrument cluster illu-
pedal. minated) the smart cruise con-
trol can be activated uninten-
WARNING tionally. Keep the smart cruise
control system off (cruise indi-
For your safety, please read the cator light off) when the smart
OKH052062 owner's manual before using cruise control is not used.
■ Type B the smart cruise control system.
• Use the smart cruise control
system only when traveling
on open highways in good
✽ NOTICE weather.
To activate smart cruise control, • Do not use the smart cruise
depress the brake pedal at least once control when it may not be
after turning the ignition switch to safe to keep the car at a con-
the ON position or starting the stant speed. For instance,
engine. This is to check if the brake driving in heavy or varying
OKH053063 switch which is important part to traffic, or on slippery (rainy,
➀ Cruise indicator
cancel smart cruise control is in nor- icy or snow-covered) or wind-
mal condition. ing roads or steep hills.
➁ SET indicator
• Pay particular attention to the
➂ Set speed driving conditions whenever
➃ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance using the smart cruise control
system.
(Continued)
5 65
(Continued) Speed setting

• The smart cruise control sys- To set cruise control speed:
tem is not a substitute for safe
driving. It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check
the speed and distance of the
vehicle ahead.
• Be careful when driving
downhill using the ASCC.
OKH052065
3. Move the lever down (to SET-),
OKH052064
and release it at the desired speed.
The SET indicator light, set speed
1. Move the lever up (to CRUISE), to and vehicle to vehicle distance on
turn the system on. The CRUISE the LCD screen will illuminate.
indicator light in the instrument
cluster will illuminate. 4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automati-
2. Accelerate to the desired speed. cally be maintained.
The smart cruise control speed If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
can be set as follows: speed may decrease to maintain the
• 30 km/h~180 km/h: when there is distance to the vehicle ahead.
no vehicle in front On a steep grade, the vehicle may
• 0 km/h~180 km/h: when there is a slow down or speed up slightly while
vehicle in front going uphill or downhill.
5 66
To increase cruise control set To decrease the crusie control To temporarily accelerate with the
speed: set speed: cruise control on:
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with cruise control operation or
change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator.
If you move the lever down (to SET-)
at increased speed, the cruising
speed will be set again.
OKH052066 OKH052065
Follow either of these procedures: Follow either of these procedures: ✽ NOTICE

• Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and Be careful when accelerating tem-
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will hold it. Your vehicle set speed will porarily, because the speed is not
increase by 10 km/h. Release the decrease by 10 km/h. Release the controlled automatically at this
lever at the speed you want. lever at the speed you want. time even if there is a vehicle in front
• Move the lever up (to RES+), and • Move the lever down (to SET-), and of you.
release it immediately. The cruising release it immediately. The cruising
speed will increase by 1.0 km/h speed will decrease by 1.0 km/h
each time you move the lever up each time you move the lever down
(to RES+) in this manner. (to SET-) in this manner.
• You can set the speed to 180 km/h • You can set the speed to 30 km/h
(113 mph). (18.6 mph).
5 67
Smart Cruise control will be tem- Cancelled automatically • The accelerator pedal is continu-
porarily canceled when: • The driver's door is opened. ously depressed for more than 1
minute.
• The shift lever is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or D (Drive). Each of these actions will cancel
• The EPB (electronic parking brake) the smart cruise control operation.
is applied. (the SET indicator, set speed and
• The vehicle speed is over 180km/h vehicle to vehicle distance on the
(113mph) LCD display will go off.)
• The vehicle stops on a steep incline. In a condition the smart cruise con-
trol is cancelled automatically, the
• The ESC or ABS is operating. smart cruise control will not resume
• The ESC is turned off. even though the RES+ or SET-
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or lever is moved. Also, the EPB (elec-
OKH052067 blocked with foreign matter. tronic parking brake) will be applied
Cancelled manually • When the vehicle is stopped for when the vehicle is stopped.
• The brake pedal is depressed. over 5 minutes.
• Move down the lever (to CANCEL) • The vehicle stops and go repeat- CAUTION
located on the steering wheel. edly for a long period of time. If the smart cruise control is
• The driver starts driving by cancelled by other than the rea-
depressing the accelerator pedal sons mentioned, we recom-
The advanced smart cruise control mend have the system checked
turns off temporarily when the indica- or move up the lever (to RES+), if a
vehicle stops far away ahead of the by an authorized Kia dealer.
tor on the LCD display turns off.
your vehicle.
The CRUISE indicator is illuminated
continuously.
5 68
■ Type A ■ Type B To resume cruise control set ✽ NOTICE

speed: Always check the road conditions
when you move the lever up (to RES+)
to resume speed.
OKH053068L
If the system is cancelled, the warn-
ing chime will sound and a message OKH052066
will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by If any method other than the CRUISE
lever was used to cancel cruising
depressing the accelerator or brake
speed and the system is still activat-
pedal according to the road condition ed, the cruising speed will automati-
ahead and driving condition. cally resume when you move the
Always check the road conditions. lever up/down (to RES+ or SET-).
Do not rely on the warning chime. If you move the lever up (to RES+),
the speed will resume to the recently
set speed. It will not resume if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 30km/h (18.6mph).
5 69
To turn cruise control off: Vehicle to vehicle distance Each time the button is pressed, the
setting vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
To set vehicle to vehicle distance:
Distance 4 Distance 3 Distance 2
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 90 km/h

(56 mph), the distance maintain as
follows;
OKH052064 Distance 4 - approximately 52.5 m

Move the lever up (to CRUISE). (the Distance 3 - approximately 40 m
CRUISE indicator light in the instru- OKH052069 Distance 2 - approximately 32.5 m
ment cluster will go off). This function allows you to program Distance 1 - approximately 25 m
the vehicle to maintain relative dis-
tance to the vehicle ahead without
depressing the accelerator pedal or ✽ NOTICE
brake pedal. The 'Distance 4' is always set when
The vehicle to vehicle distance will the system is used for the first time
automatically activate when the after starting the engine.
smart cruise control system is on.
Select the appropriate distance
according to road conditions and
vehicle speed.
5 70
CAUTION
• The warning chime sounds
and malfunction indicator
blinks if it is hard to maintain
the selected distance to the
vehicle ahead.
Distance 3
• If the warning chime sounds,
Distance 4
actively adjust the vehicle
Distance 4 Distance 3 speed by depressing the
brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and
driving condition.
• Even if the warning chime is
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving condi-
tions to prevent dangerous
Distance 2 Distance 1 Distance 2 Distance 1 situations from occurring.
OKH053070/OKH053071
• The vehicle will maintain the set speed, when the lane ahead is clear.
• The vehicle will slow down or speed up to maintain the selected distance,
when there is a vehicle ahead of you in the lane. (A vehicle will appear in
front of your vehicle in the LCD display only when there is an actual vehi-
cle in front of you)
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up, your vehicle will travel at a steady cruising
speed after accelerating to the selected speed.
5 71
■ Type A ■ Type B In traffic situation Distance to distance vehicle sen-

sor
OKH053072L
OKH053073L
CAUTION OKH053074L
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if The sensor detects the distance to
speed: less than 30km/h) disap- the vehicle ahead of you starts mov- the vehicle ahead.
pears to the next lane, the warning, your vehicle will start as well.
ing chime will sound and a mes- If the sensor is covered with dirt or
However, if the vehicle stops for other foreign matter, the vehicle to
sage will appear. Adjust your more than 3 seconds, you must
vehicle speed for vehicles or vehicle distance control may not
depress the accelerator pedal or operate correctly.
objects that can suddenly move up the lever (to RES+) to start
appear in front of you by driving. Always keep the area in front of the
depressing the brake pedal sensor clean.
according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
5 72
Sensor malfunction indicator SCC (Smart cruise control) malfunc-

If the sensor or cover is tion indicator CAUTION
dirty or obscured with The warning light illumi- • Do not install accessories
foreign matter such as nates when the vehicle around the sensor and do not
snow, the indicator will to vehicle distance con- replace the bumper by your-
illuminate. Clean the trol system is not func- self. It may interfere with the
sensor by using a soft tioning normally. sensor performance.
cloth. We recommend have the • Always keep the sensor and
system checked by an bumper clean.
authorized Kia dealer. • To prevent sensor cover dam-
age from occurring, wash the
car with a soft cloth.
• Do not damage the sensor or
sensor area by a strong
impact. If the sensor moves
slightly off position, the smart
cruise control system will not
operate correctly.
If this occurs, we recommend
that the system be checked by
• Use only a genuine Kia sensor
cover for your vehicle. Do not
paint anything on the sensor
cover.
5 73
To convert to cruise control 1. Turn the smart cruise control sys- Limitations of the system
mode: tem on (the cruise indicator light
will be on but the system will not
■ Type A
be activated).
2. Push the distance to distance
switch for more than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart cruise
control(SCC) mode" and "Cruise
control(CC) mode".
WARNING
OKH053106L When using the cruise control OBH058029
■ Type B mode, you must manually
access the distance to other The smart cruise control system may
vehicles as the system will not have limits to its ability to detect dis-
automatically brake to slow tance to the vehicle ahead due to
down for other vehicles. road and traffic conditions.
OKH053107L
The driver may choose to only use

the cruise control mode (speed con-
trol function) by doing as follows:
5 74
On curves On inclines
• On curves, the smart cruise control
system may not detect a moving
vehicle in your lane, and then your
vehicle could accelerate to the set
speed. Also, the vehicle speed will
rapidly down when the vehicle
ahead is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the OBH058030
road condition ahead and driving • Your vehicle speed can be reduced OBH058053
condition. due to a vehicle in the adjacent
lane. Adjust your vehicle speed by • During uphill or downhill driving,
depressing the brake pedal the smart cruise control system
according to the road condition may not detect a moving vehicle in
ahead and driving condition. Apply your lane, and cause your vehicle
the accelerator pedal and select to accelerate to the set speed.
the appropriate set speed. Check Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
to be sure that the road conditions down when the vehicle ahead is
permit safe operation of the smart recognized suddenly.
cruise control. • Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and adjust your vehicle
speed by depressing the accelera-
tor or brake pedal according to the
road condition ahead and driving
condition.
5 75
Lane changing • If a vehicle which moves into your

lane is faster than your vehicle,
your vehicle will accelerate to the
selected speed.
OHG050074
OBH058045 • Your vehicle may accelerate when

a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot • When you are warned that the
be recognized by the sensor until it vehicle ahead of you is not detect-
is in the sensor's detection range. ed, drive with caution.
• The sensor may not detect imme-
diately when a vehicle cuts in sud-
denly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a vehicle which moves into your
lane is slower than your vehicle,
your speed may decrease to main-
tain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
5 76
Vehicle recognition A vehicle ahead cannot be recog-

nized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
trunk
- While making turns by steering
- When driving to one side of the lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or on
curves
Adjust your vehicle speed by OHG050075
depressing the brake pedal accord- • When vehicles are at a standstill
OBH058046
ing to the road condition ahead and and the vehicle in front of you
Some vehicles ahead in your lane driving condition. changes to the next lane, be care-
cannot be recognized by the sensor ful when your vehicle starts to
as follows: move because it may not recognize
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcy- the stopped vehicle in front of you.
cles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or sudden-
decelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile such
as trailers with no loads
5 77
WARNING
• The smart cruise control sys-
tem cannot guarantee the
stop for every emergency sit-
uation.
If an emergency stop is nec-
essary, you must apply the
brakes.
• Keep a safe distance accord-
ing to road conditions and
OHG050076 OHG050077
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
• Always look out for pedestrians • Always be cautious for vehicles vehicle distance is too close
when your vehicle is maintaining a with higher height or vehicles car- during a high-speed driving, a
distance with the vehicle ahead. rying loads that sticks out to the serious collision may result.
back of the vehicle. • The smart cruise control sys-
tem cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians
or an oncoming vehicle.
Always look ahead cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occur-
ring.
(Continued)
5 78
(Continued) (Continued)
• When other vehicles are • As the smart cruise control
changing lanes in front of you system may not recognize
frequently, the smart cruise complex driving situations,
control system may not oper- always pay attention to driv-
ate appropriately. Always look ing conditions and control
ahead cautiously to prevent your vehicle speed.
unexpected and sudden situa- • For safe operation, carefully
tions from occurring. read and follow the instruc-
• The smart cruise control sys- tions in this manual before use.
tem is not a substitute for safe
driving practices but a con-
venience function only. It is CAUTION
the responsibility of the driver The smart cruise control system
to always check the speed may not operate temporarily
and the distance to the vehi- due to electrical interference.
cle ahead.
• Always be aware of the select-
ed speed and vehicle to vehi-
cle distance.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and deceler-
ate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
(Continued)
5 79
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING SYSTEM (LDWS) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING (Continued)
• The LDWS does not make the • Do not remove the LDWS
vehicle change lanes. It is the parts and do not affect the
driver's responsibility to sensor by a strong impact.
always check the road condi- • Do not put objects that reflect
tions. light on the dash board.
• Do not turn the steering wheel • Always check the road condi-
suddenly, when the LDWS tions because you may not
warns you that your vehicle is hear the warning chime
OKH053075L
leaving the lane. because of audio, and exter-
• If the sensor can not detect nal conditions.
the lane or if the vehicle speed
does not exceed 60km/h, the
LDWS won't warn you even
though the vehicle leaves the
lane.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of coating and
accessory on the front wind-
OKH053076L shield, the LDWS may not
This system detects the lane with the work properly.
sensor at the front windshield and • Do not let water or any kind of
warns you when your vehicle leaves liquid come in contact with
the lane. the LDWS sensor.
(Continued)
5 80
■ Type A ■ Type B ■ When the sensor detects the lane line ■ Lane departure warning (Type A)
Type A Type B Left Right
OKH053078 OKH053080
■ When the sensor doesn’t detect the lane line ■ Lane departure warning (Type B)
OKH053077 Type A Type B
To operate the LDWS, press the but- Left Right
ton with the engine start/stop button
in the ON position. The indicator
(green) illuminates on the cluster. To
cancel the LDWS, press the button
again.
OKH053079 OKH053081
If your vehicle leaves the lane when 1. Visual warning
the LDWS is operating and vehicle If you leave the lane, the lane you
speed exceeds 60km/h, the warning leave on the LCD display blinks yellow.
operates as follows:
2. Auditory warning
If you leave the lane, the warning
sound operates.
5 81
Warning indicator The LDWS does not operate The LDWS may not warn you
when: even if the vehicle leaves the
• The driver turns on the turn signal lane, or may warn you even if
to change lane. the vehicle does not leave the
lane when;
But, when the hazard warning
flasher is operating, the LDWS • The lane can't be visible due to
operates normally. snow, rain, stain, a puddle or many
• Driving on the lane line. other things.
• The brightness of the outside
changes suddenly such as tunnel
✽ NOTICE enter/exit.
To change lane, operate the turn sig- • Not turning on the headlight even
OKH053120 nal switch then change the lane. at night or in the tunnel, or light is
If the LDWS FAIL warning indicator weak.
(yellow) comes on, the LDWS is not • Difficult to distinguish the color of
working properly. If this occurs, we the lane from the road.
recommend that the system be • Driving on a steep grade or a curve.
• Light such as street light, sunlight
or oncoming vehicle light reflects
from the water on the road.
• The lens or windshield is stained
with foreign matter.
• The sensor cannot detect the lane
because of fog, heavy rain or
heavy snow.
5 82
• The surrounding of the inside rear • Driving with the sun in front of you.
view mirror temperature is high • Driving in areas under construc-
due to a direct ray of light. tion.
• The lane is very wide or narrow. • The lane line is more than two in
• The lane line is damaged or indis- either side (Left/Right)
tinct.
• The windshield is fogged by humid
air in the vehicle.
• The shadow is on the lane line by a
median strip.
• The sensor cannot distinguish the
lane from the road due to the dust.
• There is a mark similar to a lane
line.
• There is a boundary structure.
• The distance from vehicle ahead is
very short or the vehicle ahead
drives hiding the lane line.
• The vehicle shakes heavily.
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane lines are
crossing complicatedly.
• Putting something on the dash-
board.
5 83
BLIND SPOT DETECTION SYSTEM (BSD) (IF EQUIPPED)

(1) BSD (Blind spot detection)
The warning range depends on WARNING
your vehicle speed. However, if • Always check the road condi-
your vehicle is about 10 km/h (6 tion while driving for unex-
mph) faster than the other vehi- pected situations even though
cle, the system will not warn you. the Blind Spot Detection
(2) LCA (Lane change assist) System (BSD) is operating.
If the system detects a vehicle • The Blind Spot Detection
approaching you at high speed, System (BSD) is a system
the system will warn you. made for convenience. Do not
solely rely on the system but
(3) RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) always pay attention to drive
If the sensor detects an safely.
approaching vehicle from the left • The Blind Spot Detection
and right side as your vehicle System (BSD) is not a substi-
OVI053129L moves rearward, the system will tute for proper and safe lane
The Blind Spot Detection System warn you. changing procedures. Always
(BSD) uses a radar sensor to alert drive safely and use caution
the driver. when changing lanes. The
It senses the rear side territory of the Blind Spot Detection System
vehicle and provides and indication may not detect every object
to the driver. alongside the vehicle.
5 84
BSD (Blind Spot Detection) / When the system is not used turn the Warning type
LCA (Lane Change Assist) system off by turning off the switch. The system will activate when:
Operating conditions When the system is turned on the 1. The system is on
warning light will illuminate for 3 sec-
onds on the outside rearview mirror. 2. Vehicle speed is about 30 km/h
(18.6 mph)
3. Other vehicles are detected in the
rear side
OKH053082
The indicator on the switch will illumi-
nate when the Blind Spot Detection
System (BSD) switch is pressed with
the Engine Start/Stop Button ON.
If vehicle speed exceeds about 30
km/h (18.6 mph), the system will acti-
vate.
If you press the switch again, the
switch indicator and system will be
turned off.
If the ignition switch is turned OFF
and ON the system returns to the
previous state.
5 85
1st stage 2nd stage When the second stage alert is acti-
vated, a warning light will blink on the
outside rearview mirror, the head up
display and a alarm will sound.
If you move the turn signal switch to
the original position, the second
stage alert will be deactivated.
OKH032020L
OKH052084
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outside
rearview mirror and the head up dis-
play.
If the detected vehicle is not in warn-
ing range, the warning will turn off
according to driving conditions.
OKH032021L
The second stage alarm will activate
when:
1. The first stage alert is on
2. The turn signal is on to change a
lane
5 86
Detecting sensor Warning message ■ Type A ■ Type B
OKH053103L
OKH052085 OKH053104L If the system does not work properly,

a warning message will appear and
The sensors are located inside of the The message will appear to notify the light on the switch will turn off. The
rear bumper. the driver if there are foreign sub- system will turn off automatically.
Always keep the rear bumper clean stances on the rear bumper or it is
for the system to work properly. hot near the rear bumper. The light
on the switch and the system will We recommend that you have the
turn off automatically. vehicle inspected by an authorized
Kia dealer.
Remove the foreign matter on the
rear bumper.
If the system does not work normally

even though the foreign matter is
removed, we recommend that you
5 87
RCTA (Rear cross traffic alert) Operating conditions • The system operates when the
vehicle speed is below about 6.2
mph (10 km/h) with the shift lever
in R (Reverse).
• The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic
Alert) detecting range is about
0.5m ~ 20m based on the side
direction. However, the system
sensing range is different base on
conditions. Always pay attention to
the surrounding.
OVI053131 OKH053082
When your vehicle moves backwards • The indicator on the switch will llu-
from a parking position, the sensor minate when the Blind Spot
detects approaching vehicles to the Detection System (BSD) switch is
left or right side direction and gives pressed with the Engine Start/Stop
information to the driver. Button ON.
The system will turn on and stand-
by to activate
5 88
Warning type • If the vehicle detected by the sen-

sors approaches your vehicle, the WARNING
warning chime will sound, the warn- • The warning light on the out-
ing light on the outside rearview side rearview mirror will illu-
mirror will blink and a message will minate whenever a vehicle is
appear on the LCD display. detected at the rear side by
• If the detected vehicle is out of the the system.
sensing range of your vehicle, To avoid accidents, do not
move the vehicle away from the focus only on the warning
detected object slowly; the warning light and neglect to see the
will be cancelled. surrounding of the vehicle.
OVI053132 • The system may not operate prop- • Drive safely even though the
erly due to other factors or circum- vehicle is equipped with a
stances. Always pay attention to Blind Spot Detection System
your surrounding. (BSD) and Rear Cross Traffic
❈ If your vehicle's left or right side Alert (RCTA). Do not solely rely
bumper is blinded by barrier or on the system but check for
vehicles, the system sensing abili- yourself before changing lanes
ty may be reduced. or backing the vehicle up.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
OKH053213L
always check the surround-
ings while driving.
(Continued)
5 89
(Continued) Non-operating condition

CAUTION
• The Blind Spot Detection Driver's Attention
• The system may not work prop-
System (BSD) and Rear Cross erly if the bumper has been The driver must be cautious in the
Traffic Alert (RCTA) are not a replaced or if repair work has below situations for the system may
substitute for proper and safe been done near the sensor. not assist the driver and may not
driving. Always drive safely work properly.
and use caution when chang- • The detection area differs
ing lanes or backing the vehi- according to the roads width.
cles up. The Blind Spot If the road is narrow the sys- - Curved roads, tollgates, etc.
Detection System (BSD) may tem may detect other vehicles - The surrounding of the sensor is
not detect every object along- in the next lane. polluted with rain, snow, mud, etc
side the vehicle. • in addition, if the road is very - The rear bumper near the sensor is
wide the system may not covered or hidden with a foreign
detect other vehicles. matter such as a sticker, bumper
• The system may turn off due to guard, bicycle stand etc.
strong electromagnetic waves. - The rear bumper is damaged or the
sensor is out of place.
- The height of the vehicle is altered
such as when the trunk is loaded
with heavy objects, or there is low
tire pressure etc.
- Bad weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
- A fixed object is near such as a
guardrail, tunnel, human and ani-
mal etc.
5 90
- Metal substances are near the - When your vehicle is backing up, if Outside rearview mirror may not
vehicles such as in a construction the detected vehicle approaches alert the driver when:
area. your vehicle or also backs up. - The outside rearview mirror hous-
- A big vehicle is near such as a bus - Small objects like shopping carts ing is damaged or covered with
or truck. and baby carriages. debris.
- A motorcycle or bicycle is near. - If there is a vehicle with decreased - The window is covered with debris.
- A flat trailer like vehicle is near. ride height (lowered). - The windows are severely tinted.
- If the vehicle has started at the - When the vehicle is close to anoth-
same time as the vehicle next to it er vehicle.
and has accelerated. - When the vehicle in the next lane
- When the other vehicle passes by moves two lanes away from my
very fast. vehicle OR when the vehicle two
lanes away moves to the next lane
- When changing lanes. from my vehicle.
- When going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
- When the other vehicle drives at
the rear very nearby or drives very
close.
- When a trailer or carrier is installed.
- When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
- When the sensors are covered by
the vehicle, wall or a pillar of park-
ing lot.
5 91
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends • Do not "ride" the brake pedal. This • Keep your vehicle in good condi-
mainly on your style of driving, where can increase fuel consumption and tion. For better fuel economy and
you drive and when you drive. also increase wear on these com- reduced maintenance costs, main-
Each of these factors affects how ponents. In addition, driving with tain your vehicle in accordance
many kilometers (miles) you can get your foot resting on the brake pedal with the maintenance schedule in
from a liter (gallon) of fuel. To operate may cause the brakes to overheat, section 7. If you drive your vehicle
your vehicle as economically as pos- which reduces their effectiveness in severe conditions, more frequent
sible, use the following driving sug- and may lead to more serious con- maintenance is required (see sec-
gestions to help save money in both sequences. tion 7 for details).
fuel and repairs: • Take care of your tires. Keep them • Keep your vehicle clean. For maxi-
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a inflated to the recommended pres- mum service, your vehicle should
moderate rate. Do not make "jack- sure. Incorrect inflation, either too be kept clean and free of corrosive
rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and much or too little, results in unnec- materials. It is especially important
maintain a steady cruising speed. essary tire wear. Check the tire that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be
Do not race between stoplights. Try pressures at least once a month. allowed to accumulate on the
to adjust your speed to the traffic so • Be sure that the wheels are underside of the vehicle. This extra
you do not have to change speeds aligned correctly. Improper align- weight can result in increased fuel
unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic ment can result from hitting curbs consumption and also contribute to
whenever possible. Always maintain or driving too fast over irregular corrosion.
a safe distance from other vehicles surfaces. Poor alignment causes • Travel lightly. Do not carry unnec-
so you can avoid unnecessary brak- faster tire wear and may also result essary weight in your vehicle.
ing. This also reduces brake wear. in other problems as well as Weight reduces fuel economy.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The greater fuel consumption. • Do not let the engine idle longer
faster you drive, the more fuel your than necessary. If you are waiting
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate (and not in traffic), turn off your
speed, especially on the highway, engine and restart only when
is one of the most effective ways to you're ready to go.
reduce fuel consumption.
5 92
• Remember, your vehicle does not Keeping a vehicle in good operating

require extended warm-up. After condition is important both for econ-
the engine has started, allow the omy and safety. Therefore, we rec-
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds ommend that the system be serviced
prior to placing the vehicle in gear. by an authorized Kia dealer.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warm-
up period. WARNING - Engine off
• Do not "lug" or "over-rev" the during motion
engine. Lugging is driving too Never turn the engine off to
slowly in too high a gear resulting coast down hills or anytime the
engine bucking. If this happens, vehicle is in motion. The power
shift to a lower gear. Over-revving steering and power brakes will
is racing the engine beyond its safe not function properly without
limit. This can be avoided by shift- the engine running. Instead,
ing at the recommended speeds. keep the engine on and down-
• Use your air conditioning sparingly. shift to an appropriate gear for
The air conditioning system is engine braking effect. In addi-
operated by engine power so your tion, turning off the ignition
fuel economy is reduced when you while driving could engage the
use it. steering wheel lock (if
equipped) resulting in loss of
• Open windows at high speeds can vehicle steering which could
reduce fuel economy. cause serious injury or death.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
5 93
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS

Hazardous driving conditions Rocking the vehicle
When hazardous driving conditions
WARNING - Downshifting If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
are encountered such as water, Downshifting with an automatic to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar haz- transaxle, while driving on slip- first turn the steering wheel right and
ards, follow these suggestions: pery surfaces can cause an left to clear the area around your
accident. The sudden change in front wheels. Then, shift back and
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
tire speed could cause the tires forth between R (Reverse) and any
distance for braking.
to skid. Be careful when down- forward gear in vehicles equipped
• Avoid sudden braking or steering. shifting on slippery surfaces. with an automatic transaxle. Do not
race the engine, and spin the wheels
WARNING - ABS as little as possible. If you are still
Do not pump the brake pedal on stuck after a few tries, have the vehi-
a vehicle equipped with ABS. cle pulled out by a tow vehicle to
avoid engine overheating and possi-
ble damage to the transaxle.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels. CAUTION
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or Prolonged rocking may cause
other non-slip material under the engine over-heating, transaxle
drive wheels to provide traction damage or failure, and tire dam-
when stalled in ice, snow, or mud. age.
5 94
Smooth cornering
WARNING - Spinning WARNING
tires If your vehicle becomes stuck in
Do not spin the wheels, espe- snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
cially at speeds more than 56 may attempt to rock the vehicle
km/h (35 mph). Spinning the free by moving it forward and
wheels at high speeds when the backward. Do not attempt this
vehicle is stationary could procedure if people or objects
cause a tire to overheat which are anywhere near the vehicle.
could result in tire damage that During the rocking operation the
may injure bystanders. vehicle may suddenly move for-
age to nearby people or objects. OBH058035L
✽ NOTICE
Avoid braking or gear changing in
The ESC system should be turned corners, especially when roads are
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle. wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
5 95
Driving at night • Keep your headlights clean and Driving in the rain
properly aimed on vehicles not
equipped with the automatic head-
light aiming feature. Dirty or improp-
erly aimed headlights will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the head-
lights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
OVI059045 OKH053093L
Because night driving presents more Rain and wet roads can make driving
hazards than driving in the daylight, dangerous, especially if you’re not
here are some important tips to prepared for the slick pavement.
remember: Here are a few things to consider
• Slow down and keep more distance when driving in the rain:
between you and other vehicles, as • A heavy rainfall will make it harder
it may be more difficult to see at to see and will increase the dis-
night, especially in areas where tance needed to stop your vehicle,
there may not be any street lights. so slow down.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the • Keep your windshield wiping
glare from other driver's headlights. equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
5 96
• If your tires are not in good condi- Driving in flooded areas Highway driving
tion, making a quick stop on wet Avoid driving through flooded areas
pavement can cause a skid and
Tires
unless you are sure the water is no
possibly lead to an accident. Be higher than the bottom of the wheel
sure your tires are in good shape. hub. Drive through any water slowly.
• Turn on your headlights to make it Allow adequate stopping distance
easier for others to see you. because brake performance may be
• Driving too fast through large pud- affected.
dles can affect your brakes. If you After driving through water, dry the
must go through puddles, try to brakes by gently applying them sev-
drive through them slowly. eral times while the vehicle is moving
• If you believe you may have gotten slowly.
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking OKH053097
operation returns.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
vehicle may be damaged by rocks of specification. Low tire inflation pres-
roots of trees. Become familiar with sures will result in overheating and
the off-road conditions where you possible failure of the tires.
are going to drive before you begin Avoid using worn or damaged tires
driving. which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
✽ NOTICE
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
5 97
Fuel, engine coolant and engine

WARNING oil
• Underinflated or overinflated High speed travel consumes more
tires can cause poor handling, fuel than urban motoring. Do not for-
loss of vehicle control, and get to check both engine coolant and
sudden tire failure leading to engine oil.
accidents, injuries, and even
death. Always check the tires
for proper inflation before Drive belt
driving. For proper tire pres- A loose or damaged drive belt may
sures, refer to section 8, result in overheating of the engine.
“Tires and wheels”.
• Driving on tires with no or
insufficient tread is danger-
ous. Worn-out tires can result
in loss of vehicle control, col-
lisions, injury, and even death.
Worn-out tires should be
replaced as soon as possible
and should never be used for
driving. Always check the tire
tread before driving your vehi-
cle. For further information
and tread limits, refer to sec-
tion 7, “Tires and wheels”.
5 98
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or Icy conditions Snow tires
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it If you mount snow tires on your vehi-
may be necessary to use snow tires cle, make sure they are radial tires of
or to install tire chains on your tires. the same size and load range as the
If snow tires are needed, it is neces- original tires. Mount snow tires on all
sary to select tires equivalent in size four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
and type of the original equipment handling in all weather conditions.
tires. Failure to do so may adversely Keep in mind that the traction provid-
affect the safety and handling of your ed by snow tires on dry roads may
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding, not be as high as your vehicle's orig-
rapid acceleration, sudden brake inal equipment tires. You should drive
OKH053096 applications, and sharp turns are cautiously even when the roads are
Severe weather conditions in the potentially very hazardous practices. clear. Check with the tire dealer for
winter result in greater wear and During deceleration, use engine maximum speed recommendations.
other problems. To minimize the braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
problems of winter driving, you brake applications on snowy or icy WARNING - Snow tire size
should follow these suggestions: roads may cause skids to occur. You Snow tires should be equivalent
need to keep sufficient distance in size and type to the vehicle's
between the vehicle in operation in standard tires. Otherwise, the
front and your vehicle. Also, apply safety and handling of your vehi-
the brake gently. It should be noted cle may be adversely affected.
that installing tire chains on the tire
will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and munic-
✽ NOTICE ipal regulations for possible restric-
tions against their use.
Tire chains are not legal in all coun-
tries. Check the country laws before
fitting tire chains.
5 99
Tire chains Chain installation

CAUTION When installing the AutoSock® (fab-
• Make sure the AutoSock® (fabric snow chain), follow the manufac-
ric snow chain) are the correct turer's instructions and mount them
size and type for your tires. as tightly as you can. Drive slowly
Incorrect snow chains can with the AutoSock® (fabric snow
cause damage to the vehicle chain) installed. If you hear the
body and suspension and may AutoSock® (fabric snow chain) con-
not be covered by your vehicle tacting the body or chassis, stop and
manufacturer warranty. tighten them. If they still make con-
• Always check the AutoSock® tact, slow down until it stops.
(fabric snow chain) installation Remove the AutoSock® (fabric snow
OKH052098 for proper mounting after driv- chain) as soon as you begin driving
ing approximately 0.5 to 1 km on cleared roads.
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are (0.3 to 0.6 miles) to ensure
thinner, they can be damaged by safe mounting. Retighten or
mounting some types of snow chains WARNING - Mounting
remount the AutoSock® (fabric chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow snow chain) if they are loose.
tires is recommended instead of snow When mounting the AutoSock®
chains. Do not mount tire chains on (fabric snow chain), park the
vehicles equipped with aluminum ❈ AutoSock® is a Registered trade- vehicle on level ground away
wheels; snow chains may cause dam- mark of AutoSock®. from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
age to the wheels. If snow chains Hazard Warning flashers and
must be used, use the AutoSock® place a triangular emergency
(fabric snow chain). Damage to your warning device behind the vehi-
vehicle caused by improper snow cle if available. Always place the
chain use is not covered by your vehi- vehicle in P (Park), apply the
cle manufacturers warranty. parking brake and turn off the
Install the AutoSock® (fabric snow engine before installing the
chain) only on the rear tires. AutoSock® (fabric snow chain).
5 100
Use high quality ethylene gly-

WARNING - Tire chains CAUTION col coolant
• The use of the AutoSock® (fab- • The AutoSock® (fabric snow Your vehicle is delivered with high
ric snow chain) may adversely chain) that are the wrong size quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
affect vehicle handling. or improperly installed can cooling system. It is the only type of
• Do not exceed 30 km/h (20 damage your vehicle's brake coolant that should be used because
mph) or the AutoSock® (fabric lines, suspension, body and it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-
snow chain) manufacturer’s wheels. ing system, lubricates the water
recommended speed limit, • Stop driving and retighten the pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
whichever is lower. AutoSock® (fabric snow to replace or replenish your coolant
• Drive carefully and avoid chain) any time you hear them in accordance with the maintenance
bumps, holes, sharp turns, and hitting the vehicle. schedule in section 7. Before winter,
other road hazards, which may have your coolant tested to assure
cause the vehicle to bounce. that its freezing point is sufficient for
❈ AutoSock® is a Registered trade- the temperatures anticipated during
• Avoid sharp turns or locked- mark of AutoSock®. the winter.
wheel braking.
Check battery and cables

Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. We recommend that the
level of charge in your battery be
5 101
Change to "winter weight" oil Use approved window washer Don't let ice and snow accu-
if necessary anti-freeze in system mulate underneath
In some climates it is recommended To keep the water in the window Under some conditions, snow and
that a lower viscosity "winter weight" washer system from freezing, add an ice can build up under the fenders
oil be used during cold weather. See approved window washer anti-freeze and interfere with the steering. When
section 8 for recommendations. If solution in accordance with instruc- driving in severe winter conditions
you aren't sure what weight oil you tions on the container. Window wash- where this may happen, you should
should use, we recommend that you er anti-freeze is available from an periodically check underneath the
consult an authorized Kia dealer. authorized Kia dealer and most auto vehicle to be sure the movement of
parts outlets. Do not use engine the front wheels and the steering
coolant or other types of anti-freeze components is not obstructed.
Check spark plugs and igni- as these may damage the paint finish.
tion system
Inspect your spark plugs as described
Carry emergency equipment
in section 7 and replace them if neces- Don't let your parking brake Depending on the severity of the
sary. Also check all ignition wiring and freeze weather, you should carry appropri-
components to be sure they are not Under some conditions your parking ate emergency equipment. Some of
cracked, worn or damaged in any way. brake can freeze in the engaged the items you may want to carry
position. This is most likely to happen include tire chains, tow straps or
when there is an accumulation of chains, flashlight, emergency flares,
To keep locks from freezing snow or ice around or near the rear sand, shovel, jumper cables, window
To keep the locks from freezing, brakes or if the brakes are wet. If scraper, gloves, ground cloth, cover-
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or there is a risk the parking brake may alls, blanket, etc.
glycerine into the key opening. If a freeze, apply it only temporarily while
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with you put the shift lever in P and block
an approved de-icing fluid to remove the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, roll. Then release the parking brake.
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heat-
ed key with care to avoid injury.
5 102
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the Cargo weight GVWR
proper loading of your vehicle and/or This figure includes all weight added (Gross vehicle weight rating)
trailer, to keep your loaded vehicle to the Base Curb Weight, including This is the maximum allowable
weight within its design rating capa- cargo and optional equipment. weight of the fully loaded vehicle
bility, with or without a trailer. Properly
(including all options, equipment,
loading your vehicle will provide max-
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
imum return of the vehicle design GAW (Gross axle weight) is shown on the certification label.
performance. Before loading your
vehicle, familiarize yourself with the This is the total weight placed on
following terms for determining your each axle (front and rear) - including Overloading
vehicle's weight ratings, with or with- vehicle curb weight and all payload.
out a trailer, from the vehicle's speci-
fications and the certification label: WARNING - Vehicle
GAWR weight
(Gross axle weight rating)
The gross axle weight rating
Base curb weight This is the maximum allowable (GAWR) and the gross vehicle
This is the weight of the vehicle weight that can be carried by a single weight rating (GVWR) for your
including a full tank of fuel and all axle (front or rear). These numbers vehicle are on the certification
standard equipment. It does not are shown on the certification label. label attached to the driver's (or
include passengers, cargo, or option- The total load on each axle must front passenger’s) door.
al equipment. never exceed its GAWR. Exceeding these ratings can
cause an accident or vehicle
damage. You can calculate the
Vehicle curb weight GVW (Gross vehicle weight) weight of your load by weighing
This is the weight of your new vehicle This is the Base Curb Weight plus the items (and people) before
when you picked it up from your deal- actual Cargo Weight plus passengers. putting them in the vehicle. Be
er plus any aftermarket equipment. careful not to overload your
vehicle.
5 103
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24

• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 • Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-24
In case of an emergency while driving . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 • Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-3 • Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Emergency commodity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 • Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
If the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4 • First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
• If engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly . . . . 6-4 • Triangle reflector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . . 6-4 • Tire pressure gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . 6-10
• Low tire pressure telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
• Low tire pressure position telltale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11 6
• TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
• Changing a tire with TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
ROAD WARNING
Hazard warning flasher It should be used whenever emer-
gency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Press the flasher switch with the igni-
tion switch in any position. The flash-
er switch is located in the center con-
sole switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-
OKH042186 ning or not.
The hazard warning flasher serves • The turn signals do not work when
as a warning to other drivers to exer- the hazard flasher is on.
cise extreme caution when • Care must be taken when using
approaching, overtaking, or passing the hazard warning flasher while
your vehicle. the vehicle is being towed.
6 2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING

If the engine stalls at a cross- If you have a flat tire while If engine stalls while driving
road or crossing driving 1. Reduce your speed gradually,
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or If a tire goes flat while you are driving: keeping a straight line. Move cau-
crossing, set the shift lever in the N 1. Take your foot off the accelerator tiously off the road to a safe place.
(Neutral) position and then push the pedal and let the car slow down 2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
vehicle to a safe place. while driving straight ahead. Do 3. Try to start the engine again. If
not apply the brakes immediately your vehicle will not start, we rec-
or attempt to pull off the road as ommend that you consult an
this may cause a loss of control. authorized Kia dealer.
When the car has slowed to such
a speed that it is safe to do so,
brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on firm, level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flash-
ers, set the parking brake and put
the shift lever in P (Park).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
car. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the car that is away from
traffic.
4. When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
6 3
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START

If engine doesn't turn over or If engine turns over normally
turns over slowly but does not start
1. If your vehicle has an automatic 1. Check fuel level.
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is 2. With the ignition switch in the
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the LOCK /OFF position, check all
emergency brake is set. connectors at the ignition coils and
2. Check the battery connections to spark plugs. Reconnect any that
be sure they are clean and tight. may be disconnected or loose.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light 3. If the engine still does not start, we
dims or goes out when you oper- recommend that you call an
ate the starter, the battery is dis- authorized Kia dealer.
charged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tight-
ened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do
not push or pull the car to start
it. This could result in a collision
or cause other damage.
6 4
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting
Jump starting can be dangerous if
WARNING - Battery
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid • Keep all flames or sparks
harm to yourself or damage to your away from the battery. The
vehicle or battery, follow the jump battery produces hydrogen
starting procedures. If in doubt, we gas which may explode if
strongly recommend that you have a exposed to flame or sparks.
competent technician or towing serv- If these instructions are not fol-
ice jump start your vehicle. lowed exactly, serious personal
injury and damage to the vehi-
cle may occur! If you are not
CAUTION sure how to follow this proce-
Use only a 12-volt jumper sys- dure, seek qualified assis-
tem. You can damage a 12-volt tance. Automobile batteries
starting motor, ignition system, contain sulfuric acid. This is
and other electrical parts poisonous and highly corro-
beyond repair by use of a 24- sive. When jump starting, wear
volt power supply (either two protective glasses and be care-
12-volt batteries in series or a ful not to get acid on yourself,
your clothing or on the car.
24-volt motor generator set).
• Do not attempt to jump start
the vehicle if the discharged
OKH063024 battery is frozen or if the elec-
WARNING - Battery trolyte level is low; the battery
Connect cables in numerical order Never attempt to check the elec- may rupture or explode.
and disconnect in reverse order. trolyte level of the battery as • Do not allow the (+) and (-)
this may cause the battery to jumper cables to touch. It may
rupture or explode causing seri- cause sparks.
ous injury. • The battery may rupture or
explode when you jump start
with a low or frozen battery.
6 5
Jump starting procedure
✽ NOTICE A B
Your vehicle has a battery in the

trunk room, but when you jump
start your vehicle, use the jumper
terminal in the engine room.
1. Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative termi-
nal is grounded. OKH072051L OKH072052L
2. If the booster battery is in another 5. Lift the end of strip (5) up. (A) : for assemble, (B) : for remove
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles
to touch. 6. Press the fastener head with 8. Press the fastener head with screw
screw driver and then pull the fas- driver and then pull the fastener
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical tener out. out from main service cover(7).
loads.
7. Lift the rear portion of small serv- 9. Pull the main service cover over
4. Open the engine hood. ice cover (6) up and then remove 7mm (0.28 in) to toward the front
the service cover. of the vehicle.
10. Lift the main service cover up
and then remove the main serv-
ice cover. Be careful not to dam-
age the holder under the main
service cover.
6 6
11. Connect the jumper cables in the Push-starting

exact sequence shown in the CAUTION - Battery
cables Vehicles equipped with automatic
illustration. First connect one end transaxle cannot be push-started.
of a jumper cable to the positive Do not connect the jumper cable
terminal of the jump start con- from the negative terminal of the Follow the directions in this section
nector (1), then connect the other booster battery to the negative for jump-starting.
end to the positive terminal on terminal of the discharged bat-
the booster battery (2). tery. This can cause the dis-
Proceed to connect one end of charged battery to overheat and WARNING
the other jumper cable to the neg- crack, releasing battery acid. Never tow a vehicle to start it
ative terminal of the booster bat- because the sudden surge for-
tery (3), then the other end to the ward when the engine starts
negative terminal of the jump start 12. Start the engine of the vehicle could cause a collision with the
connector (4). Do not connect it to with the booster battery and let it tow vehicle.
or near any part that moves when run at 2,000 rpm, then start the
the engine is cranked. engine of the vehicle with the dis-
charged battery.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the cor- If the cause of your battery discharg-
rect battery terminals or the cor- ing is not apparent, we recommend
rect ground. Do not lean over the that the system be checked by an
battery when making connections. authorized Kia dealer.
6 7
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS

If your temperature gauge indicates 4. Check to see if the water pump 5. If the water pump drive belt is bro-
overheating, you will experience a drive belt is missing. If it is not ken or engine coolant is leaking
loss of power, or hear loud pinging or missing, check to see that it is out, stop the engine immediately
knocking, the engine is probably too tight. If the drive belt seems to be and we recommend that you call
hot. If this happens, you should: satisfactory, check for coolant leak- an authorized Kia dealer.
ing from the radiator, hoses or
under the car. (If the air condition-
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
ing had been in use, it is normal for
WARNING
as it is safe to do so. Do not remove the radiator cap
cold water to be draining from it
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park) when you stop). when the engine is hot. This can
and set the parking brake. If the air allow coolant to blow out of the
conditioning is on, turn it off. opening and cause serious
3. If engine coolant is running out WARNING burns.
under the car or steam is coming While the engine is running,
out from the hood, stop the engine. keep hair, hands and clothing
Do not open the hood until the away from moving parts such
coolant has stopped running or the as the fan and drive belts to pre-
steaming has stopped. If there is no vent injury.
visible loss of engine coolant and
no steam, leave the engine running
and check to be sure the engine
cooling fan is operating. If the fan is
not running, turn the engine off.
6 8
6. If you cannot find the cause of the

overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to nor-
mal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reser-
voir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheat-
ing. If overheating happens again,
we recommend that you call an
CAUTION
• Serious loss of coolant indi-
cates there is a leak in the cool-
ing system and we recommend
that the system be checked by
• When the engine overheats
from low engine coolant, sud-
denly adding engine coolant
may cause cracks in the
engine. To prevent damage,
add engine coolant slowly in
small quantities.
6 9
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED)

• You can check the tire pressure in Each tire, including the spare (if pro-
the information mode on the cluster. vided), should be checked monthly
- Refer to "User settings mode" in when cold and inflated to the inflation
chapter 4. pressure recommended by the vehi-
cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-
• Tire pressure is displayed 1~2 min- ard or tire inflation pressure label.
utes later after driving.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different
• If tire pressure is not displayed size than the size indicated on the
when the vehicle is stopped, "Drive vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
to display" message displays. After label, you should determine the proper
OKH062025 driving, check the tire pressure. tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
■ Type A ■ Type B • You can change the tire pressure As an added safety feature, your
unit in the user settings mode on vehicle has been equipped with a tire
the cluster. pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to "User set- that illuminates a low tire pressure
tings mode" in chapter 4). telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pres-
sure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
OKH043415L possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-
(1) Low tire pressure telltale / cantly under-inflated tire causes the
TPMS malfunction indicator tire to overheat and can lead to tire
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale failure. Under-inflation also reduces
and tire pressure telltale (Shown fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
on the LCD display) may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
6 10
Please note that the TPMS is not a TPMS malfunctions may occur for a Low tire pressure
substitute for proper tire maintenance, variety of reasons, including the instal- telltale
and it is the driver’s responsibility to lation of replacement or alternate tires
maintain correct tire pressure, even if or wheels on the vehicle that prevent
under-inflation has not reached the the TPMS from functioning properly. Low tire pressure position tell-
level to trigger illumination of the Always check the TPMS malfunction tale and tire pressure telltale
TPMS low tire pressure telltale. telltale after replacing one or more ■ Type A ■ Type B
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alter-
Your vehicle has also been equipped nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to to continue to function properly.
indicate when the system is not oper-
ating properly. The TPMS malfunction
indicator is combined with the low tire ✽ NOTICE
pressure telltale. When the system If any of the below happens, we rec-
detects a malfunction, the telltale will ommend that the system be checked
flash for approximately 1 minute and by an authorized Kia dealer.
then remain continuously illuminated. 1. The low tire pressure telltale/
This sequence will continue upon TPMS malfunction indicator do OKH043415L
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long not illuminate for 3 seconds when
as the malfunction exists. When the When the tire pressure monitoring
the ignition switch is turned to the system warning indicators are illumi-
TPMS malfunction indicator remains ON or engine is running.
illuminated after blinking for approxi- nated and warning massage dis-
2. The TPMS malfunction indicator played on the cluster LCD display,
mately 1 minute, the system may not remains illuminated after blink-
be able to detect or signal low tire one or more of your tires is signifi-
ing for approximately 1 minute. cantly under-inflated. The low tire
pressure as intended. 3. The Low tire pressure position pressure position telltale light will
telltale remains illuminated. indicate which tire is significantly
under-inflated by illuminating the cor-
responding position light.
6 11
If either telltale illuminates, immedi-

ately reduce your speed, avoid hard CAUTION WARNING - Low
cornering and anticipate increased In winter or cold weather, the low pressure damage
stopping distances. You should stop tire pressure telltale may illumi- Significantly low tire pressure
and check your tires as soon as pos- nate if the tire pressure was makes the vehicle unstable and
sible. Inflate the tires to the proper adjusted to the recommended can contribute to loss of vehicle
pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s tire inflation pressure in warm control and increased braking
placard or tire inflation pressure label weather. It does not mean your distances.
located on the driver’s side center pil- TPMS is malfunctioning because
lar outer panel. If you cannot reach a Continued driving on low pres-
the decreased temperature leads sure tires can cause the tires to
service station or if the tire cannot to a lowering of tire pressure.
hold the newly added air, replace the overheat and fail.
When you drive your vehicle from
low pressure tire with a spare tire. a warm area to a cold area or
If you drive the vehicle for about 10 from a cold area to a warm area,
minutes at speeds above 25 km/h or the outside temperature is
after replaceing the low pressure tire higher or lower, you should
with the spare tire, the below will check the tire inflation pressure
happen: and adjust the tires to the recom-
• The TPMS malfunction indicator mended tire inflation pressure.
may blink for approximately 1
minute and then remain continu-
ously illuminated because the
TPMS sensor is not mounted on
the spare wheel.
✽ NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with a
tire pressure sensor.
6 12
TPMS (Tire Pressure (Continued)

Monitoring System) CAUTION
malfunction indicator • The TPMS malfunction indica- This can interfere with normal
tor may blink for approximately operation of the Tire Pressure
1 minute and then remain con- Monitoring System (TPMS).
The TPMS malfunction indicator will tinuously illuminated if the
illuminate after it blinks for approxi- vehicle is moving around elec-
mately one minute when there is a tric power supply cables or
problem with the Tire Pressure radios transmitter such as at
Monitoring System. police stations, government
We recommend that the system be and public offices, broadcast-
checked by an authorized Kia dealer to ing stations, military installa-
determine the cause of the problem. tions, airports, or transmitting
towers, etc. This can interfere
with normal operation of the
✽ NOTICE Tire Pressure Monitoring
If there is a malfunction with the System (TPMS).
TPMS, the low tire pressure position • The TPMS malfunction indica-
telltale will not be displayed even tor may blink for approximately
though the vehicle has an under- 1 minute and then remain con-
inflated tire. tinuously illuminated if snow
chains are used or some sepa-
rate electronic devices such as
notebook computer, mobile
charger, remote starter or navi-
gation etc., are used in the
vehicle.
(Continued)
6 13
Changing a tire with TPMS If you drive the vehicle for about 10 You may not be able identify a low
If you have a flat tire, the low Tire minutes at speeds above 25 km/h tire by simply looking at it. Always
Pressure and Position telltales will after replaceing the low pressure tire use a good quality tire pressure
come on. We recommend that the with the spare tire, the below will gauge to measure the tire's inflation
system be checked by an authorized happen: pressure. Please note that a tire that
Kia dealer. • The TPMS malfunction indicator is hot (from being driven) will have a
may blink for approximately 1 higher pressure measurement than a
minute and then remain continu- tire that is cold (from sitting station-
CAUTION ously illuminated because the ary for at least 3 hours and driven
If you use a puncture-repairing TPMS sensor is not mounted on less than 1 mile (1.6 km) during that
agent to repair and/or inflate a the spare wheel. 3 hour period).
low pressure tire.The tire sealant Allow the tire to cool before measur-
may damage the tire pressure ing the inflation pressure. Always be
sensor. We recommend that you sure the tire is cold before inflating to
use the sealant approved by Kia. the recommended pressure.
If used, we recommend that the A cold tire means the vehicle has
TPMS be checked by an author- been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
ized Kia dealer. less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-
ommended that you have your tires
serviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
6 14
WARNING - TPMS WARNING - For EUROPE

• The TPMS cannot alert you to • Do not modify the vehicle, it
severe and sudden tire dam- may interfere with the TPMS
age caused by external factors function.
such as nails or road debris. • The wheels on the market do
• If you feel any vehicle instabil- not have a TPMS sensor.
ity, immediately take your foot For your safety, we recom-
off the accelerator, apply the mend that you use parts for
brakes gradually and with replacement from an author-
light force, and slowly move to ized Kia dealer.
a safe position off the road. • If you use the wheels on the
market, use a TPMS sensor
approved by a Kia dealer.
WARNING - Protecting If your vehicle is not equipped
TPMS with a TPMS sensor or TPMS
Tampering with, modifying, or does not work properly, you
disabling the Tire Pressure may fail the periodic vehicle
inspection conducted in your
Monitoring System (TPMS)
country.
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the ❈ All vehicles sold in the
driver of low tire pressure con- EUROPE market during below
ditions and/or TPMS malfunc- period must be equipped with
tions. Tampering with, modify- TPMS.
ing, or disabling the Tire - New model vehicle :
Pressure Monitoring System Nov. 1, 2012 ~
(TPMS) components may void - Current model vehicle :
the warranty for that portion of Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based on vehi-
the vehicle. cle registrations)
6 15
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE

Jack and tools Jacking instructions
(Continued)
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only. • Be sure to use the correct
front and rear jacking posi-
To prevent the jack from “rattling” tions on the vehicle; never
while the vehicle is in motion, store it use the bumpers or any other
properly. part of the vehicle for jacking
Follow jacking instructions to reduce support.
the possibility of personal injury. • The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death.
WARNING - Changing
tires • Do not get under a vehicle
that is supported by a jack.
OKH062005 • Never attempt vehicle repairs
in the traffic lanes of a public • Do not start or run the engine
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug while the vehicle is on the jack.
road or highway.
nut wrench are stored in the luggage • Do not allow anyone to remain
compartment. Pull up the luggage • Always move the vehicle com-
pletely off the road and onto in the vehicle while it is on the
box cover to reach this equipment. jack.
the shoulder before trying to
(1) Jack handle • Make sure any children pres-
change a tire. The jack should
(2) Jack be used on level firm ground. ent are in a secure place away
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench If you cannot find a firm, level from the road and from the
(4) Screw driver place off the road, call a tow- vehicle to be raised with the
(phillips and flat-head) ing service company for jack.
assistance.
(5) Spanner
(Continued)
6 16
Removing and storing the Changing tires

spare tire
OKH063008
OKH062003L 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,

OKH062006
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
1. Park on a level surface and apply from the vehicle.
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt the parking brake firmly. 5. Block both the front and rear of the
counterclockwise. 2. Place the shift lever into P (Park). wheel that is diagonally opposite
Store the tire in the reverse order of 3. Activate the hazard warning flasher. the jack position.
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
CAUTION
When you remove or store the
spare tire, don't give a shock to
the battery.
Shock to the battery may cause
failure of electrical circuits.
6 17
WARNING - Changing a
tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
blocked, and that no person OKH062009 OKH062010
remain in the vehicle that is 6. Insert the screwdriver into the 7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-
being jacked. groove of the wheel cap and pry terclockwise one turn each, but do
gently to remove the wheel cap. not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
6 18
If this is difficult, tip the wheel slight-

ly and get the top hole in the wheel
lined up with the top stud. Then jig-
gle the wheel back and forth until
the wheel can be slid over the other
studs.
WARNING
• Wheels and wheel caps may
have sharp edges. Handle
them carefully to avoid possi-
OKH062011 OKH062012
ble severe injury.
8. Place the jack at the front or rear 9. Insert the jack handle into the jack
• Before putting the wheel into
jacking position closest to the tire and turn it clockwise, raising the
place, be sure that there is
you are changing. Place the jack vehicle until the tire just clears the
nothing on the hub or wheel
at the designated locations under ground. This measurement is
(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)
the frame. The jacking positions approximately 30 mm (1.2 in).
that interferes with the wheel
are plates welded to the frame Before removing the wheel lug
from fitting solidly against the
with two tabs and a raised dot to nuts, make sure the vehicle is sta-
hub. If there is, remove it. If the
index with the jack. ble and that there is no chance for
contact of the mounting sur-
movement or slippage.
face between the wheel and
WARNING - Jack 10. Loosen the wheel nuts and remove hub is not good, the wheel
location them with your fingers. Slide the nuts could come loose and
wheel off the studs and lay it flat so cause the loss of a wheel. Loss
To reduce the possibility of it cannot roll away. To put the wheel
injury, be sure to use only the of a wheel may result in loss of
on the hub, pick up the spare tire, control of the vehicle.This may
jack provided with the vehicle line up the holes with the studs and
and in the correct jack position; cause serious injury or death.
slide the wheel onto them.
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 19
11. To reinstall the wheel, hold it on Wheel nut tightening torque:

the studs, put the wheel nuts on Steel wheel & aluminum alloy wheel:
the studs and tighten them finger
tight. The nuts should be installed 9~11 kg·m (65~79 lb·ft)
with their tapered small diameter
ends directed inward. Jiggle the
tire to be sure it is completely
seated, then tighten the nuts as
much as possible with your fin-
gers again.
12. Lower the car to the ground by
turning the wheel nut wrench OBK069016
counterclockwise. Then position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an exten-
sion pipe over the wrench handle. Go
around the wheel tightening every nut
following the numerical sequence
shown in the image until they are all
tight. Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels, we
6 20
If you have a tire gauge, remove the

valve cap and check the air pressure. CAUTION WARNING - Wheel studs
If the pressure is lower than recom- Your vehicle has metric threads If the studs are damaged, they
mended, drive slowly to the nearest on the wheel studs and nuts. may lose their ability to retain
service station and inflate to the cor- Make certain during wheel the wheel. This could lead to the
rect pressure. If it is too high, adjust it removal that the same nuts that loss of the wheel and a collision
until it is correct. Always reinstall the were removed are reinstalled - resulting in serious injuries.
valve cap after checking or adjusting or, if replaced, that nuts with
tire pressure. If the cap is not metric threads and the same
replaced, air may leak from the tire. If chamfer configuration are used. To prevent the jack, jack handle,
you lose a valve cap, buy another and Installation of a non-metric wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
install it as soon as possible. thread nut on a metric stud or from rattling while the vehicle is in
After you have changed wheels, vice-versa will not secure the motion, store them properly.
always secure the flat tire in its place wheel to the hub properly and
and return the jack and tools to their will damage the stud so that it
proper storage locations. must be replaced. WARNING - Inadequate
Note that most lug nuts do not spare tire pressure
have metric threads. Be sure to Check the inflation pressures
use extreme care in checking as soon as possible after
for thread style before installing installing the spare tire. Adjust
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels. it to the specified pressure, if
If in doubt, consult an author- necessary. Refer to “Tires and
ized Kia dealer. wheels” section 8.
6 21
Jack label 1. Model Name

■ Example 2. Maximum allowable load
■ Type A 3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
OHYK064001 7. When supporting the vehicle, the
■ Type B base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P position on
vehicles with automatic transmis-
sion.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
OHYK064002 10. Jack manufacture
❈ The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For 11. Production date
more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
6 22
EC Declaration of Conformity for Jack
JACKDOC14F
6 23
TOWING
Towing service It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the front wheels on the ground
A (without dollies) and the rear wheels
off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or sus-
pension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
B
rear wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the rear wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the rear of the vehicle should OKH064027
dolly
C
always be lifted, not the front. • Ensure any metal parts on the
tiedown straps do not contact
painted surfaces or the face of the
wheels.
OKH064014CN • Do not place straps over the body
If emergency towing is necessary, panels or through the wheels.
we recommend having it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a commer- CAUTION
cial tow-truck service. Proper lifting Attaching straps to the chasis,
and towing procedures are neces- suspension or other parts of the
sary to prevent damage to the vehi- body can cause damage.
cle. The use of wheel dollies or
flatbed is recommended.
6 24
When towing your vehicle in an

emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
OKH062016
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift lever in
N (Neutral) may cause internal
damage to the transaxle.
OKH062015
CAUTION OKH052104
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground as CAUTION
this may cause damage to the
vehicle. If the ECS malfunction indicator
illuminates when there is no air
• Do not tow with sling-type in the suspension, the vehicle
equipment. Use wheel lift or height will be very lower, so do
flatbed equipment. not drive to protect the vehicle
from the projections on the sur-
face of the ground.
(Continued)
6 25
(Continued) Removable towing hook

We recommend that take your ■ Front
vehicle to an authorized Kia

dealer by towing the vehicle and
have the system checked. You
should tow the vehicle as the
picture.
OVI059026 OKH063018
■ Rear
When you load the vehicle onto the
tow truck, the loading angle(1)
should be smaller than 5°.
OKH062019
1. Open the trunk, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
bumper.
6 26
3. Install the towing hook by turning it Emergency towing If towing service is not available in an
clockwise into the hole until it is emergency, your vehicle may be tem-
■ Front (if equipped)
fully secured. porarily towed using a cable or chain
4. Remove the towing hook and secured to the emergency towing
install the cover after use. hook under the rear of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. A driver must be in the vehi-
cle to steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
OKH063020 Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
■ Rear steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
OKH062021 • The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other fre-
If towing is necessary, we recom- quently.
mend you to have it done by an
authorized Kia dealer or a com-
mercial tow truck service.
6 27
CAUTION WARNING
• Attach a towing strap to the Use extreme caution when tow-
tow hook. ing the vehicle.
• Using a portion of the vehicle • Avoid sudden starts or erratic
other than the tow hooks for driving maneuvers which
towing may damage the body would place excessive stress
of your vehicle. on the emergency towing hook
• Use only a cable or chain and towing cable or chain. The
specifically intended for use hook and towing cable or
in towing vehicles. Securely chain may break and cause
fasten the cable or chain to serious injury or damage. OKH062022
the towing hook provided. • If the disabled vehicle is • Use a towing strap less than 5 m
unable to be moved, do not (16 feet) long. Attach a white or red
• Before emergency towing, check forcibly continue the towing. cloth (about 30 cm (12 inches)
that the hook is not broken or dam- Contact an authorized Kia wide) in the middle of the strap for
aged. dealer or a commercial tow easy visibility.
truck service for assistance. • Drive carefully so that the towing
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook. • Tow the vehicle as straight strap is not loosened during towing.
ahead as possible.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force. • Keep away from the vehicle
during towing.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle. Always pull straight ahead.
6 28
Emergency towing precautions

• Place the ignition switch in ACC so CAUTION - Automatic
the steering wheel isn’t locked. transaxle
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N • If the car is being towed with all
(Neutral). four wheels on the ground, it
can be towed only from the
• Release the parking bake. front. Be sure that the transaxle
• Press the brake pedal with more is in neutral. Be sure the steer-
force than normal since you will ing is unlocked by placing the
have reduced brake performance. ignition switch in the ACC posi-
• More steering effort will be tion. A driver must be in the
required because the power steer- towed vehicle to operate the
ing system will be disabled. steering and brakes.
• If you are driving down a long hill, • To avoid serious damage to
the brakes may overheat and brake the automatic transaxle, limit
performance will be reduced. Stop the vehicle speed to 15 km/h
often and let the brakes cool off. (10 mph) and drive less than
1.5 km (1 mile) when towing.
• Before towing, check the auto-
matic transaxle for fluid leaks
under your vehicle. If the auto-
matic transaxle fluid is leak-
ing, a flatbed equipment or
towing dolly must be used.
6 29
EMERGENCY COMMODITY (IF EQUIPPED)

There are some emergency com- First aid kit To check the tire pressure, take the
modities in the vehicle to help you There are some items such as scis- following steps;
respond to the emergency situation. sors, bandage and adhesive tape 1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap
and etc. in the kit to give first aid to that is located on the rim of the tire.
Fire extinguisher an injured person. 2. Press and hold the gauge against
If there is small fire and you know the tire valve. Some air will escape
how to use the fire extinguisher, take Triangle reflector as you begin and more will escape if
the following steps carefully. you don't press the gauge in firmly.
Place the triangle reflector on the 3. A firm non-leaking push will acti-
1. Pull the pin at the top of the extin- road to warn oncoming vehicles dur-
guisher that keeps the handle from vate the gauge.
ing emergencies, such as when the
being accidentally pressed. vehicle is parked by the roadside due 4. Read the tire pressure on the
2. Aim the nozzle toward the base of to any problems. gauge to know whether the tire
the fire. pressure is low or high.
3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft) Tire pressure gauge 5. Adjust the tire pressures to the
away from the fire and squeeze specified pressure. Refer to “Tires
(If equipped) and wheels” in section 8.
the handle to discharge the extin-
guisher. If you release the handle, Tires normally lose some air in day- 6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.
the discharge will stop. to-day use, and you may have to add
a few pounds of air periodically and it
4. Sweep the nozzle back and forth is not usually a sign of a leaking tire,
at the base of the fire. After the fire but of normal wear. Always check tire
appears to be out, watch it careful- pressure when the tires are cold
ly since it may re-ignite. because tire pressure increases with
temperature.
6 30
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34

Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 • Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Owner maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6 • Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . 7-20 • For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Engine oil. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 • Battery capacity label (see the example). . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24 • Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25 • Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Checking the coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26 • Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Changing the coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28 • Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . 7-43
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
• Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
• Checking the power steering fluid level . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
• Checking the power steering hose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30 • Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
7
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 • Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31 • Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Air cleaner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32 • Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-54
• Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
• Engine compartment fuse replacement. . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-73
• Headlight, front position light, front turn signal light,
front fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-76
• High mounted stop light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
• License plate light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
• Interior light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Appearance care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• 1. Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• 2. Evaporative emission control system . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
• 3. Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-86
7
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline Engine (Lambda II 3.8L) - MPI
1. Engine oil dipstick

2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Engine coolant reservoir
4. Radiator cap
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Power steering fluid reservoir
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Air cleaner
9. Fuse box
10. Jumper terminal
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
❈ The battery is in the trunk.
OKH012007
7 3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care Owner’s responsibility Owner maintenance precau-
to prevent damage to your vehicle tions
and injury to yourself whenever per-
✽ NOTICE Improper or incomplete service may
forming any maintenance or inspec-
result in problems. This section gives
tion procedures. Maintenance Service and Record instructions only for the maintenance
Inadequate, incomplete or insuffi- Retention are the owner's responsi- items that are easy to perform.
cient servicing may result in opera- bility.
tional problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an We recommend in general that you ✽ NOTICE
accident, or personal injury. have your vehicle serviced by an Improper owner maintenance dur-
authorized Kia dealer. ing the warranty period may affect
You should retain documents that warranty coverage. For details, read
show proper maintenance has been the separate Warranty &
performed on your vehicle in accor- Maintenance book provided with the
dance with the scheduled mainte- vehicle. If you're unsure about any
nance service charts shown on the servicing or maintenance procedure,
following pages. You need this infor- we recommend that the system be
mation to establish your compliance seviced by an authorized Kia dealer.
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle war-
ranties.
Detailed warranty information is pro-
vided in your Service Passport.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered when your vehicle is
covered by warranty.
7 4
Maintenance
(Continued) (Continued)
WARNING - Maintenance
work • After performing maintenance • When checking the engine
work, the battery cap and fuse room, do not go near fire.
• Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be danger- box cover are required to • Fuel, washer fluid, etc. are
ous. You can be seriously close. The connector is also flammable oils that may cause
injured while performing some required to connect if per- fire.
maintenance procedures. If formed. If not, it can malfunc-
• Before touching the battery,
you lack sufficient knowledge tion because the electric com-
ignition cables and electrical
and experience or the proper ponents are exposed to mois-
wiring, you should disconnect
tools and equipment to do the ture.
the battery "-" terminal. You
work, we recommend that the may get an electric shock
system be servied by an
authorized Kia dealer. from the electric current.
CAUTION • When you remove the interior
• Working under the hood with • Do not put heavy objects or
the engine running is danger- trim cover with a flat bed (-)
apply excessive force on top driver, be careful not to dam-
ous. It becomes even more of the engine cover (if
dangerous when you wear jew- age the cover.
elry or loose clothing. These equipped) or fuel related parts.
• Be careful when you replace
can become entangled in mov- • When you inspect the fuel and clean bulbs to avoid
ing parts and result in injury. system (fuel lines and fuel burns or electrical shock.
Therefore, if you must run the injection devices), we recom-
engine while working under the mend that you contact an
hood, make certain that you authorized Kia dealer.
remove all jewelry (especially • Do not drive long time with the
rings, bracelets, watches, and engine cover (if equipped)
necklaces) and all neckties, removed.
scarves, and similar loose
clothing before getting near the (Continued)
engine or cooling fans.
(Continued)
7 5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks Owner maintenance schedule While operating your vehicle:
and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of
formed at the frequencies indicated
When you stop for fuel:
the exhaust or any smell of
to help ensure safe, dependable • Check the engine oil level.
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
operation of your vehicle. • Check coolant level in coolant
• Check for vibrations in the steering
If you have any question, we recom- reservoir.
wheel. Notice any increased steer-
mend that you consult an authorized • Check the windshield washer fluid ing effort or looseness in the steer-
Kia dealer. level. ing wheel, or change in its straight-
These Owner Maintenance Checks • Look for low or under-inflated tires. ahead position.
are generally not covered by war- • Notice if your vehicle constantly
ranties and you may be charged for turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
labor, parts and lubricants used. WARNING
when traveling on smooth, level
Be careful when checking your road.
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot • When stopping, listen and check
coolant and steam may blow out for unusual sounds, pulling to one
under pressure.This could cause side, increased brake pedal travel
burns or other serious injury. or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
7 6
Maintenance
At least monthly: At least twice a year At least once a year:

• Check coolant level in the engine (i.e., every Spring and Fall): • Clean body and door drain holes.
coolant reservoir. • Check radiator, heater and air con- • Lubricate door hinges and checks,
• Check the operation of all exterior ditioning hoses for leaks or dam- and hood hinges.
lights, including the stoplights, turn age.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
signals and hazard warning flash- • Check windshield washer spray latches.
ers. and wiper operation. Clean wiper
• Lubricate door rubber weather-
• Check the inflation pressures of all blades with clean cloth dampened
strips.
tires including the spare. with washer fluid.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check the power steering fluid
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
level.
shields and clamps.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
transaxle linkage and controls.
wear and function.
• Clean battery and terminals.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts. • Check the brake fluid level.
7 7
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE

Follow Normal Maintenance If your vehicle is operated under the
Schedule if the vehicle is usually above conditions, you should
operated where none of the following inspect, replace or refill more fre-
conditions apply. If any of the following quently than the following Normal
conditions apply, follow Maintenance Maintenance Schedule. After the
Under Severe Usage Conditions. periods or distance shown in the
• Repeated short distance driving. chart, continue to follow the pre-
scribed maintenance intervals.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extreme-
ly humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 32°C (90°F).
7 8
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE, FOR RUSSIA

The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the fre-
quency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and *7 : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri-
if necessary correct or replace. odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some impor-
miles) or before starting a long trip. tant matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power,
*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and main- hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediate-
tained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil ly regardless of maintenance schedule and we recommand
can damage the engine, and such damage is not covered that you consult an authorized Kia dealer for details.
by warranty. *8 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft
*4 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the
applicable only when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 or equiv- coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture can
alent">. If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet the EN590, result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
it must be replaced more frequently. Kia recommends "every *9 : Inspect and if necessary correct or replace. Inspect drive
7,500km inspection, every 15,000km replacement". belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary
If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow correct or replace.
restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc., *10 : If good quality gasolines that meet Europe Fuel standards
replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not avail-
schedule and we recommand that you consult an authorized able, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are
Kia dealer for details available from your authorized Kia dealer along with infor-
*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval mation on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
when you do maintenance of other items. *11 : Manual transaxle fluid, and differential oil should be
*6 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
and adjust if necessary. We recommended that the system
should be checked by an authorized Kia dealer.
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - EXCEPT EUROPE, FOR RUSSIA (CONT.)

15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12months (Continued)
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
(for Except China, India, Middle East) (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor ❑ Add fuel additives *10
❑ Inspect battery condition (Every 5,000 km or 6months)
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
replace.
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses
(Every 20,000 km)
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - For China
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear)
❑ Inspect power steering fluid and hoses
❑ Inspect vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter (for China, India, Middle East)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
- Except China, Middle East *2
- For middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia,
Sudan, Eqypt, Iran*2
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months*3)
(Continued)
7 10
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace air cleaner filter (for China, India, Middle East)
(for Except China, India, Middle East) ❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
❑ Inspect battery condition - Except China, Middle East *2
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
❑ Inspect all electrical system - For middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia,
❑ Inspect brake fluid Sudan, Eqypt, Iran*2
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads (Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months *3)
❑ Inspect drive belt *1 ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses ❑ Add fuel additives *10
(Every 20,000 km) (Every 5,000 km or 6months)
❑ Inspect exhaust system ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints replace.
❑ Inspect fuel filter *7
❑ Inspect propeller shaft
(Continued)
7 11
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
❑ Inspect battery condition (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections ❑ Add fuel additives *10
❑ Inspect brake fluid (Every 5,000 km or 6months)
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
(Every 20,000 km) replace.
❑ Replace air cleaner filter (for all region)
❑ Replace fuel tank air filter - For China
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months*3)
(Continued)
7 12
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Inspect rear differential oil *11
(for Except China, India, Middle East) ❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor ❑ Replace air cleaner filter (for China, India, Middle East)
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Replace fuel tank air filter - Except China
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections ❑ Replace climate control air filter
❑ Inspect all electrical systems ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
❑ Inspect brake fluid - Except China, Middle East *2
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
❑ Inspect drive belt *1 - For middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia,
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots Sudan, Eqypt, Iran*2
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses (Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months*3)
(Every 20,000 km) ❑ Replace fuel filter *7
❑ Inspect exhaust system ❑ Inspect cooling system
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints (At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - For China after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
❑ Inspect power steering fluid and hoses (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect propeller shaft ❑ Add fuel additives *10
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots (Every 5,000 km or 6months)
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear) ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body) replace.
(Continued)
7 13
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
(for Except China, India, Middle East) (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor ❑ Add fuel additives *10
❑ Inspect battery condition (Every 5,000 km or 6 months)
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections
❑ Inspect brake fluid ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads replace.
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses
(Every 20,000 km)
(Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12 months*3)
(Continued)
7 14
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor ❑ Replace fuel tank air filter - For China
❑ Inspect battery condition ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections - Except China, Middle East *2
❑ Inspect all electrical system ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
❑ Inspect brake fluid - For middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia,
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads Sudan, Eqypt, Iran*2
❑ Inspect drive belt *1 (Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months*3)
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots ❑ Inspect cooling system
❑ Inspect exhaust system (At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
(Every 20,000 km) ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect fuel filter *7 ❑ Add fuel additives *10
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - Except China (Every 5,000 km or 6months)
❑ Inspect power steering fluid and hoses ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots replace.
❑ Inspect valve clearance *6
❑ Replace air cleaner filter (for all region)
(Continued)
7 15
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
(for Except China, India, Middle East) - For middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia,
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor Sudan, Eqypt, Iran*2
❑ Inspect battery condition (Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months*3)
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
❑ Inspect brake fluid (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads ❑ Add fuel additives *10
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses (Every 5,000 km or 6months)
(Every 20,000 km) ❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints replace.
❑ Inspect parking brake
(Continued)
7 16
Maintenance

❑ Inspect air cleaner filter ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
(for Except China, India, Middle East) - Except China, Middle East *2
❑ Inspect air conditioner refrigerant/compressor ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI)
❑ Inspect battery condition - For middle East, India, Libia, Algeria, Morocco, Tunisia,
❑ Inspect brake lines, hoses and connections Sudan, Eqypt, Iran*2
❑ Inspect all electrical system (Every 10,000 km (6,500 miles) or 12months*3)
❑ Inspect brake fluid ❑ Replace fuel filter *7
❑ Inspect disc brakes and pads ❑ Replace fuel tank air filter - Except China
❑ Inspect drive belt *1 ❑ Replace spark plugs (Iridium) *5
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots (Every 160,000 km (100,000 miles) or 120months)
❑ Inspect EHPS motor pump and hoses (Every 20,000 km) ❑ Replace coolant *8
❑ Inspect exhaust system (At first, 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120months
❑ Inspect front suspension ball joints after that, every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24months *5)
❑ Inspect fuel lines, hoses and connections ❑ Inspect cooling system
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter - For China (At first, 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48months
❑ Inspect power steering fluid and hoses after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24months)
❑ Inspect steering gear rack, linkage and boots ❑ Replace engine oil and filter (MPI) - For China
❑ Inspect tire (pressure & tread wear) (Every 5,000 km or 12months)
❑ Inspect rear differential oil *11 ❑ Add fuel additives *10
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap (Every 5,000 km or 6months)
❑ Inspect vacuum hose (for EGR & throttle body) No check, No service required
❑ Replace air cleaner filter (for China, India, Middle East) ❑ Automatic transaxle fluid
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or
(Continued)
replace.
7 17
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - EXCEPT EUROPE, FOR RUSSIA

The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
Except Middle Every 7,500 km (5,000 miles) or
R
Engine oil and Gasoline East 6 months A, B, C, D, E,
engine oil filter - MPI For China, Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or F, G, H, I, J
R
Middle East 6 months
Replace more frequently
Air cleaner filter I C, E
depending on the condition
A, C, D, E, F,
Automatic transaxle fluid R Every 100,000 km (62,500 miles)
G, H, I, J
Inspect more frequently
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I C, D, E, F, G
Front suspension ball joints I C, D, E, F, G
7 18
Maintenance
Maintenance
Maintenance item Maintenance intervals Driving condition
operation
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors I C, D, E, G, H
Inspect more frequently C, D, E, F,
Driveshaft and boots I
depending on the condition G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter R C, E, G
Spark plugs R A, B, H, I, L
Rear differential oil R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, G, H, I, K
Every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or

Propeller shaft (if equipped) I C, E
12 months
Severe driving conditions

A :
Repeated short distance driving G : Driving in mountainous areas.
B :
Extensive idling H : Towing a trailer or using a camper on roof rack
C :
Driving in dusty, rough roads I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle tow-
D :
Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive ing
materials or in very cold weather J : Driving in very cold weather
E : Driving in sandy areas K : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot L : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
weather above 32°C (90°F)
7 19
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

Engine oil and filter Fuel filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-
The engine oil and filter should be A clogged filter can limit the speed at nections
changed at the intervals specified in which the vehicle may be driven, Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
the maintenance schedule. If the car damage the emission system and connections for leakage and dam-
is being driven in severe conditions, cause multiple issues such as hard age. We recommend that the fuel
more frequent oil and filter changes starting. If an excessive amount of lines, fuel hoses and connectionsr be
are required. foreign matter accumulates in the replaced by an authoized Kia dealer.
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
Drive belts Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
After installing a new filter, run the
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of engine for several minutes, and The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil check for leaks at the connections. should be inspected at those inter-
saturation and replace if necessary. We recommend that the fuel lines, vals specified in the maintenance
Drive belts should be checked peri- fuel hoses and connectioner be schedule. Make sure that a new
odically for proper tension and replaced by an authorized Kia deal- vapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-
adjusted as necessary. er. rectly replaced.
CAUTION
When you are inspecting the
belt, place the engine start/stop
button in the OFF or ACC posi-
tion.
7 20
Maintenance
Vacuum crankcase ventilation Air cleaner filter Valve clearance

hoses (if equipped) We recommend that the air cleaner Inspect excessive valve noise and/or
Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- filter be replaced by an authorized engine vibration and adjust if neces-
dence of heat and/or mechanical Kia dealer. sary. We recommend that the system
damage. Hard and brittle rubber, be serviced by an authorized Kia
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and dealer.
excessive swelling indicate deterio- Spark plugs
ration. Particular attention should be Make sure to install new spark plugs
paid to examine those hose surfaces of the correct heat range. Cooling system
nearest to high heat sources, such Check cooling system components,
as the exhaust manifold. such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
WARNING hoses and connections for leakage
Inspect the hose routing to assure Do not disconnect and inspect
that the hoses do not come in con- and damage. Replace any damaged
spark plugs when the engine is parts.
tact with any heat source, sharp hot. You may burn yourself.
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or Coolant
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and The coolant should be changed at
couplings, to make sure they are the intervals specified in the mainte-
secure, and that no leaks are pres- nance schedule.
ent. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
7 21
Maintenance
Automatic transaxle fluid Brake hoses and lines Brake discs, pads, calipers
An automatic transaxle fluid should Visually check for proper installation, and rotors
not be checked under normal usage chafing, cracks, deterioration and Check the pads for excessive wear,
conditions. any leakage. Replace any deteriorat- discs for run out and wear, and
We recommend that the automatic ed or damaged parts immediately. calipers for fluid leakage.
transmission fluid changed by an
authorized Kia dealer according to Brake fluid Suspension mounting bolts
the maintenance schedule.
Check brake fluid level in the brake Check the suspension connections
fluid reservoir. The level should be for looseness or damage. Retighten
✽ NOTICE between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on to the specified torque.
An automatic transaxle fluid color is the side of the reservoir. Use only
basically red. hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
As the vehicle is driven, the auto- DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
matic transaxle fluid will begin to
look darker.
It is normal condition and you should Parking brake
not judge the need to replace the fluid Inspect the parking brake system.
based upon the changed color.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle mal-
function and failure.
Use only specified automatic
transaxle fluid. (Refer to
“Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in section 8.)
7 22
Maintenance
Steering gear box, linkage & Drive shafts and boots

boots/lower arm ball joint Check the drive shafts, boots and
With the vehicle stopped and engine clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
off, check for excessive free-play in damage. Replace any damaged parts
the steering wheel. and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Check the linkage for bends or dam-
age. Check the dust boots and ball Air conditioning refrigerant
joints for deterioration, cracks, or dam- (if equipped)
age. Replace any damaged parts.
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
7 23
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the engine oil level
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and

check the level. The level should
be between F and L. OKH073003L
OKH073002L If it is near or at L, add enough oil to

CAUTION bring the level to F. Do not overfill.
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level • Do not overfill the engine oil. It
ground. may damage the engine. Use a funnel to help prevent oil
2. Start the engine and allow it to • Do not spill engine oil, when from being spilled on engine com-
reach normal operating tempera- adding or changing engine oil. ponents.
ture. If you drop the engine oil on the
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a engine room, wipe it off imme- Use only the specified engine oil.
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for diately. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants
the oil to return to the oil pan. • When you wipe the oil level and capacities” in section 8.)
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, gauge, you should wipe it with a
and re-insert it fully. clean cloth. When mixed with
debris, it can cause engine
damage.
7 24
Maintenance
Changing the engine oil and

filter
We recommend that the engine oil
and filter be replaced by an author-
ized Kia dealer.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause irri-
tation or cancer of the skin if
left in contact with the skin for
prolonged periods of time. Used
engine oil contains chemicals
that have caused cancer in lab-
oratory animals. Always protect
your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap
and warm water as soon as pos-
sible after handling used oil.
7 25
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system Checking the coolant level (Continued)
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is When you are sure all the
filled at the factory. WARNING pressure has been released,
Removing radiator press down on the cap, using
Check the antifreeze protection and
cap a thick towel, and continue
coolant level at least once a year, at
turning counterclockwise to
the beginning of the winter season,
remove it.
and before traveling to a colder cli-
mate. • Even if the engine is not oper-
• Never attempt to remove the ating, do not remove the radi-
radiator cap while the engine ator cap or the drain plug
CAUTION is operating or hot. Doing so while the engine and radiator
• When the engine overheats might lead to cooling system are hot. Hot coolant and
from low engine coolant, sud- and engine damage and could steam may still blow out
denly adding engine coolant result in serious personal under pressure, causing seri-
may cause cracks in the injury from escaping hot ous injury.
engine. To prevent damage, coolant or steam.
add engine coolant slowly in • Turn the engine off and wait
small quantities. until it cools down. Use
• Do not drive with no engine extreme care when removing
coolant. It may cause water the radiator cap. Wrap a thick
pump failure and engine towel around it, and turn it
seizure, etc. counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while
the pressure is released from
the cooling system.
(Continued)
7 26
Maintenance
Recommended engine coolant

WARNING • When adding coolant, use only
The electric motor deionized water or soft water for
(cooling fan) is con- your vehicle and never mix hard
trolled by engine water in the coolant filled at the fac-
coolant temperature, tory. An improper coolant mixture
refrigerant pressure can result in serious malfunction or
and vehicle speed. It may some- engine damage.
times operate even when the • The engine in your vehicle has alu-
engine is not running. Use minum engine parts and must be
extreme caution when working protected by an ethylene-glycol-
near the blades of the cooling OKH073004L based coolant to prevent corrosion
fan so that you are not injured Check the condition and connections and freezing.
by a rotating fan blades. As the of all cooling system hoses and
engine coolant temperature • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
heater hoses. Replace any swollen coolant or mix them with the spec-
decreases, the electric motor or deteriorated hoses.
will automatically shut off. This ified coolant.
is a normal condition. The coolant level should be filled • Do not use a solution that contains
between F and L marks on the side more than 60% antifreeze or less
of the coolant reservoir when the than 35% antifreeze, which would
engine is cool. reduce the effectiveness of the
If the coolant level is low, add enough solution.
distilled (deionized) water. Bring the
level to F (Full) , but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, we
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer.
7 27
Maintenance
For mixture percentage, refer to the Changing the coolant

following table. We recommend that the coolant be
replaced by an authorized Kia dealer.
Ambient Mixture Percentage (volume)
Temperature Antifreeze Water
CAUTION
-15°C (5°F) 35 65
Put a thick cloth around the
25°C (-13°F) 40 60 radiator cap before refilling the
35°C (-31°F) 50 50 coolant in order to prevent the
coolant from overflowing into
45°C (-49°F) 60 40 engine parts such as the gener-
OKH073005L ator.
WARNING
■ Type A ■ Type B Radiator WARNING - Coolant
cap • Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when
Do not remove the radiator cap sprayed on the windshield
when the engine and radiator and may cause loss of vehicle
are hot. Scalding hot coolant control or damage to paint
and steam may blow out under and body trim.
pressure causing serious injury.
7 28
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the brake fluid level If the fluid level is excessively low, we
recommend that the system be WARNING - Brake fluid
checked by an authorized Kia dealer. When changing and adding
Use only the specified brake fluid. brake fluid, handle it carefully.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants Do not let it come in contact with
or capacities” in section 8.) your eyes. If brake fluid should
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a
Never mix different types of fluid. large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a
doctor as soon as possible.
WARNING - Loss of brake
fluid
OKH073006L
In the event the brake system CAUTION
Check the fluid level in the reservoir requires frequent additions of Do not allow brake fluid to con-
periodically. The fluid level should be fluid, we recommend that the tact the vehicle's body paint, as
between MAX and MIN marks on the system be inspected by an paint damage will result. Brake
side of the reservoir. authorized Kia dealer. fluid, which has been exposed
Before removing the reservoir cap to open air for an extended time
and adding brake fluid, clean the area should never be used as its
around the reservoir cap thoroughly quality cannot be guaranteed. It
to prevent brake fluid contamination. should be disposed of properly.
If the level is low, add fluid to the Don't put in the wrong kind of
MAX level. The level will fall with fluid. A few drops of mineral-
accumulated mileage. This is a nor- based oil, such as engine oil, in
mal condition associated with the your brake system can damage
wear of the brake linings. brake system parts.
7 29
Maintenance
POWER STEERING FLUID

Checking the power steering ✽ NOTICE (Continued)
fluid level Check that the fluid level is in the • The use of the non-specified
"HOT" range on the gauge. If the fluid could reduce the effective-
fluid is cold, check that it is in the ness of the power steering sys-
"COLD" range. tem and cause damage to it.
In the event the power steering system
requires frequent additions of fluid, we Use only the specified power steering
recommend that the system be fluid. (Refer to "Recommended lubri-
inspected by an authorized Kia dealer. cants or capacities" in section 8.)
CAUTION Checking the power steering

• To avoid damage to the power hose
OKH073007L steering pump, do not operate
the vehicle for prolonged peri- Check the connections for oil leaks,
With the vehicle on level ground, damage and twists in the power
check the fluid level in the power ods with a low power steering
fluid level. steering hose before driving.
steering reservoir periodically. The
fluid should be between MAX and • Never start the engine when
MIN marks on the side of the gauge the reservoir tank is empty.
at the normal temperature. • When adding fluid, be careful
Before adding power steering fluid, that dirt does not get into the
thoroughly clean the area around the tank.
reservoir cap to prevent power steer- • Too little fluid can result in
ing fluid contamination. increased steering effort and/or
If the level is low, add fluid to the noise from the power steering
MAX level. system.
(Continued)
7 30
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
Checking the washer fluid
level WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control or
damage to paint and body trim.
• Windshield Washer fluid
agents contain some amounts
of alcohol and can be flamma-
OKH073008L ble under certain circum-
stances. Do not allow sparks
The reservoir is translucent so that or flame to contact the washer
you can check the level with a quick fluid or the washer fluid reser-
visual inspection. voir. Damage to the vehicle or
Check the fluid level in the washer occupants could occur.
fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- • Windshield washer fluid is
sary. Plain water may be used if wash- poisonous to humans and ani-
er fluid is not available. However, use mals. Do not drink and avoid
washer solvent with antifreeze char- contacting windshield washer
acteristics in cold climates to prevent fluid. Serious injury or death
freezing. could occur.
7 31
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
Filter replacement
A B
OKH072051 OKH072052
OKH073009L 1. Lift the end of strip (1) up. (A) : for assemble
It must be replaced when necessary, 2. Press the fastener head with (B) : for remove
and should not be washed. screw driver and then pull the fas-
tener out.
You can clean the filter when inspect- 4. Press the fastener head with screw
ing the air cleaner element. 3. Lift the rear portion of small serv- driver and then pull the fastener
ice cover (2) up and then remove out from main service cover (3).
Clean the filter by using compressed the service cover.
air. 5. Pull the main service cover over
7mm (0.28 in) to toward the front
of the vehicle.
6. Lift the main service cover up and
then remove the main service
cover. Be careful not to damage
the holder under the main service
cover.
7 32
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Do not drive with the air clean-
er removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• We recommend that you use
parts for replacement from an
OKH072053L OKH072011L authorized Kia dealer.
7. Loosen the air cleaner cover 9. Replace the air cleaner filter.
attaching clips and open the cover. 10. Lock the cover with the cover
8. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner. attaching clips.
Replace the filter according to the

Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extreme-
ly dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this section.)
7 33
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER

Filter inspection Filter replacement
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the mainte-
nance schedule. If the vehicle is
operated in the severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you, the owner, replace the cli-
mate control air filter, replace it per-
forming the following procedure, and
be careful to avoid damaging other OKH072016
components. OKH072015 2. Open the glove box and remove
Replace the filter according to the the support strap (1).
maintenance Schedule. 1. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides.
7 34
Maintenance
OKH072017 OBH078017
3. Remove the climate control air fil- 4. Replace the climate control air fil-
ter cover while pressing the lock ter.
on the left side of the cover. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly.
Otherwise, the system may produce
noise and the effectiveness of the fil-
ter may be reduced.
7 35
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade inspection Contamination of either the windshield Blade replacement
or the wiper blades with foreign matter When the wipers no longer clean
can reduce the effectiveness of the adequately, the blades may be worn
windshield wipers. Common sources or cracked, and require replacement.
of contamination are insects, tree sap,
and hot wax treatments used by some
commercial car washes. If the blades CAUTION
are not wiping properly, clean both the To prevent damage to the wiper
window and the blades with a good arms or other components, do
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse not attempt to move the wipers
thoroughly with clean water. manually.
CAUTION
OKH073073L CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
✽ NOTICE blades, do not use gasoline, The use of a non-specified
kerosene, paint thinner, or other wiper blade could result in
Commercial hot waxes applied by wiper malfunction and failure.
automatic car washes have been solvents on or near them.
known to make the windshield diffi-
cult to clean.
7 36
Maintenance
Front windshield wiper blade Move the wiper switch to the single
wiping (MIST) position within 20 sec-
■ Type A
onds and hold the switch until the
wiper blade is in the fully up position.
OKH073040 OHM078059
■ Type B 1. Raise the wiper arm.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
OKH073040L
For your convenience, move the
windshield wiper blades to the serv-
ice position as follows;
Turn off the engine.
7 37
Maintenance
OSBL071001
OSBL071002
4. Push down the wiper arm (3) and
install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-
shield.
OSBL071003
2. Turn the wiper blade clip. Then lift
up the blade clip.
3. Push the clip (1) and push up the
wiper arm (2).
7 38
Maintenance
BATTERY
For best battery service ✽ NOTICE
Basically equipped battery is main- WARNING - Battery
tenance free type. If your vehicle is dangers
equipped with the battery marked Always read the follow-
with LOWER and UPPER on the ing instructions carefully
side, you can check the electrolyte when handling a battery.
level. The electrolyte level should be Keep lighted cigarettes
between LOWER and UPPER. If and all other flames or
the electrolyte level is low, it needs to sparks away from the
add distilled (demineralized) water battery.
(Never add sulfuric acid or other Hydrogen, a highly com-
electrolyte). When refill, be careful bustible gas, is always
not to splash the battery and adja- present in battery cells
OKH072048
cent components. And do not over- and may explode if ignit-
• Keep the battery securely mounted. fill the battery cells. It can cause cor- ed.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry. rosion on other parts. After then
ensure that tighten the cell caps. We Keep batteries out of the
• Keep the terminals and connec- recommend that you contact an reach of children
tions clean, tight, and coated with authorized Kia dealer. because batteries con-
petroleum jelly or terminal grease. tain highly corrosive
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from SULFURIC ACID. Do not
the battery immediately with a allow battery acid to
solution of water and baking soda. contact your skin, eyes,
• If the vehicle is not going to be clothing or paint finish.
used for an extended time, discon- (Continued)
nect the battery cables.
7 39
Maintenance
(Continued) (Continued) CAUTION

If any electrolyte gets • When lifting a plastic-cased • When you don’t use the vehi-
into your eyes, flush battery, excessive pressure cle for a long time in the low
your eyes with clean on the case may cause battery temperature area, separate the
water for at least 15 min- acid to leak, resulting in per- battery and keep it indoors.
utes and get immediate sonal injury. Lift with a battery • Always charge the battery fully
medical attention. carrier or with your hands on to prevent battery case dam-
If electrolyte gets on your opposite corners. age in low temperature area.
skin, thoroughly wash • Never attempt to recharge the • If you connect unauthorized
the contacted area. If you battery when the battery electronic devices to the bat-
feel a pain or a burning cables are connected. tery, the battery may be dis-
sensation, get medical • The electrical ignition system charged. Never use unautho-
attention immediately. works with high voltage. rized devices.
Wear eye protection Never touch these compo- • Make sure the battery cap is
when charging or work- nents with the engine running closed. If the battery cap is not
ing near a battery. or the ignition switched on. closed securely, it can mal-
Always provide ventila- Failure to follow the above function because the electric
tion when working in an warnings can result in serious components are exposed to
enclosed space. bodily injury or death. moisture.
An inappropriately dis-
posed battery can be
Pb harmful to the environ- WARNING
ment and human health.
Dispose the battery We recommend that the system
according to your local be serviced by an authorized
law(s) or regulation. Kia dealer.
(Continued)
7 40
Maintenance
Battery capacity label Battery recharging (Continued)

(see the example) Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, • Watch the battery during
Example calcium-based battery. charging, and stop or reduce
• If the battery becomes discharged the charging rate if the battery
in a short time (because, for exam- cells begin gassing (boiling)
ple, the headlights or interior lights violently or if the temperature
were left on while the vehicle was of the electrolyte of any cell
not in use), recharge it by slow exceeds 49°C (120°F).
charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • Wear eye protection when
• If the battery gradually discharges checking the battery during
because of high electric load while charging.
the vehicle is being used, recharge • Disconnect the battery charg-
it at 20-30A for two hours. er in the following order.
OJD072039
1. Turn off the battery charger
❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle may main switch.
differ from the illustration. WARNING - Recharging
battery 2. Unhook the negative clamp
When recharging the battery, from the negative battery ter-
1. CMF60L-BCI : The Kia model minal.
name of battery observe the following precau-
2. 12V : The nominal voltage tions: 3. Unhook the positive clamp
3. 60Ah (20HR) : The nominal capaci- • The battery must be removed from the positive battery ter-
ty (in Ampere hours) from the vehicle and placed in minal.
4. 92RC : The nominal reserve an area with good ventilation.
capacity (in min.) • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,
5. 550CCA : The cold-test current in or flame near the battery.
amperes by SAE
(Continued)
6. 440A : The cold-test current in
amperes by EN
7 41
Maintenance
Reset items
WARNING Items should be reset after the bat-
• Before performing mainte- tery has been discharged or the bat-
nance or recharging the battery has been disconnected.
tery, turn off all accessories
• Auto up/down window
and stop the engine.
(See section 4)
• The negative battery cable
• Sunroof (See section 4)
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery • Driver position memory system
is disconnected. (See section 4)
• We recommend that the sys- • Trip computer (See section 4)
tem be serviced by an author- • Climate control system
ized Kia dealer. (See section 4)
• Clock (See section 4)
CAUTION • Audio (See section 4)
• Keep the battery away from
water or any liquid.
• We recommend that you use
parts for replacement from an
7 42
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS

Tire care
CAUTION
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must • Underinflation also results in
always maintain recommended tire excessive wear, poor handling
inflation pressures and stay within and reduced fuel economy.
the load limits and weight distribution Wheel deformation also is
recommended for your vehicle. possible. Keep your tire pres-
sures at the proper levels.
If a tire frequently needs refill-
Recommended cold tire infla- ing, we recommend that the
tion pressures system be checked by an
All tire pressures (including the OKH082002 authorized Kia dealer.
spare) should be checked when the All specifications (sizes and pres- • Overinflation produces a
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the sures) can be found on a label harsh ride, excessive wear at
vehicle has not been driven for at attached to the vehicle. the center of the tire tread, and
least three hours or driven less than a greater possibility of dam-
1.6 km (one mile). age from road hazards.
WARNING - Tire underin-
Recommended pressures must be flation
maintained for the best ride, top vehi-
cle handling, and minimum tire wear. Severe underinflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
For recommended inflation pressure, blowouts, tread separation and
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8. other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 43
Maintenance
Checking tire inflation pressure

CAUTION CAUTION - Tire pressure
Check your tires once a month or
• Warm tires normally exceed Always observe the following: more.
recommended cold tire pres- • Check tire pressure when the
sures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 Also, check the tire pressure of the
tires are cold. (After vehicle spare tire.
psi). Do not release air from has been parked for at least
warm tires to adjust the pres- three hours or hasn't been
sure or the tires will be under- driven more than 1.6 km (one How to check
inflated. mile) since startup.) Use a good quality gauge to check
• Be sure to reinstall the tire • Check the pressure of your tire pressure. You can not tell if your
inflation valve caps. Without spare tire each time you check tires are properly inflated simply by
the valve cap, dirt or moisture the pressure of other tires. looking at them. Radial tires may
could get into the valve core look properly inflated even when
and cause air leakage. If a • Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a they're underinflated.
valve cap is missing, install a
vehicle luggage rack if your Check the tire's inflation pressure
new one as soon as possible.
vehicle is equipped with one. when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
• Worn, old tires can cause acci- means your vehicle has been sitting
dents. If your tread is badly for at least three hours or driven no
WARNING - Tire Inflation more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
worn, or if your tires have
Overinflation or underinflation been damaged, replace them.
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
7 44
Maintenance
Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire rotation

valve stem. Press the tire gauge firm- WARNING To equalize tread wear, it is recom-
ly onto the valve to get a pressure • Inspect your tires frequently mended that the tires be rotated
measurement. If the cold tire inflation for proper inflation as well as every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
pressure matches the recommended wear and damage. Always use sooner if irregular wear develops.
pressure on the tire and loading a tire pressure gauge.
information label, no further adjust- During rotation, check the tires for
• Tires with too much or too little correct balance.
ment is necessary. If the pressure is pressure wear unevenly caus-
low, add air until you reach the rec- ing poor handling, loss of vehi- When rotating tires, check for uneven
ommended amount. cle control, and sudden tire wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
If you overfill the tire, release air by failure leading to accidents, usually caused by incorrect tire pres-
pushing on the metal stem in the cen- injuries, and even death. The sure, improper wheel alignment, out-
ter of the tire valve. Recheck the tire recommended cold tire pres- of-balance wheels, severe braking or
pressure with the tire gauge. Be sure sure for your vehicle can be severe cornering. Look for bumps or
to put the valve caps back on the found in this manual and on bulges in the tread or side of tire.
valve stems. They help prevent leaks the tire label located on the dri- Replace the tire if you find either of
by keeping out dirt and moisture. ver's side center pillar. these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
• Worn tires can cause acci- be sure to bring the front and rear tire
dents. Replace tires that are pressures to specification and check
worn, show uneven wear, or lug nut tightness.
are damaged.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.
• Remember to check the pres-
sure of your spare tire. Kia
recommends that you check
the spare every time you
check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
7 45
Maintenance
With a full-size spare tire (if equipped) Disc brake pads should be inspected Wheel alignment and tire bal-
for wear whenever tires are rotated. ance
The wheels on your vehicle were
✽ NOTICE aligned and balanced carefully at the
Rotate radial tires that have an factory to give you the longest tire life
asymmetric tread pattern only from and best overall performance.
front to rear and not from right to In most cases, you will not need to
left. have your wheels aligned again.
S2BLA790 However, if you notice unusual tire
Without a spare tire wear or your vehicle pulling one way
WARNING or the other, the alignment may need
• Do not use the compact spare to be reset.
tire for tire rotation. If you notice your vehicle vibrating
• Do not mix bias ply and radial when driving on a smooth road, your
ply tires under any circum- wheels may need to be rebalanced.
stances. This may cause
unusual handling characteris- CAUTION
S2BLA790A tics that could result in death,
Directional tires (if equipped) severe injury, or property Improper wheel weights can
damage. damage your vehicle's alu-
minum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
CBGQ0707A
7 46
Maintenance
Tire replacement
CAUTION WARNING - Replacing
Tread wear indicator When replacing the tires, tires
recheck and tighten the wheel To reduce the chance of serious
nuts after driving about 1,000 or fatal injuries from an acci-
km(620miles). If the steering dent caused by tire failure or
wheel shakes or the vehicle loss of vehicle control:
vibrates while driving, the tire is • Replace tires that are worn,
out of balance. Align the tire bal- show uneven wear, or are
ance. If the problem is not damaged. Worn tires can
solved, we recommend that you cause loss of braking effec-
contact an authorized Kia dealer. tiveness, steering control, and
OEN076053
traction.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear too little or too much pressure
indicator will appear as a solid band in your tires. This can lead to
across the tread. This shows there is uneven wear and tire failure.
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never
this happens. mix radial and bias-ply tires
on the same car. You must
Do not wait for the band to appear replace all tires (including the
across the entire tread before replac- spare) if moving from radial to
ing the tire. bias-ply tires.
(Continued)
7 47
Maintenance
(Continued) Wheel replacement Tire traction

• Using tires and wheels other When replacing the metal wheels for Tire traction can be reduced if you
than the recommended sizes any reason, make sure the new drive on worn tires, tires that are
could cause unusual handling wheels are equivalent to the original improperly inflated or on slippery
characteristics and poor vehi- factory units in diameter, rim width road surfaces. Tires should be
cle control, resulting in a seri- and offset. replaced when tread wear indicators
ous accident. appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road to
• Wheels that do not meet Kia’s WARNING reduce the possibility of losing con-
specifications may fit poorly A wheel that is not the correct trol of the vehicle.
and result in damage to the size may adversely affect wheel
vehicle or unusual handling and bearing life, braking and
and poor vehicle control. stopping abilities, handling char- Tire maintenance
• The ABS works by comparing acteristics, ground clearance, In addition to proper inflation, correct
the speed of the wheels. The body-to-tire clearance, snow wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire size affects wheel speed. chain clearance, speedometer tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
When replacing tires, all 4 and odometer calibration, head- unevenly, we recommend that the
tires must use the same size light aim and bumper height. wheel alignment be checked by an
originally supplied with the authorized Kia dealer.
vehicle. Using tires of a differ-
ent size can cause the When you have new tires installed,
ABS(Anti-lock Brake System) make sure they are balanced. This
and ESP(Electronic Stability will increase vehicle ride comfort and
Program) to work irregularly. tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
7 48
Maintenance
Tire sidewall labeling 1. Manufacturer or brand name V - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
Manufacturer or Brand name is speed rating chart in this section
1
shown. for additional information.
5,6
7 2. Tire size designation Wheel size designation

A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire Wheels are also marked with impor-
4 size designation. You will need this tant information that you need if you
information when selecting replace- ever have to replace one. The follow-
ment tires for your car. The following ing explains what the letters and
2 numbers in the wheel size designa-
3 explains what the letters and numbers
in the tire size designation mean. tion mean.
1 Example tire size designation:
I030B04JM
(These numbers are provided as an Example wheel size designation:
This information identifies and example only; your tire size designa- 7.5JX18
describes the fundamental charac- tor could vary depending on your
teristics of the tire and also provides vehicle.)
the tire identification number (TIN) 7.5 - Rim width in inches.
245/50R18 100V
for safety standard certification. The J - Rim contour designation.
TIN can be used to identify the tire in 245 - Tire width in millimeters.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
case of a recall. 50 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
100 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
7 49
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire

The chart below lists many of the dif- Identification Number) WARNING - Tire age
ferent speed ratings currently being Any tires that are over 6 years old, Tires degrade over time, even
used for passenger car tires. The based on the manufacturing date, when they are not being used.
speed rating is part of the tire size (including the spare tire) should be Regardless of the remaining
designation on the sidewall of the replaced by new ones. You can find tread, it is recommended that
tire. This symbol corresponds to that the manufacturing date on the tire tires generally be replaced after
tire's designed maximum safe oper- sidewall (possibly on the inside of the six (6) years of normal service.
ating speed. wheel), displaying the DOT Code. Heat caused by hot climates or
The DOT Code is a series of num- frequent high loading conditions
Speed bers on a tire consisting of numbers can accelerate the aging
Rating Maximum Speed and English letters. The manufactur- process. Failure to follow this
Symbol ing date is designated by the last four warning can result in sudden tire
S 180 km/h (112 mph) digits (characters) of the DOT code. failure, which could lead to a
loss of control and an accident
T 190 km/h (118 mph) involving serious injury or death.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
H 210 km/h (130 mph)
The front part of the DOT means a
V 240 km/h (149 mph) plant code number, tire size and tread
Z Above 240 km/h (149 mph) pattern and the last four numbers indi-
cate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1614 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2014.
7 50
Maintenance
4. Tire ply composition and mate- 6. Maximum load rating Tread wear
rial This number indicates the maximum The tread wear grade is a compara-
The number of layers or plies of rub- load in kilograms and pounds that can tive rating based on the wear rate of
ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire be carried by the tire. When replacing the tire when tested under controlled
manufacturers also must indicate the the tires on the vehicle, always use a conditions on a specified govern-
materials in the tire, which include tire that has the same load rating as ment test course. For example, a tire
steel, nylon, polyester, and others. the factory installed tire. graded 150 would wear one-and-a-
The letter "R" means radial ply con- half times (1½) as well on the gov-
struction; the letter "D" means diago- ernment course as a tire graded 100.
nal or bias ply construction; and the 7. Uniform tire quality grading
The relative performance of tires
letter "B" means belted-bias ply con- Quality grades can be found where depends upon the actual conditions
struction. applicable on the tire sidewall of their use, however, and may
between tread shoulder and maxi- depart significantly from the norm
mum section width. due to variations in driving habits,
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure For example: service practices and differences in
TREADWEAR 200 road characteristics and climate.
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in TRACTION AA
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum TEMPERATURE A These grades are molded on the
permissible inflation pressure. Refer side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
to the Tire and Loading Information The tires available as standard or
label for recommended inflation optional equipment on your vehicle
pressure. may vary with respect to grade.
7 51
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C Temperature - A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest to The temperature grades are A (the WARNING - Tire
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those highest), B, and C, representing the temperature
grades represent the tire’s ability to tire’s resistance to the generation of The temperature grade for this
stop on wet pavement as measured heat and its ability to dissipate heat tire is established for a tire that is
under controlled conditions on spec- when tested under controlled condi- properly inflated and not over-
ified government test surfaces of tions on a specified indoor laboratory loaded. Excessive speed, under-
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked test wheel. inflation, or excessive loading,
C may have poor traction perform- Sustained high temperature can either separately or in combina-
ance. cause the material of the tire to tion, can cause heat build-up and
degenerate and reduce tire life, and possible sudden tire failure. This
excessive temperature can lead to can cause loss of vehicle control
WARNING sudden tire failure. Grades B and A and serious injury or death.
The traction grade assigned to represent higher levels of perform-
this tire is based on straight- ance on the laboratory test wheel
ahead braking traction tests, than the minimum required by law.
and does not include accelera-
tion, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
7 52
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire

(if equipped) CAUTION CAUTION
Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect Because the sidewall of the low • It is not easy to recognize the
ratio is lower than 50, are provided aspect ratio tire is shorter than tire damage with your own
for sporty looks. the normal, the wheel and tire of eyes. But if there is the slight-
Because the low aspect ratio tires the low aspect ratio tire is easi- est hint of tire damage, even
are optimized for handling and brak- er to be damaged. So, follow the though you cannot see the tire
ing, it may be more uncomfortable to instructions below. damage with your own eyes,
ride in and there is more noise com- - When driving on a rough road have the tire checked or
pare with normal tires. or off road, drive cautiously replaced because the tire
because tires and wheels may damage may cause air leak-
be damaged. And after driv- age from the tire.
ing, inspect tires and wheels. • If the tire is damaged by driv-
- When passing over a pothole, ing on a rough road, off road,
speed bump, manhole, or curb pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the stone, it will not be covered by
tires and wheels are not dam- the warranty.
aged. • You can find out the tire infor-
- If the tire is impacted, we rec- mation on the tire sidewall.
ommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
7 53
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type A vehicle’s electrical system is pro-
tected from electrical overload dam- WARNING - Fuse replace-
age by fuses. ment
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one • Never replace a fuse with any-
Normal Blown located in the driver’s side panel bol- thing but another fuse of the
ster, another is in the engine com- same rating.
■ Cartridge type partment. • A higher capacity fuse could
If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- cause damage and possibly a
sories, or controls do not work, check fire.
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse • Never install a wire or aluminum
has blown, the element inside the foil instead of the proper fuse
fuse will be melted. even as a temporary repair. It
Normal Blown
If the electrical system does not may cause extensive wiring
■ Multi fuse type work, first check the driver’s side damage and a possible fire.
fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, dis-
connect the negative battery cable. CAUTION
Always replace a blown fuse with Do not use a screwdriver or any
Normal Blown one of the same rating. other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
If the replacement fuse blows, this
short circuit and damage the
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
system.
using the system involved and we
recommend that you consult an
authorized Kia dealer. ✽ NOTICE
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade The actual fuse/relay panel label
type for lower amperage rating, car- may differ from equipped items.
Normal Blown tridge type, and fusible link for higher
OKH073054 amperage ratings.
7 54
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse replace-

CAUTION ment
• When replacing a blown fuse
■ Drive side panel
or relay with a new one, make
sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips The
incomplete fastening fuse or
relay may cause the vehicle
wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with OKH072020
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
and terminals may be fastened out. Use the removal tool provided
incompletely, and it may cause OKH072019
in the engine compartment fuse
a possible fire. If fuses, relays 1. Turn the ignition switch and all panel.
and terminals fastened with other switches off.
bolts or nuts are blown, we 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
2. Open the fuse panel cover. if it is blown.
recommend that you consult
with an authorized Kia dealer. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same
• Do not input any other objects rating, and make sure it fits tightly
except fuses or relays into in the clips.
fuse/relay terminals such as a If it fits loosely, we recommend that
driver or wiring. It may cause you consult an authorized Kia dealer.
contact failure and system
malfunction.
7 55
Maintenance
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse Fuse switch

of the same rating from a circuit you CAUTION
may not need for operating the vehi- • Always place the fuse switch
cle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse. in the ON position while driv-
If the headlights or other electrical ing the vehicle.
components do not work and the • Do not move the transportation
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel fuse switch repeatedly. The
in the engine compartment. If a fuse fuse switch may be worn out.
is blown, it must be replaced. • Place fuse switch in the "OFF"
position to discharge the bat-
tery in case of parking the
vehicle more than a month.
OKH072021
Always, put the fuse switch at the ON
position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and
transmitter (or smart key) may not
work properly.
7 56
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it Main fuse
replacement if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, we recommend
that you consult an authorized Kia
dealer.
CAUTION
OKH072022
OBH078025
After checking the fuse panel in
the engine compartment, If the main fuse is blown, it must be
securely install the fuse panel removed as follows:
cover. If not, electrical failures 1. Turn off the engine.
may occur from water contact.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
OKH072023 of the same rating.
1. Turn the ignition switch and all 5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
other switches off. removal.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling the
cover up.
7 57
Maintenance
Multi fuse ✽ NOTICE Fuse/relay panel description

If the multi fuse is blown, we recom- Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
mend that you consult an authorized you can find the fuse/relay label
Kia dealer. describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
OKH072024
to the fuse panel label.
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Disassemble the negative cable of
battery.
2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-
ture above.
3. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
7 58
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
OKH072029
OKH073049CN
7 59
Maintenance
Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rasting Circuit Protected
AUDIO 2 AUDIO
2
10A A/V & Navigation Head Unit
A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Rear Seat Console Switch, Driver Haptic Control
Module, Rear CCS Control Module LH/RH, Driver/Passenger IMS Control Module,
MODULE 3 3
MODULE 10A
Driver Power Seat Module, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH,
Rear Smart Junction Box (IPS Control Module)
Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module, LDWS Camera Module, Crash Pad Switch, Stop Lamp Switch,
MODULE 2 2
MODULE 10A A/T Console Switch, Electric Parking Brake Switch, Console Switch, Smart Cruse Control Radar,
Air Sus, Active Air Flap, TPMS, PAS
SPARE 10A Spare
WIPER 10A Auto Light & Rain Sensor
MODULE 1 1
MODULE 10A BCM, Trunk Lid Main Switch, Low Panel Switch
MEMORY 2 MEMORY
2
10A External Buzzer, Driver Smart Connector, Passenger Smart Connector
DRV HEAT 15A Driver Haptic Control Module, Driver CCS Module
PASS HEAT 15A Passenger CCS Module
WINDOW LH 30A Rear Power Window Module LH, Rear Power Window Module LH
HEADREST 15A Active Headrest Sensor
BCM 10A BCM, Multifunction Switch, Driver/Passenger Power Seat Switch, Rear Door Module LH/RH
EPB 2 15A Electric Parking Brake Module
P/HANDLE 15A Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module
7 60
Maintenance
B/ALARM 10A BCM

W/O Electric ATM Shift Lever : Sport Mode Switch
INHIBITOR 1 INHIBITOR
1
10A
With Electric ATM Shift Lever : Electric ATM Shift Lever
P/DOOR DRV 15A Driver Door Latch
W/O IMS : Passenger Seat Relay Box
PASS P/SEAT 20A
With IMS : Passenger IMS Control Module
P/DOOR RR
15A Rear Door Latch LH
LH
DRV P/SEAT 30A Driver Lumbar Support Valve, Driver Lumbar Support Switch, Driver Power Seat Module
S/ROOF 2 10A Sunroof Motor
SMART KEY 2 SMART KEY

2
10A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (P/N Relay), Smart Key Control Module
S/ROOF 1 20A Sunroof Motor
START 10A Start/Stop Button Switch
Around View Unit, Parking Guide Unit, Head-UP, Instrument Cluster, Driver Lumbar Support Valve,
MODULE 5 5
MODULE 10A Rear Seat Console Switch, Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH/RH, Rear Massage Control
Module LH/RH, Rear Smart Junction Box (IPS Control Module)
CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster, Head-Up Display
SMART KEY 1 SMART KEY

1
25A Smart Key Control Module
DOOR LAMP 10A Driver Door Module, Passenger Door Module
STR'G HTD 15A Clock Spring
7 61
Maintenance
MODULE 6 6
MODULE 10A Smart Key Control Module, BCM
A/BAG 15A Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner, Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner, SRS Control Module
A/BAG IND 10A Instrument Cluster
IGN 1 IG 1 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (FUSE : F20, F21, F23, F25, F26, F27)
Passenger IMS Control Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Seat
MEMORY 1 MEMORY
1
10A Switch, Rear Door Module LH/RH, Power Trunk Module, Instrument Cluster, BCM,
Security Sensor, Analogue Clock, A/C Control Module, Head-Up Display
Rear Monitor Module, Keyboard, A/V Navigation Head Unit, Front Monitor,
MULTI MEDIA 10A
Rear Monitor LH/RH, LVDS
Rear Seat Foot Lamp LH/RH, Trunk Room Lamp LH/RH, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp,
ROOM LAMP 10A Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Front Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Rear Vanity Lamp
Switch LH/RH, Garnish Lamp LH/RH, Garnish Center Lamp, Glove Box Lamp
MEMORY 3 MEMORY
3
10A RF Receiver
EPB 1 15A Electric Parking Brake Module
SPARE 15A Spare
IGN 2 IG 2 20A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (Fuse : F29, F30)
A/CON 1 10A A/C Control Module, Ionizer, AQS Sensor, Incar Sensor, Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Blower Relay)
AFLS 15A Adaptive Front Lighting Module, HEAD LAMP LH/RH
SPARE 10A Spare
P/OUTLET FR 20A Front Cigarette Lighter
7 62
Maintenance
Electric ATM Shift Lever, Analogue Clock, BCM, Around View Unit,
MODULE 4 MODULE
4
10A
Overhead Console Lamp, Parking Guide Unit
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Front/Rear Monitor Module, Keyboard, Smart Key Control Module,
AUDIO 1 AUDIO
1
10A
Rear Seat Audio Switch, AMP, Rear Monitor LH/RH, LVDS
SPARE 10A Spare
P/OUTLET RR 20A P/OUTLET RR, Power Outlet
7 63
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (Driver’s side)
OBH078029L
OKH073056CN
7 64
Maintenance
Stop Lamp 15A Stop Signal Electronic Module
Brake SW 10A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module
AAF 10A Not Used
Injector 1 INJECTOR
1
15A IDB (Injector Drive Box)
SMART KEY
SMK (IGN1) (IGN1)
40A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.5)
ESC 1 40A ESC Control Module
ALT 200A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (Fuse : F9, F15, F16, F18, F19), Alternator
Cooling 70A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.6)

SMART KEY
SMK (IGN2) (IGN2)
ESC 2 40A ESC Control Module
Diagnosis 25A Multipurpose Check Connector
H/Lamp Washer 25A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.7)
Battery 3 40A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F5, F6, F8, F9, F10)
SMART KEY
SMK (ACC) (ACC)
TCU 1 10A ECM, Transmission Range Switch, Transmission Park Postilion Sensor & Switch
ESC 3 10A Steering Angle Sensor, ESC Control Module
B/UP Lamp 1 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.4)
7 65
Maintenance
10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.10), Vacuum Pump SW

Vaccum
ECU 1 10A ECU
EHPS 1 10A EHPS Module
Inhibitor 2 INHIBITOR
2
10A A/T Console Switch, Electric ATM Shift Lever
Washer 15A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.8)
Wiper 2 10A E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.1)

Back View Camera & Back-Up Lamp, A/T Console Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror,
B/UP Lamp 2 10A
A/V & Navigation Head Unit
7 66
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel (Passenger’s side)
OVG079025L
OKH073028L
7 67
Maintenance
Fuse Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rasting Circuit Protected
Sensor 3 10A Rear Smart Junction Box (Fuel Pump Relay)
P/Door PASS 15A Passenger Door Latch
SPARE 15A Spare
Deicer 15A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Front Deicer Relay)
METAL Ignition 20A Ignition Coil #1~6, Condenser #1, #2

CORE
Horn 15A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Horn Relay)
BLOCK
(PCB #1) Sensor 2 10A Mass Air Flow Sensor, Oxygen Sensor #1~4, E/R Fuse & Relay Box LH (RLY.6)
Sensor 4 10A Not Used
Wiper 3 30A Wiper Motor
ECU 3 30A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (ECU Main Relay)
ECS 2 40A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Air ECS Relay)
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, ECM, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve,
Sensor 1 15A
Oil Control Valve #1~4
METAL Injector 2 INJECTOR
2
15A Injector #1~6
CORE
BLOCK SPARE 10A Spare
(PCB #2)
SPARE 20A Spare
SPARE 10A Spare
7 68
Maintenance
Fuse Fuse Name Symbol Fuse rasting Circuit Protected
A/C 2 10A A/C Control Module
Cruise 10A Smart Cruise Control Radar

METAL
CORE TCU 2 15A TCM
BLOCK ECU 2 10A ECM
(PCB #2)
Blower 40A Metal Core Block(PCB) (Blower Relay)
Start 1 30A E/R Fuse Relay Box LH (RLY.2)
Seat Belt LH 40A Driver Seat Belt Pretensioner
Seat Belt RH 40A Passenger Seat Belt Pretensioner

MULTI
Battery 2 60A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F13~20, F23, F24, F27, F28, IPS5~8, Arisu-LT2)
FUSE
Battery 1 60A Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F38, IPS1, 3, Arisu-LT1, Leak Current Autocut Device)
EHPS 2 80A EHPS Module
Battery 4 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #1) (Fuse : F2, F4, F6, F10, F11, F12)
FUSE
Battery 5 60A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Fuse : F7, F11)
7 69
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel
• Battery box fuse panel
OKH072041
OKH073042CN
OKH073043L
7 70
Maintenance
Trunk fuse panel

Rear HTD 40A Rear Defogger Relay
P/WDW RH 30A Passenger Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Module RH
P/Trunk 30A Power Trunk Module
F/Pump F/PUMP 20A Fuel Pump Relay
Rear P/Seat 1 20A Rear Seat Relay Box
ECS 1 ECS
1
20A ECS Unit
PASS P/Seat 15A Passenger IMS Control Module
P/Door RR RH 15A Rear Door Latch RH
Spare 15A Spare
Trunk 10A Trunk Lid Relay, Power Trunk Module Buzzer
Rear Fog Lamp 10A Rear Fog Lamp Relay
Spare 40A Spare
AMP 30A AMP
Spare 20A Spare

Rear Seat Relay Box LH, Rear Seat Relay RH, Rear Seat Massage Control Module LH, Rear
Rear P/Seat 2 10A
Seat Massage Control Module RH
Spare 10A Spare
7 71
Maintenance
DR/Lock RH 10A Passenger Door Module, Rear Door Module RH
DR/Lock LH 10A Driver Door Module, Rear Door Latch LH
RR Seat HTD
15A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module RH, Rear CCS Control Module RH
RH
RR Seat HTD
15A Rear Seat Warmer Control Module LH, Rear CCS Control Module LH
LH
Spare 15A Spare
Battery box fuse panel

Start 2 40A Metal Core Block (PCB #2) (Fuse : F8, F9, F12)
AMS 10A Battery Sensor

Rear Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F1, F2, F3, F4, F5, F6, F7, F8, F10, F11, F13, F15, F17,
Battery 6 100A
F18, F19, F20)
7 72
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - Working on CAUTION
After driving in heavy rain or wash-
the lights • If you don’t have necessary ing the vehicle, headlight and tail-
Prior to working on the light, tools, the correct bulbs and light lenses could appear frosty. This
firmly apply the parking brake, the expertise, we recommend condition is caused by the tempera-
ensure that the ignition switch that you consult an authorized ture difference between the lamp
is turned to the LOCK position Kia dealer. In many cases, it is inside and outside. This is similar to
and turn off the lights to avoid difficult to replace vehicle the condensation on your windows
sudden movement of the vehi- light bulbs because other inside your vehicle during the rain
cle and burning your fingers or parts of the vehicle must be and doesn’t indicate a problem with
receiving an electric shock. removed before you can get to your vehicle. If the water leaks into
the bulb. This is especially true the lamp bulb circuitry, we recom-
if you have to remove the head- mend that the system be checked by
Use only the bulbs of the specified light assembly to get to the an authorized Kia dealer.
wattage. bulb(s). Removing/installing
the headlight assembly can
result in damage to the vehicle.
CAUTION
• Do not install additional bulb
Be sure to replace the burned- or LED. If you install that, the
out bulb with one of the same lamp may not be operated
wattage rating. Otherwise, it properly and fuse box or elec-
may cause damage to the fuse tric wiring system may have
or electric wiring system. problem.
7 73
Maintenance
Headlight, front position light, (4) Front fog light (if equipped) Headlamp (HID/ LED type), Front
front turn signal light, front fog (5) Front position light position lamp, front turn signal
light bulb replacement (6) Daytime running lamp lamp, front fog lamp
■ Type A (LED) (if equipped) If the light bulb is not operating, have
the vehicle checked by an authorized
Kia dealer.
WARNING - Halogen bulbs
• Halogen bulbs contain pres-
surized gas that will produce WARNING - HID/LED
flying pieces of glass if broken. Headlight low beam
(if equipped)
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abra- Do not attempt to replace or
sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid inspect the low beam (XENON
OKH073044 contact with liquids. Never bulb/LED) due to electric shock
■ Type B (HID) touch the glass with bare danger. If the low beam (XENON
hands. Residual oil may cause bulb/LED) is not working, have
the bulb to overheat and burst your vehicle checked by an
when lit. authorized Kia Dealer.
A bulb should be operated
only when installed in a head-
light.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediate-
OKH073045
ly and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when
(1) Headlight (High)
changing a bulb. Allow the
(2) Headlight (Low) bulb to cool down before han-
(3) Front turn signal light dling it.
7 74
Maintenance
✽ NOTICE ✽ NOTICE Side repeater light bulb

HID/LED lamps have superior per- We recommend that the headlight replacement
formance vs. halogen bulbs. aiming be adjusted after an accident
HID/LED lamps are estimated by or after the headlight assembly is
the manufacturer to last twice as reinstalled at an authorized Kia
long or longer than halogen bulbs dealer.
depending on their frequency of use.
They will probably require replace-
ment at some point in the life of the
vehicle. Cycling the headlamps on
and off more than typical use will
shorten HID/LED lamps life.
HID/LED lamps do not fail in the
same manner as halogen incandes-
OKH072031
cent lamps. If a headlamp goes out
after a period of operation but will If the light bulb does not operate, we
immediately relight when the head- recommend that you checked an
lamp switch is cycled it is likely the authorized Kia dealer.
HID/LED lamp needs to be
replaced. HID/LED lighting compo-
nents are more complex than con-
ventional halogen bulbs thus have
higher replacement cost.
7 75
Maintenance
Rear combination light bulb (4) Rear fog light (if equipped) High mounted stop light
replacement (5) Tail lamp replacement
(6) Stop lamp
Rear fog light, Stop and tail light,

Turn signal lamp, Back-up lamp
If the light does not operate, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized Kia
dealer.
OKH072032
OKH072033
If the light is not operating, we rec-

ommend that you checked an
OKH072058L
(1) Stop and tail light

(2) Rear turn signal light
(3) Back-up light
7 76
Maintenance
License plate light bulb Interior light bulb replacement

replacement ■ Glove box lamp WARNING
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the “OFF”
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiv-
ing an electric shock.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snap
OKH072036
the lens into place.
■ Trunk lamp 5. If the map lamp and room lamp
are not operating, we recommend
OVI079039 that the system be checked by an
If the light is not operating, we rec- authorized Kia dealer.
ommend that you checked an
authorized Kia dealer. CAUTION
Use care not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic hous-
ings.
OKH072035
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,

gently pry the lens from the interi-
or light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
7 77
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care Finish maintenance
Washing CAUTION
Exterior general caution
To help protect your vehicle’s finish • Do not use strong soap, chem-
It is very important to follow the label ical detergents or hot water,
directions when using any chemical from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least once and do not wash the vehicle in
cleaner or polish. Read all warning direct sunlight or when the
and caution statements that appear a month with lukewarm or cold water.
body of the vehicle is warm.
on the label. If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each • Be careful when washing the
off-road trip. Pay special attention to side windows of your vehicle.
the removal of any accumulation of Especially, with high-pressure
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign mate- water, water may leak through
rials. Make sure the drain holes in the the windows and wet the inte-
lower edges of the doors and rocker rior.
panels are kept clear and clean. • To prevent damage to plastic
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, parts and lamps, do not clean
industrial pollution and similar with chemical solvents or
deposits can damage your vehicle’s strong detergents.
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
WARNING - Wet brakes
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on After washing the vehicle, test
painted surfaces, may be used. the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-
by water. If braking performance
oughly with lukewarm or cold water.
is impaired, dry the brakes by
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
applying them lightly while main-
taining a slow forward speed.
7 78
Maintenance
Waxing Finish damage repair

Wax the vehicle when water will no Deep scratches or stone chips in the
longer bead on the paint. painted surface must be repaired
Always wash and dry the vehicle promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
before waxing. Use a good quality rust and may develop into a major
liquid or paste wax, and follow the repair expense.
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to main- ✽ NOTICE
tain its luster.
If your vehicle is damaged and
Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- requires any metal repair or
als with a spot remover will usually replacement, be sure the body shop
OKH073050
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to applies anti-corrosion materials to
re-wax these areas even if the rest of the parts repaired or replaced.
CAUTION the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high CAUTION
pressure water washing may • Wiping dust or dirt off the
cause the failure of electrical body with a dry cloth will
circuits or engine and related scratch the finish.
part located in the engine
compartment. • Do not use steel wool, abra-
sive cleaners, or strong deter-
• Never allow water or other liq- gents containing high alkaline
uids to come in contact with or caustic agents on chrome-
electrical/electronic compo- plated or anodized aluminum
nents and air duct inside the parts. This may result in dam-
vehicle as this may damage age to the protective coating
them. and cause discoloration or
paint deterioration.
7 79
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance Underbody maintenance

• To remove road tar and insects, Corrosive materials used for ice and WARNING
use a tar remover, not a scraper or snow removal and dust control may After washing the vehicle, test
other sharp object. collect on the underbody. If these the brakes while driving slowly
• To protect the surfaces of bright- materials are not removed, acceler- to see if they have been affected
metal parts from corrosion, apply a ated rusting can occur on underbody by water. If braking performance
coating of wax or chrome preser- parts such as the fuel lines, frame, is impaired, dry the brakes by
vative and rub to a high luster. floor pan and exhaust system, even applying them lightly while main-
though they have been treated with taining a slow forward speed.
• During winter weather or in coastal rust protection.
areas, cover the bright metal parts Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-
with a heavier coating of wax or body and wheel openings with luke-
preservative. If necessary, coat the warm or cold water once a month,
parts with non-corrosive petroleum after off-road driving and at the end of
jelly or other protective compound. each winter. Pay special attention to
these areas because it is difficult to
see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down the
road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes
that should not be allowed to clog with
dirt; trapped water in these areas can
cause rusting.
7 80
Maintenance
Aluminum or chrome wheel main- Corrosion protection High-corrosion areas

tenance Protecting your vehicle from corrosion If you live in an area where your car is
The aluminum or chrome wheels are By using the most advanced design regularly exposed to corrosive materi-
coated with a clear protective finish. and construction practices to combat als, corrosion protection is particularly
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, corrosion, we produces cars of the important. Some of the common
polishing compound, solvent, or highest quality. However, this is only causes of accelerated corrosion are
wire brushes on aluminum or part of the job. To achieve the long- road salts, dust control chemicals,
chrome wheels. They may scratch term corrosion resistance your vehi- ocean air and industrial pollution.
or damage the finish. cle can deliver, the owner's coopera-
• Clean the wheel when it has cooled. tion and assistance is also required. Moisture breeds corrosion
• Use only a mild soap or neutral Moisture creates the conditions in
detergent, and rinse thoroughly Common causes of corrosion which corrosion is most likely to
with water. Also, be sure to clean The most common causes of corro- occur. For example, corrosion is
the wheels after driving on salted sion on your car are: accelerated by high humidity, partic-
roads. This helps prevent corrosion. ularly when temperatures are just
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is above freezing. In such conditions,
• Avoid washing the wheels with allowed to accumulate underneath
high-speed car wash brushes. the corrosive material is kept in con-
the car. tact with the car surfaces by moisture
• Do not use any alkaline or acid • Removal of paint or protective that is slow to evaporate.
detergent. It may damage and cor- coatings by stones, gravel, abra-
rode the aluminum or chrome Mud is particularly corrosive
sion or minor scrapes and dents because it is slow to dry and holds
wheels coated with a clear protec- which leave unprotected metal
tive finish. moisture in contact with the vehicle.
exposed to corrosion. Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
7 81
Maintenance
High temperatures can also acceler- Keep your car clean • When cleaning lower door panels,
ate corrosion of parts that are not The best way to prevent corrosion is rocker panels and frame members,
properly ventilated so the moisture to keep your car clean and free of be sure that drain holes are kept
can be dispersed. For all these rea- corrosive materials. Attention to the open so that moisture can escape
sons, it is particularly important to underside of the car is particularly and not be trapped inside to accel-
keep your car clean and free of mud important. erate corrosion.
or accumulations of other materials.
This applies not only to the visible
surfaces but particularly to the • If you live in a high-corrosion area Keep your garage dry
underside of the car. where road salts are used, near the Don't park your car in a damp, poor-
ocean, areas with industrial pollu- ly ventilated garage. This creates a
tion, acid rain, etc., you should take favorable environment for corrosion.
To help prevent corrosion extra care to prevent corrosion. In This is particularly true if you wash
You can help prevent corrosion from winter, hose off the underside of your car in the garage or drive it into
getting started by observing the fol- your car at least once a month and the garage when it is still wet or cov-
lowing: be sure to clean the underside thor- ered with snow, ice or mud. Even a
oughly when winter is over. heated garage can contribute to cor-
• When cleaning underneath the car, rosion unless it is well ventilated so
give particular attention to the moisture is dispersed.
components under the fenders and
other areas that are hidden from
view. Do a thorough job; just damp-
ening the accumulated mud rather
than washing it away will acceler-
ate corrosion rather than prevent it.
Water under high pressure and
steam are particularly effective in
removing accumulated mud and
corrosive materials.
7 82
Maintenance
Keep paint and trim in good con- Don't neglect the interior Interior care
dition Moisture can collect under the floor Interior general precautions
Scratches or chips in the finish mats and carpeting to cause corro-
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
should be covered with "touch-up" sion. Check under the mats periodi-
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner
paint as soon as possible to reduce cally to be sure the carpeting is dry.
and air freshener from contacting the
the possibility of corrosion. If bare Use particular care if you carry fertil-
interior parts because they may
metal is showing through, the atten- izers, cleaning materials or chemi-
cause damage or discoloration. If they
tion of a qualified body and paint cals in the car.
do contact the interior parts, wipe
shop is recommended. These should be carried only in prop- them off immediately. If necessary,
er containers and any spills or leaks use a vinyle cleaner, see instructions
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are should be cleaned up, flushed with for corrrect usage.
highly corrosive and may damage clean water and thoroughly dried.
painted surfaces in just a few hours. CAUTION
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible. Never allow water or other liq-
uids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle as this may
damage them.
7 83
Maintenance
Cleaning the upholstery and inte- Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt

CAUTION rior trim webbing
When cleaning leather products Vinyl Clean the belt webbing with any mild
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use soap solution recommended for
Remove dust and loose dirt from
neutral detergents or low alco- cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
hol content solutions. If you use the instructions provided with the
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
high alcohol content solutions soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
vinyl cleaner.
or acid/alkaline detergents, the webbing because this may weaken it.
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off. Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- Cleaning the interior window glass
ric with a whisk broom or vacuum If the interior glass surfaces of the
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- vehicle become fogged (that is, cov-
tion recommended for upholstery or ered with an oily, greasy or waxy
carpets. Remove fresh spots immedi- film), they should be cleaned with
ately with a fabric spot cleaner. If glass cleaner. Follow the directions
fresh spots do not receive immediate on the glass cleaner container.
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be CAUTION
reduced if the material is not properly Do not scrape or scratch the
maintained. inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
CAUTION
Using anything but recommend-
ed cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric’s appearance
and fire-resistant properties.
7 84
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

The emission control system of your Caution for the Inspection and 1. Crankcase emission control
vehicle is covered by a written limited Maintenance Test (With Electronic system
warranty. Please see the warranty Stability Control (ESC) system)
The positive crankcase ventilation
information contained in the Service • To prevent the vehicle from mis- system is employed to prevent air
Passport in your vehicle. firing during dynamometer test- pollution caused by blow-by gases
Your vehicle is equipped with an ing, turn the Electronic Stability being emitted from the crankcase.
emission control system to meet all Control (ESC) system off by This system supplies fresh filtered air
applicable emission regulations. pressing the ESC switch. to the crankcase through the air
There are three emission control • After dynamometer testing is intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
systems, as follows. completed, turn the ESC system the fresh air mixes with blow-by
back on by pressing the ESC gases, which then pass through the
switch again. PCV valve into the induction system.
(1) Crankcase emission control sys-
tem
(2) Evaporative emission control sys- 2. Evaporative emission con-
tem trol system
(3) Exhaust emission control system The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
In order to assure the proper function vapors from escaping into the atmos-
of the emission control systems, it is phere.
recommended that you have your
car inspected and maintained by an
authorized Kia dealer in accordance
with the maintenance schedule in
this manual.
7 85
Maintenance
Canister 3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions

Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel system (carbon monoxide)
tank are absorbed and stored in the The Exhaust Emission Control • Carbon monoxide can be present
onboard canister. When the engine is System is a highly effective system with other exhaust fumes. Therefore,
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in which controls exhaust emissions if you smell exhaust fumes of any
the canister are drawn into the surge while maintaining good vehicle per- kind inside your vehicle, have it
tank through the purge control sole- formance. inspected and repaired immediately.
noid valve. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes
are coming into your vehicle, drive it
Vehicle modifications only with all the windows fully open.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve This vehicle should not be modified. Have your vehicle checked and
(PCSV) Modification of your vehicle could repaired immediately.
The purge control solenoid valve is affect its performance, safety or
controlled by the Engine Control durability and may even violate gov-
Module (ECM); when the engine ernmental safety and emissions reg- WARNING - Exhaust
coolant temperature is low during ulations. Engine exhaust gases contain
idling, the PCSV closes so that evapo- In addition, damage or performance carbon monoxide (CO). Though
rated fuel is not taken into the engine. problems resulting from any modifi- colorless and odorless, it is
After the engine warms-up during ordi- cation may not be covered under dangerous and could be lethal if
nary driving, the PCSV opens to intro- warranty. inhaled. Follow the instructions
duce evaporated fuel to the engine. on this page to avoid CO poi-
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to soning.
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
7 86
Maintenance
• Do not operate the engine in con- Operating precautions for catalyt- Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-
fined or closed areas (such as ic converters (if equipped) alytic converter emission control
garages) any more than what is device.
necessary to move the vehicle in or Therefore, the following precautions
out of the area. WARNING - Fire
must be observed:
• When the vehicle is stopped in an • A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under • Make sure to refuel your vehicle
open area for more than a short according to the "Fuel require-
time with the engine running, adjust your vehicle. Do not park, idle,
or drive the vehicle over or ments" suggested in section 1.
the ventilation system (as needed)
to draw outside air into the vehicle. near flammable objects, such • Do not operate the vehicle when
as grass, vegetation, paper, there are signs of engine malfunc-
• Never sit in a parked or stopped leaves, etc. tion, such as misfire or a noticeable
vehicle for any extended time with loss of performance.
the engine running. • The exhaust system and cat-
alytic system are very hot • Do not misuse or abuse the
• When the engine stalls or fails to while the engine is running or engine. Examples of misuse are
start, excessive attempts to restart immediately after the engine coasting with the ignition off and
the engine may cause damage to is turned off. Keep away from descending steep grades in gear
the emission control system. the exhaust system and cat- with the ignition off.
alytic, you may get burned. • Do not operate the engine at high
Also, do not remove the heat idle speed for extended periods (5
sink around the exhaust sys- minutes or more).
tem, do not seal the bottom of • Do not modify or tamper with any
the vehicle or do not coat the part of the engine or emission con-
vehicle for corrosion control. trol system. We recommend that
It may present a fire risk under the system be inspected by an
certain conditions. authorized Kia dealer.
7 87
Maintenance
• Avoid driving with a extremly low

fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, dam-
aging the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalyt-
ic converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void
your warranties.
7 88
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Tires and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Weight/volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-6
• Recommended sae viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Vehicle certification label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Engine number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
Air conditioner compressor label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10
8
DIMENSIONS
Item mm (in)
Overall length 5,095 (200.59)
Overall width 1,900 (74.80)
Overall height 1,490 (58.66)/1,485 (58.46) *1
Front tread 245/50 R18 1,616 (63.62)
Rear tread 245/50 R18 1,634 (64.33)
Wheelbase 3,045 (119.88)
*1 with air suspension
ENGINE
Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.8
Displacement 3,778
cc (cu. in) (230.54)
Bore x Stroke 96x87.0
mm(in.) (3.78x3.42 )
Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6
No. of cylinders 6, V - type
8 2
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type
Headlamps (Low) LED LED
LED Type
Headlamps (High) LED LED
Headlamps (Low) 35 D3S
HID Type
Headlamps (High) 55 H7
Smart cornering lamps * 55 H11
Front Front turn signal lamps LED LED
Front position lamps * LED LED
Front fog lamps (LED) * LED LED
Side Repeater lamps (Outside Mirror) * LED LED
Puddle lamps LED LED
Daytime running lamps * LED LED
Rear Stop/tail lamps (Inside/outside) LED LED
Rear tail lamps (Inside/outside) LED LED
Rear Stop lamps (Inside/outside) LED LED
Rear turn signal lamps
LED LED
Rear (Inside/outside)
Back-up lamps 16 W16W
Rear fog lamps * LED LED
High mounted stop lamp LED LED
License plate lamps LED LED
* : If equipped
8 3
Light Bulb Wattage Bulb type

Map lamps LED LED
Room lamps LED LED
Vanity mirror lamps LED LED
Glove box lamp 5 FESTOON
Interior
Door courtesy lamps LED LED
Foot lamps LED LED
Mood lamps LED LED
Luggage lamp 5 FESTOON
* : If equipped
8 4
TIRES AND WHEELS

Inflation pressure bar (psi, kPa)
Normal load *1 Maximum load Wheel lug nut torque
Item Tire size Wheel sizee
( ) ( ) kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)
Front Rear Front Rear
2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 9~11
Full size tire 245/50R18 7.5J×18
(33,230) (33,230) (33,230) (33,230) (65~79, 88~107)
*1: Normal load : Up to 3 persons
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.
WEIGHT/VOLUME
Item Gasoline Lambda II 3.8
Gross vehicle weight
2,430 (5,357)
kg (lbs.)
Luggage volume
455 (16.1)
l (cu ft)
8 5
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant Volume Classification
Engine oil * *
1 2
(drain and refill)

API Service SM *3,
Recommends 5.7 l (6.02 US qt.) ILSAC GF-4 or above
ACEA A5 (or above)
Normal driving
MAX. 1L / 1,500 km -
Engine oil condition
consumption Severe driving
MAX. 1L / 1,000 km -
condition
GS ATF SP-IV-RR,
Automatic transaxle fluid 9.6 l (10.14 US qt.)
Kia genuine ATF SP-IV-RR
Power steering fluid With EHPS 0.9 l (0.95 US qt.) Pentosin CHF 202
8.4 ~ 8.6 l Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water

Coolant
(8.88 ~ 9.09 US qt.) (Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator)
8 6
Lubricant Volume Classification

0.7~0.8 l
Brake fluid FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
(0.74~0.85 US qt.)
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/90
Rear differential oil 1.4 l (1.48 US qt.)
(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W/90 Equivalent)
Fuel 75 l (19.81 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel requirements” in section 1
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.

*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel econ-
omy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 : If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
8 7
Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has Using oils of any viscosity other than
number an effect on fuel economy and cold those recommended could result in
weather operating (engine start and engine damage.
CAUTION engine oil flowability). Lower viscosi- When choosing an oil, consider the
ty engine oils can provide better fuel range of temperature your vehicle will
Always be sure to clean the area economy and cold weather perform-
around any filler plug, drain be operated in before the next oil
ance, however, higher viscosity change. Proceed to select the recom-
plug, or dipstick before check- engine oils are required for satisfac-
ing or draining any lubricant. mended oil viscosity from the chart.
tory lubrication in hot weather.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
the vehicle is used on unpaved
roads. Cleaning the plug and °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50
Temperature
dipstick areas will prevent dirt (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
and grit from entering the 20W-50
engine and other mechanisms 15W-40
Gasoline
that could be damaged. Engine Oil *1 10W-30
5W-20, 5W-30, 5W-40
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE
5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,
select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*2 : In Middle East, do not use the engine oil of viscosity grade SAE 5W-20.
8 8
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) VEHICLE CERTIFICATION

Frame number VIN label (if equipped) LABEL
OKH083001L OKH083004L
The vehicle identification number The VIN is also on a plate attached OKH082002
(VIN) is the number used in register- to the top of the dashboard. The The vehicle certification label
ing your car and in all legal matters number on the plate can easily be attached on the driver’s (or front pas-
pertaining to its ownership, etc. seen through the windshield from senger’s) side center pillar gives the
outside. vehicle identification number (VIN).
8 9
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER AIR CONDITIONER

PRESSURE LABEL COMPRESSOR LABEL
OKH083003L
OKH073078L The engine number is stamped on OHC081001
The tires supplied on your new vehi- the engine block as shown in the A compressor label informs you the
cle are chosen to provide the best drawing. type of compressor your vehicle is
performance for normal driving. equipped with such as model, suppli-
The tire label located on the driver's er part number, production number,
side center pillar gives the tire pres- refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).
sures recommended for your car.
8 10
Index
II
Index
Ashtray ·······················································4-148
A Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ··············4-160
A/V Mode ·····················································4-59 Auto hold ······················································5-40
Advanced smart cruise control system ····················5-65 Auto light/AFLS position ··································4-110
AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System)················4-110 Automatic climate control system ························4-126
Air bag warning label ········································3-66 3ZONE temperature control ·····························4-131
Air bag warning light ········································3-47 Air conditioning ···········································4-135
Air bags ························································3-45 Automatic heating and air conditioning················4-126
Air bag warning label ······································3-66 Climate control air filter··································4-138
Air bag warning light ······································3-47 Manual heating and air conditioning ···················4-128
Curtain air bag ··············································3-57 Automatic transmission (shift by cable)···················5-10
Driver's and passenger's front air bag····················3-52 Manual mode ················································5-13
Operation·····················································3-46 Shift lock system············································5-14
Side air bag ··················································3-56 Automatic transmission (shift by wire)····················5-17
SRS components and functions···························3-49 Manual mode ················································5-21
Air cleaner ·····················································7-32 Shift lock system············································5-22
Air conditioner compressor label···························8-10 Automatic turn off function································4-119
Air ventilation seat··········································4-153 Aux, USB and iPod port ···································4-159
Airconditioning system AVSM ··························································5-50
Automatic climate control system ······················4-126
Alarm system··················································4-12 B
Antenna·······················································4-161
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)······························5-32 Bag hanger ···················································4-156
Appearance care ··············································7-78 Battery··························································7-39
Exterior care ·················································7-78 Battery saver function ······································4-108
Interior care ··················································7-83 Before driving ··················································5-3
Surround view monitoring system························4-107 Blind spot detection system (BSD) ························5-84
ASCC/LDWS Mode ·········································4-58 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ···········4-161
I 2
Index
Bottle holder ·················································4-149 Child restraint system ········································3-34
Brake system ··················································5-29 ISOFIX system ··············································3-41
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ····························5-32 Seat belt ······················································3-38
Auto hold ····················································5-40 Tether anchor system ·······································3-40
AVSM ························································5-50 Child-protector rear door lock ······························4-19
Electric parking brake (EPB) ·····························5-34 Cigarette lighter ·············································4-148
Electronic stability control (ESC) ························5-44 Climate control air filter ·····································7-34
Hill-start assist control (HAC) ····························5-48 Clock··························································4-155
Power brakes ················································5-29 Clothes hanger···············································4-155
Brakes fluid····················································7-29 Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ············4-50
Bulb replacement ·············································7-73 Coolant ·························································7-26
Bulb wattage ····················································8-3 Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ··························7-26
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button ·············5-5 Crankcase emission control system ························7-85
Cruise control system ········································5-60
C Cup holder ···················································4-149
Curtain air bag ················································3-57
Camera (Rear view) ········································4-102
Capacities (Lubricants)········································8-6 D
Care
Exterior care ·················································7-78 Dashboard illumination,
Interior care ··················································7-83 see instrument panel illumination ························4-51
Tire care ······················································7-43 Dashboard, see instrument cluster ·························4-50
Center console storage ·····································4-144 Daytime running light ······································4-108
Central door lock/unlock switch····························4-17 Defogging (Windshield) ···································4-140
Certification label ··············································8-9 Defroster (Rear window)···································4-125
Chains Defrosting (Windshield) ···································4-140
Tire chains··················································5-100 Dimensions······················································8-2
Checking tire inflation pressure ····························7-44 Display illumination, see instrument panel illumination · · ·4-51
I 3
Index
Displays, see instrument cluster ····························4-50 Emergency while driving ·····································6-3
Door courtesy lamp ·········································4-123 Emission control system·····································7-86
Door locks ·····················································4-15 Crankcase emission control system ······················7-85
Central door lock/unlock switch··························4-17 Evaporative emission control System····················7-85
Child-protector rear door lock ····························4-19 Exhaust emission control system ·························7-86
Power door latch ············································4-16 Engine ···························································8-2
Drinks holders, see cup holders···························4-149 Engine compartment ······································2-7,7-3
DRIVE mode / SNOW mode ·······························5-54 Engine coolant ················································7-26
Drive mode integrated control system·····················5-54 Engine Coolant Temperature guage························4-54
DRIVE mode / SNOW mode ·····························5-54 Engine number ················································8-10
Driver Information System (DIS)·························4-160 Engine oil ······················································7-24
Driver position memory system······························3-7 Engine overheats ···············································6-8
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ·····················3-52 Engine start/stop button ·······································5-5
Driving at night ···············································5-96 Engine will not start ···········································6-4
Driving in flooded areas ·····································5-97 Evaporative emission control System ·····················7-85
Driving in the rain ············································5-96 Exhaust emission control system···························7-86
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ············7-20
E Exterior care···················································7-78
Exterior overview (Front)·····································2-2
Economical operation ········································5-92 Exterior overview (Rear)······································2-3
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)·····························4-45
Electric parking brake (EPB) ·······························5-34 F
Electronic controlled suspension (ECS)···················5-57
Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS)············4-42 Flat tire (with spare tire)·····································6-16
Electronic stability control (ESC) ··························5-44 Changing tires ···············································6-17
Emergency commodity ······································6-30 Jack and tools ···············································6-16
Emergency starting ············································6-5 Removing and storing the spare tire ·····················6-17
Jump starting ··················································6-5 Floor mat anchor(s) ·········································4-155
I 4
Index
Fluid
Brakes/clutch fluid··········································7-29
H
Power steering fluid ········································7-30 Hazard warning flasher········································6-2
Washer fluid ·················································7-31 Hazardous driving conditions·······························5-94
Fog light (front) ·············································4-114 Head up display (HUD) ·····································4-94
Fog light (rear) ··············································4-114 Headlight bulb replacement ·································7-74
Front blind spot monitoring system ······················4-106 Headlight escort function ··································4-108
Front lamp switch ···································4-119,4-121 Headlight leveling device ··································4-115
Front seat adjustment ··········································3-5 Headlight position···········································4-111
Fuel filler lid ··················································4-34 Headlight washer············································4-115
Fuel Gauge ····················································4-55 Headlight welcome ·········································4-124
Fuel requirements ··············································1-2 Headrest(front) ·················································3-9
Fuse switch ····················································7-56 Headrest(rear) ·················································3-18
Fuses····························································7-54 Heated steering wheel········································4-43
Fuse switch ··················································7-56 Heater
Fuse/relay panel description·······························7-58 Automatic climate control system ······················4-126
Instrument panel fuse ······································7-55 Height adjustment (front seat) ······························3-24
Main fuse ····················································7-57 High - beam operation······································4-112
Multi fuse ····················································7-58 Highway driving ··············································5-97
Hill-start assist control (HAC)······························5-48
G Hood····························································4-32
Horn ····························································4-44
Gauges ·························································4-53 How to use this manual ·······································1-2
Glove box ····················································4-145
Glove box lamp ·············································4-123
Gross vehicle weight ··········································8-5
I 5
Index
Interior light··················································4-119
I Automatic turn off function ······························4-119
Indicator light ·················································4-88 Door courtesy lamp ·······································4-123
Inside rearview mirror ·······································4-45 Front lamp switch ·································4-119,4-121
Instrument cluster·············································4-50 Glove box lamp············································4-123
Gauges························································4-53 Rear lamp switch ··································4-119,4-122
Instrument panel illumination·····························4-51 Trunk room lamp ··········································4-122
LCD Display Control ······································4-52 Vanity mirror lamp ········································4-123
Transaxle Shift Indicator···································4-56 Interior light welcome ······································4-124
Instrument panel fuse ········································7-55 Interior overview ···············································2-4
Interior care····················································7-83 ISOFIX system················································3-41
Interior features··············································4-148
Air ventilation seat ········································4-153 J
Ashtray······················································4-148
Bag hanger ·················································4-156 Jack and tools ·················································6-16
Bottle holder ···············································4-149 Jump starting····················································6-5
Cigarette lighter ···········································4-148
Clock ························································4-155 L
Clothes hanger ·············································4-155
Cup holder··················································4-149 Label
Floor mat anchor(s) ·······································4-155 Air bag warning label ······································3-66
Luggage net (holder)······································4-157 Air conditioner compressor label ·························8-10
Power outlet ················································4-150 Tire sidewall labeling ······································7-49
Rear curtain ················································4-157 Tire specification and pressure label ·····················8-10
Rear mirror ·················································4-156 Vehicle certification label ···································8-9
Seat warmer ················································4-151 Lane departure warning system (LDWS) ·················5-80
Side curtain·················································4-158 Lap belt ························································3-26
Sunvisor ····················································4-149 Lap/shoulder belt ·············································3-23
I 6
Index
LCD display ···················································4-57 Luggage volume················································8-5
A/V Mode····················································4-59
ASCC/LDWS Mode········································4-58 M
Information mode ···········································4-59
LCD modes ··················································4-57 Main fuse ······················································7-57
Turn By Turn Mode ········································4-58 Maintenance
User Settings Mode·········································4-61 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items···········7-20
Warning Messages ··········································4-67 Maintenance services ········································7-4
LCD Display Control ········································4-52 Owner maintenance ··········································7-6
LCD modes····················································4-57 Scheduled maintenance service ····························7-8
Light bulbs·····················································7-73 Tire maintenance············································7-48
Lighting·······················································4-108 Maintenance schedule ·········································7-8
AFLS (Adaptive Front Lighting System) ··············4-110 Maintenance services ··········································7-4
Auto light/AFLS position ································4-110 Manual mode (shift by cable)·······························5-10
Battery saver function ····································4-108 Manual mode (shift by wire)································5-21
Daytime running light ····································4-108 Map pocket···················································4-147
Front fog light··············································4-114 Mirrors ·························································4-45
Headlight escort function ································4-108 Electric chromic mirror (ECM) ···························4-45
Headlight leveling device ································4-115 Inside rearview mirror ·····································4-45
Headlight position ·········································4-111 Outside rearview mirror ···································4-46
Headlight washer ··········································4-115 Moonroof, see panoramic sunroof ·························4-37
High - beam operation ····································4-112 Multi fuse ······················································7-58
Parking light position ·····································4-111 Multimedia system··········································4-159
Rear fog light ··············································4-114 Antenna ·····················································4-161
Traffic change··············································4-109 Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ············4-159
Turn signals ················································4-113 Aux, USB and iPod port ·································4-159
Lubricants and capacities ·····································8-6 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ·········4-161
Luggage net (holder) ·······································4-157 Driver Information System (DIS) ·······················4-160
I 7
Index
Steering wheel audio control ····························4-162
USB charger················································4-159
R
Rear curtain ··················································4-157
O Rear lamp switch ····································4-119,4-122
Rear mirror···················································4-156
Odometer ······················································4-56 Rear seat adjustment ·········································3-14
Oil (Engine) ···················································7-24 Rear seat storage ············································4-144
Outside rearview mirror ·····································4-46 Rear view camera ···········································4-102
Outside Temperature Gauge ································4-56 Recommended SAE viscosity number ····················8-8
Overheats························································6-8 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures···············7-43
Owner maintenance············································7-6 Recommended lubricants and capacities ···················8-6
Replacement light bulb ······································7-73
P Road warning ···················································6-2
Rocking the vehicle ··········································5-94
Panoramic sunroof············································4-37 Rotation (Tire) ················································7-45
Parking assist system·········································4-97
Parking guide system ·······································4-103
Parking light position ·······································4-111
S
Power brakes ··················································5-29 Scheduled maintenance service ······························7-8
Power door latch··············································4-16 Seat belt warning ·············································3-23
Power outlet··················································4-150 Seat belts·······················································3-21
Power steering fluid ··········································7-30 Care ···························································3-33
Power window lock button··································4-31 Height adjustment(front seat) ·····························3-24
Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB)·····································3-30 Lap belt·······················································3-26
Pre-tensioner seat belt········································3-27 Lap/shoulder belt ···········································3-23
Puddle lamp and door handle lamp·······················4-124 Precautions···················································3-31
Pre-Safe Seat belt (PSB) ···································3-30
Pre-tensioner seat belt ······································3-27
I 8
Index
Seat belt warning ···········································3-23 Special driving conditions···································5-94
Seat belts Care ················································3-33 Driving at night ·············································5-96
Seat belts Precautions ········································3-31 Driving in flooded areas ···································5-97
Seat warmer··················································4-151 Driving in the rain ··········································5-96
Seatback pocket ·············································4-146 Hazardous driving conditions ·····························5-94
Seats······························································3-2 Highway driving ············································5-97
Driver position memory system ····························3-7 Rocking the vehicle ········································5-94
Front seat adjustment ········································3-5 Smooth cornering ···········································5-95
Headrest(front)················································3-9 Speedometer···················································4-53
Headrest(rear) ···············································3-18 SRS components and functions·····························3-49
Rear seat adjustment ·······································3-14 Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ··············6-4
Shift lock system (shift by cable) ··························5-14 Steering wheel ················································4-42
Shift lock system (shift by wire) ···························5-22 Electronic Hydraulic Power Steering (EHPS) ··········4-42
Side air bag ····················································3-56 Heated steering wheel ······································4-43
Side curtain ··················································4-158 Horn ··························································4-44
Smart key························································4-4 Tilt steering ··················································4-42
Battery replacement ········································4-11 Steering wheel audio control ······························4-162
Buttons on the smart key ····································4-6 Storage compartment ·······································4-144
Immobilizer system ··········································4-9 Center console storage····································4-144
Restrictions in handling keys ·······························4-7 Glove box ··················································4-145
Smart key function ···········································4-4 Map pocket ·················································4-147
Smart key precautions ·······································4-8 Rear seat storage ··········································4-144
Smooth cornering·············································5-95 Seatback pocket ···········································4-146
Snow tires······················································5-99 Sunglass holder ············································4-145
Spare tire Sunglass holder··············································4-145
Changing tires ···············································6-17 Sunvisor ······················································4-149
Removing and storing the spare tire ·····················6-17
I 9
Index
Trip modes ···················································4-74
T Tripmeter·····················································4-76
Tachometer ····················································4-54 Trip computer ·················································4-74
Tether anchor system·········································3-40 Trip modes·····················································4-74
Theft-alarm system ···········································4-12 Trunk
Tilt steering····················································4-42 Emergency trunk safety release···························4-27
Tire chains ···················································5-100 Non-powered trunk ·········································4-20
Tire pressure monitoring system ···························6-10 Power trunk ··················································4-22
Tire rotation ···················································7-45 Trunk room lamp············································4-122
Tire specification and pressure label·······················8-10 Turn By Turn Mode ··········································4-58
Tires and wheels ········································7-43, 8-4 Turn signals ··················································4-113
Checking tire inflation pressure ··························7-44
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures·············7-43 U
Tire care ······················································7-43
Tire maintenance············································7-48 USB charger ·················································4-159
Tire replacement ············································7-47 User Settings Mode ··········································4-61
Tire rotation··················································7-45
Tire sidewall labeling ······································7-49 V
Tire traction··················································7-48
Wheel alignment and tire balance ························7-46 Vanity mirror lamp··········································4-123
Wheel replacement ·········································7-48 Vehicle break-in process ······································1-5
Towing ·························································6-24 Vehicle certification label ·····································8-9
Traffic change ···············································4-109 Vehicle identification number (VIN) ························8-9
Transaxle Shift Indicator ····································4-56 Vehicle weight ···············································5-103
Transmission
Automatic transmission (shift by cable)·················5-10
Automatic transmission (shift by wire) ··················5-17
Fuel economy ···············································4-74
I 10
Index
W
Warning light··················································4-78
Warning Messages············································4-67
Washer fluid ···················································7-31
Welcome system ············································4-124
Headlight welcome········································4-124
Interior light welcome ····································4-124
Puddle lamp and door handle lamp ·····················4-124
Wheel alignment and tire balance··························7-46
Wheel replacement ···········································7-48
Windows ·······················································4-28
Power window lock button ································4-31
Windshield defrosting and defogging ····················4-140
Windshield washers·········································4-117
Windshield wipers ··········································4-116
Winter driving·················································5-99
Snow tires ····················································5-99
Tire chains··················································5-100
Wiper blades ··················································7-36
Wiper deicer ·················································4-125
Wipers and washers·········································4-116
Windshield washers ·······································4-117
Windshield wipers·········································4-116
I 11

2015 Kia Quoris 95

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2015 Kia Quoris 95

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2015 Kia Quoris 95

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kia, THE COMPANY

Thank you for becoming the owner of a new Kia vehicle.

Enjoy your vehicle and Kia’s “Family-like Care” experience!

© 2014 Kia MOTORS Corp.

Your vehicle at a glance 2

Safety features of your vehicle 3

Features of your vehicle 4

table of contents Driving your vehicle 5

Specifications & Consumer information 8

How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Gasoline containing alcohol and

Use of MTBE Do not use methanol Operation in foreign countries

VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS

Exterior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Inside door handle ...................................4-16

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Audio remote control buttons ..............4-162

❈ The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine oil dipstick............................7-24

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 • Air bag warning label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66

Front passenger’s seat

(17) Relaxation mode button*

WARNING - Driver’s seat (Continued) WARNING

Front seat adjustment Forward and backward

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat) Driver position memory system

Forward and backward adjustment Adjusting the height up and down

Electronic active headrest

Rear seat adjustment (Continued) Forward, backward and seatback

OKH032036 OKH032022 OKH032023

Rear relaxation seat system

Lumbar support (if equipped) Armrest Carrying long / narrow cargo

Rear control lock Headrest-rear

Adjusting the height up and down

(Continued) WARNING (Continued)

✽ NOTICE Front seat To raise the height adjuster, pull it up

B200A02NF OVI031090 B210A01NF-1

Lap belt (if equipped)

OVI039066 When using the rear center seat belt,

Pre-tensioner seat belt • Retractor Pretensioner

If the system senses excessive ten-

CAUTION WARNING (Continued)

Seat belt precautions Infant or small child ✽ NOTICE

Injured person Care of seat belts

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM

WARNING (Continued) (Continued)

Using a child restraint system For safety reasons, we recommend

For small children and babies, the

Installing a child restraint system

Securing a child restraint seat

Securing a child restraint system

The installing and the use of a child-

To secure the child restraint seat

X : Seat position not suitable for children in this mass group

AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM

Noise and smoke Do not install a child restraint on

In addition, do not place front-facing Air bag warning light